Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Life / AIA Group Limited

AIA Group Limited

aagiy · OTC Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker aagiy
Exchange OTC
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Life
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · AIA Group Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL 
REPORT 
2017

STOCK CODE
1299

SHAPING
OUR FUTURE

VISION & PURPOSE

OUR VISION is to be the world’s pre-eminent  
life insurance provider. That is our service  
to our customers and our shareholders.

OUR PURPOSE is to play a leadership role  
in driving economic and social development  
across the region. That is our service to 
societies and their people.

ABOUT AIA 

AIA Group Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively “AIA” 
or the “Group”) comprise the largest independent publicly 
listed pan-Asian life insurance group. It has a presence in 
18 markets in Asia-Pacific – wholly-owned branches and 
subsidiaries in Hong Kong, Thailand, Singapore, Malaysia, 
China, Korea, the Philippines, Australia, Indonesia, Taiwan, 
Vietnam, New Zealand, Macau, Brunei, Cambodia,  
a 97 per cent subsidiary in Sri Lanka, a 49 per cent joint 
venture in India and a representative office in Myanmar.

The business that is now AIA was first established  
in Shanghai almost a century ago. It is a market leader  
in the Asia-Pacific region (ex-Japan) based on life 
insurance premiums and holds leading positions across 
the majority of its markets. It had total assets of  
US$216 billion as of 30 November 2017.

AIA meets the long-term savings and protection needs  
of individuals by offering a range of products and  
services including life insurance, accident and health 
insurance and savings plans. The Group also provides 
employee benefits, credit life and pension services  
to corporate clients. Through an extensive network  
of agents, partners and employees across Asia-Pacific, 
AIA serves the holders of more than 30 million individual 
policies and over 16 million participating members  
of group insurance schemes.

AIA Group Limited is listed on the Main Board of  
The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited under the 
stock code “1299” with American Depositary Receipts 
(Level 1) traded on the over-the-counter market  
(ticker symbol: “AAGIY”).

Notes:
(1)  Explanations of certain terms and abbreviations used in this 

report are set forth in the Glossary.

(2)  Unless otherwise specified, 2016 and 2017 refer to the 

financial year of the Group, which ends on 30 November of  
the year indicated.

KEY MILESTONES

1919
AIA put down its 
corporate roots in Asia 
when the group founder 
Mr. Cornelius Vander Starr 
established an insurance 
agency in Shanghai.

1921
Mr. Cornelius Vander Starr 
founded Asia Life Insurance 
Company, his first life 
insurance enterprise in 
Shanghai.

1931
Mr. Cornelius Vander Starr 
founded International 
Assurance Company, 
Limited (INTASCO), in 
Shanghai. 

INTASCO established branch 
offices in Hong Kong and 
Singapore.

1938
INTASCO entered Siam, 
later renamed Thailand.

1947
The Philippine American 
Life and General Insurance 
Company (Philam Life) was 
founded in the Philippines. 

INTASCO moved its head 
office to Hong Kong.

1948
INTASCO changed its name 
to American International 
Assurance Company, 
Limited.

We entered Malaysia.

1957
We registered in Brunei.

1972
We formed a subsidiary 
in Australia.

1981
Our New Zealand operations 
began as a branch of 
American Life Insurance 
Company (ALICO).

1982
We entered Macau.

1984
We entered Indonesia.

1987
Korean operations began.

1990
Our operations in Taiwan 
were established as a 
branch of ALICO.

1919

2010

1992
We re-established our 
presence in China through a 
branch office in Shanghai, 
the first foreign-owned life 
business to receive a licence 
in the country.

1998
We celebrated the 
return to our former 
headquarters building on 
The Bund in Shanghai.

2000
We formed a subsidiary 
in Vietnam.

2001
A joint venture in India 
was established.

2009
ALICO Taiwan became 
our branch office. 

Philam Life became our 
operating subsidiary.

We completed the 
reorganisation driven by 
AIG’s liquidity crisis in 2008, 
leading to the positioning of 
the Company for a public 
listing.

2010
AIA Group Limited 
successfully listed on the 
Main Board of The Stock 
Exchange of Hong Kong 
Limited, the third-largest 
IPO ever globally at the time.

2014
AIA and Citibank formed a 
landmark, long-term and 
exclusive bancassurance 
partnership that 
encompasses 11 markets in 
the Asia-Pacific region.

AIA became the Official 
Shirt Partner of Tottenham 
Hotspur Football Club to 
promote the role of sports as 
a key element of healthy 
living.

2015
AIA became the #1 MDRT 
company in the world.

2015

2016

2016
The AIA Leadership Centre 
opened in Bangkok. 

AIA became the world’s 
#1 MDRT company for 
two consecutive years.

We increased AIA Group’s 
stake in Tata AIA Life 
Insurance Company Limited, 
a joint venture in India, from 
26 per cent to 49 per cent.

2011
AIA Group Limited 
became a constituent stock 
of the Hang Seng Index. 

We launched a sponsored 
Level 1 American Depositary 
Receipt programme.

2013
AIA completed the full 
integration of the businesses 
of AIA and ING Malaysia.

We commenced business 
in Sri Lanka through the 
acquisition of Aviva NDB 
Insurance. 

We opened a representative 
office in Myanmar.

2017

AIA OPENS FOR BUSINESS IN CAMBODIA
AIA was granted an insurance licence and 
commenced business in Cambodia.

AIA FURTHER EXTENDS LEADERSHIP POSITION 
IN THE AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND LIFE 
INSURANCE MARKETS
AIA reached an agreement with the Commonwealth 
Bank of Australia (CBA) to acquire CBA’s life 
insurance business in Australia and life and health 
insurance businesses in New Zealand. AIA also 
entered into 20-year strategic bancassurance 
partnerships with CBA in both markets.

AIA NAMED #1 MDRT COMPANY IN THE WORLD 
FOR THIRD YEAR RUNNING 
AIA became the only multinational company in the 
world to have achieved the largest number of MDRT 
members for three consecutive years.

2017

AIA PARTNERS WITH BANGKOK BANK
AIA agreed a strategic long-term bancassurance
partnership with Bangkok Bank, in keeping with our
strategic priority of partnering with leading financial
institutions across the Asia-Pacific region.

AIA APPOINTS DAVID BECKHAM AS 
GLOBAL AMBASSADOR
AIA appointed David Beckham as our Global
Ambassador in support of our goal to help people
live healthier, longer, better lives.

AIA PRESENTS THE HONG KONG OBSERVATION WHEEL 
AND THE AIA VITALITY PARK
In December 2017, AIA became the exclusive
Principal Sponsor of the Hong Kong Observation
Wheel and also enhanced the site by an adjoining,
newly created AIA Vitality Park.        

CONTENTS

OVERVIEW

FINANCIAL 
AND  
OPERATING 
REVIEW

CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

ADDITIONAL 
INFORMATION

004 
006 
008 

015 
032 
050 
061 
062 
064 

069 
070 
078 
083 
092 
104 

121 
128 
129 
130 
132 
134 
136 

240 

244 

264 
267 
268 

Financial Highlights
Chairman’s Statement
Group Chief Executive and  
President’s Report

Financial Review
Business Review
Risk Management
Regulatory and International Developments
Our People
Corporate Social Responsibility

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
Board of Directors
Executive Committee
Report of the Directors
Corporate Governance Report
Remuneration Report

Independent Auditor’s Report
Consolidated Income Statement
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
and Significant Accounting Policies
Independent Auditor’s Report on  
the Supplementary Embedded Value Information
Supplementary Embedded Value Information

Information for Shareholders
Corporate Information
Glossary

 
 
 
DRIVING ECONOMIC 
AND SOCIAL 
DEVELOPMENT 
ACROSS ASIA SINCE 
1919

AIA AT-A-GLANCE

We have a diversified business 
across the Asia-Pacific region.
Our long experience in the region 
allows us to tailor our strategies
to the culture, demographics and 
insurance needs of each market
in which we operate.

PRESENCE 
IN

MARKETS

HONG KONG 
MACAU 
THAILAND 
SINGAPORE 
BRUNEI 
MALAYSIA
CHINA
KOREA 
AUSTRALIA 

INDONESIA
NEW ZEALAND 
THE PHILIPPINES
SRI LANKA 
TAIWAN
VIETNAM 
INDIA 
MYANMAR 
CAMBODIA

002

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

The only international
life insurer 
headquartered and 
listed in Hong Kong and 
100% FOCUSED ON 
ASIA-PACIFIC

NO.1 WORLDWIDE 
FOR MDRT MEMBERS 
the only multinational 
company to top the table 
for three consecutive years

Serving the holders
of more than 
30 MILLION
individual policies
and over 
16 MILLION
PARTICIPATING
MEMBERS
of group insurance 
schemes

THE LARGEST
LISTED COMPANY 
ON THE HONG KONG 
STOCK EXCHANGE
which is incorporated and 
headquartered in Hong Kong

2ND LARGEST
LIFE INSURER IN 
THE WORLD

13 MILLION
BENEFIT PAYMENTS 
are made during 2017,
helping customers and 
their families to cope with 
challenges at different
life stages

Provides protection 
to people across the 
region with total sum 
assured of over
US$1TRILLION

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  003

OVERVIEW

2017 RESULTS AT-A-GLANCE*

VALUE OF NEW BUSINESS 
(VONB)(1)

ANNUALISED NEW 
PREMIUMS (ANP)(2)

OPERATING PROFIT AFTER 
TAX (OPAT)(3)

US$ 
millions

3,500

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

3,512

2,750

2,198

1,845

1,490

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

+28% 

YoY (CER)

+28% 

YoY (AER)

US$ 
millions

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

6,092

5,123

US$ 
millions

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,839

4,647

3,981

3,556

3,248

3,991

3,700

3,341

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

+19% 

YoY (CER)

+19% 

YoY (AER)

2,000

1,000

0

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

+16% 

YoY (CER)

+17% 

YoY (AER)

TOTAL WEIGHTED PREMIUM 
INCOME (TWPI)(4)

EV EQUITY(5)

TOTAL ASSETS AND  
TOTAL LIABILITIES

US$ 
millions

30,000

25,000

20,000

17,808

19,211 19,876

26,147

22,133

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

+18% 

YoY (CER)

+18% 

YoY (AER)

US$ 
millions

60,000

50,000

40,000

30,000

20,000

10,000

0

51,775

39,042 39,818

43,650

34,871

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

+15% 

YoY (CER)

+19% 

YoY (AER)

US$ 
billions

250

200

150

100

50

0

216

173

185

150

169

170

136

138

149

123

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

+17% 

TOTAL ASSETS

+16% 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

Note:
* Percentages shown indicate changes in 2017 compared with 2016.

004

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

2017 BREAKDOWN BY MARKET SEGMENT

VALUE OF NEW BUSINESS 
(VONB)(1)(6)

ANNUALISED NEW PREMIUMS 
(ANP)(2)

11%

6%

9%

10%

22%

42%

16%

6%

7%

8%

16%

47%

  Hong Kong
  China
  Thailand
  Singapore
  Malaysia
  Other Markets(7)

OPERATING PROFIT AFTER 
TAX (OPAT)(3)

TOTAL WEIGHTED PREMIUM 
INCOME (TWPI)(4)

16%

6%

11%

35%

22%

7%

9%

36%

18%

14%

14%

12%

Notes:
(1)  Value of new business (VONB) is the present value, measured at the 
point of sale, of projected after-tax statutory profits emerging in the 
future from new business sold in the period less the cost of holding 
the required capital in excess of regulatory reserves to support this 
business.

(5)  Embedded value (EV) is an actuarially determined estimate of the 
economic value of a life insurance business based on a particular 
set of assumptions as to future experience, excluding any economic 
value attributable to future new business. EV Equity is the total of 
embedded value, goodwill and other intangible assets.

(2)  Annualised new premiums (ANP) is a measure of new business 

(6)  Based on local statutory basis and before unallocated Group Office 

activity that is calculated as the sum of 100 per cent of annualised 
first year premiums and 10 per cent of single premiums, before 
reinsurance ceded.

(3)  Operating profit after tax (OPAT) is shown after non-controlling 

interests.

(4)  Total weighted premium income (TWPI) consists of 100 per cent of 
renewal premiums, 100 per cent of first year premiums and 10 per 
cent of single premiums, before reinsurance ceded.

expenses, VONB by segment includes pension business.

(7)  The results of our joint venture in India are accounted for using the 
equity method. For clarity, TWPI, ANP and VONB exclude any 
contribution from India.

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  005

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
OVERVIEW

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

I am pleased to report that 2017 
was once again a very successful 
year for AIA.

Over the course of the year, the global economy experienced one of the strongest periods of concerted growth 
in the last decade. This was especially evident in the Asia-Pacific region, where growth accelerated for many of 
the  region’s  largest  economies.  Amidst  this  combined  positive  macroeconomic  and  capital  markets  backdrop, 
AIA delivered another excellent operating performance, achieving strong results across all of our main financial 
metrics.

Value  of  new  business  (VONB)  reached  US$3,512  million,  a  28  per  cent  increase  compared  with  2016.  IFRS 
operating profit after tax grew by 16 per cent to US$4,647 million and EV Equity was up 15 per cent over the year 
to US$51,775 million.

AIA’s ability to finance strong new business growth, while progressively growing shareholder dividends, clearly 
demonstrates the Group’s financial strength and flexibility. This is underpinned by our disciplined approach to 
the financial management of our balance sheet taking into consideration the capital required to fund our growth.  
As  at  30  November  2017,  the  solvency  ratio  for  our  principal  regulated  operating  company  AIA  Co.  remained 
strong at 443 per cent. 

The  Board  of  Directors  has  recommended  a  final  dividend  of  74.38  Hong  Kong  cents  per  share,  subject  to 
shareholders’ approval at the Company’s forthcoming AGM, which represents an increase of 17 per cent on the 
higher base established in 2016. This brings the total dividend for 2017 to 100.00 Hong Kong cents per share, 
which follows AIA’s established prudent, sustainable and progressive dividend policy. This increase reflects the 
strength of our financial results and the Board’s confidence in the Group’s prospects.

AIA’s consistent strong performance since our IPO could only have been achieved with the enduring confidence 
that our customers and shareholders have continued to place in AIA. On behalf of the entire Board, I would like to 
thank our highly-valued stakeholders for their ongoing trust and support.

One of the priorities for the Chairman and the Board is effective succession planning. I am very pleased with the 
appointment  of  Ng  Keng  Hooi  as  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President  in  June  2017,  following  the  retirement 
of Mark Tucker. Keng Hooi is a proven leader with first-class strategic vision and a deep understanding of the  
Asia-Pacific  region.  In  the  months  following  Keng  Hooi’s  appointment,  we  welcomed  six  new  members  to  the 
Group’s  Executive  Committee,  five  of  whom  were  internal  promotions. These  appointments  and  the  continued 
delivery of strong results throughout this period of change are a clear testament to the Group’s incredible depth of 
leadership talent, which is a distinct competitive strength for AIA.

Another important focus of the Board is to ensure that AIA continues to uphold the highest standards of corporate 
governance and risk management. The Board strives to maintain these standards by providing oversight of the 
Group’s governance framework and risk management activities, and by holding regular external reviews of our 
relevant principles and practices. These activities are vital for maintaining our stakeholders’ confidence in AIA. 
All of the non-executive directors of the Board are independent and have extensive leadership experience in the 
public and private sectors. I am privileged to work alongside these well-respected individuals.

006

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse
Independent Non-executive Chairman

I  would  like  to  conclude  by  expressing  the  Board’s  deepest  appreciation  for  the  focus  and  commitment 
demonstrated by AIA’s employees, agents and partners across the Group. Special thanks are due to our Group Chief 
Executive and President Ng Keng Hooi and his team for their excellent leadership, which has been instrumental in 
sustaining the success of AIA and enabling the Group to achieve these outstanding results. The Board would also 
like to recognise AIA’s former Group Chief Executive and President, Mark Tucker, for his strong leadership and his 
substantial and lasting contribution to the Company.

We  remain  committed  to  playing  a  leadership  role  in  driving  economic  and  social  development  across  the 
Asia-Pacific region. We look to build sustainable relationships with our customers, which will enable the Group to 
continue its consistent track record of long-term value creation for shareholders.

Edmund Sze-Wing Tse
Independent Non-executive Chairman
27 February 2018

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  007

 
 
 
 
 
 
OVERVIEW

GROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE AND PRESIDENT’S REPORT

I am pleased to report that AIA has delivered another strong set of results in 2017 and we have continued to 
make significant progress in delivering our strategic objectives. Our consistent track record of value creation 
has been built collectively by the dedication of our exceptional teams throughout the region and their focus on 
meeting the diverse needs of our customers and our partners.

Value of new business (VONB) grew by 28 per cent, IFRS operating profit after tax (OPAT) increased by 16 per 
cent  and  underlying  free  surplus  generation  grew  by  13  per  cent.  Embedded  Value  Equity  exceeded  US$50 
billion for the first time, up by 15 per cent to US$51,775 million, all on constant exchange rates.

The  Board  has  recommended  an  increase  of  17  per  cent  in  the  2017  final  dividend  from  the  higher  base 
established in 2016, reflecting AIA’s strong financial performance and the Board’s confidence in the Group’s 
prospects.

AIA operates in some of the most dynamic and attractive life insurance markets in the world. The primary drivers 
of growth for those markets and AIA’s business in the region remain as powerful and resilient as ever. Asia’s 
economic expansion over the last decade, driven by the rapid urbanisation of large and growing populations, 
has  led  to  increased  levels  of  participation  in  the  labour  force  and  rising  affluence.  As  larger  numbers  of 
households  begin  to  cross  higher-income  thresholds,  this  leads  to  a  significant  step  change  in  the  need  for 
protection and long-term savings products from these newly-affluent consumers. AIA is ideally placed to meet 
this fast-growing need.

These  demographic  trends  are  also  giving  rise  to  significant  social  and  economic  challenges.  Ageing 
populations require greater access to healthcare and present a rapidly growing burden on state pensions. Given 
the  increasing  prevalence  of  lifestyle-related  diseases,  ageing  populations  and  medical  cost  inflation,  social 
welfare and healthcare provision in the markets where we operate remain at relatively limited levels.

Private insurance will therefore play an increasingly critical role in addressing the shortfall in protection cover 
needed to safeguard the population against early mortality, disability and growing out-of-pocket medical costs – 
the “protection gap”. Weakening family support networks, inefficient savings in the form of short-term deposits 
and insufficient provision for retirement, combined with increasing longevity, are also creating a substantial and 
growing “retirement savings gap”.

As a result, the needs and expectations of Asian consumers are changing rapidly. Personal health, wellness and 
the need for financial support into old age are increasingly front of mind. The key to meeting these needs is 
developing products and professional financial advice that are relevant, personalised and reflect an individual’s 
needs and lifestyle.

Our  leadership  position  in  health  and  protection  integrated  with  wellness  and  long-term  savings  is  at  the 
forefront  of  these  developments  and  will  continue  to  be  our  primary  focus.  AIA’s  unparalleled  distribution 
capabilities,  financial  strength  and  product  innovation  place  us  in  a  unique  and  privileged  position  to  help 
safeguard the financial security of consumers across the Asia-Pacific region.

008

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi
Group Chief Executive and President

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  009

AIA has delivered 
another strong set of 
results in 2017 and we 
have continued to make 
significant progress in 
delivering our strategic 
objectives.

 
 
 
 
 
 
OVERVIEW
GROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE AND PRESIDENT’S REPORT

2017 PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS (ON A CONSTANT EXCHANGE RATE BASIS)

Our strategy of meeting the long-term protection and savings needs of our customers in Hong Kong continued 
to deliver excellent results with 34 per cent growth in VONB and a 23 per cent increase in OPAT in 2017. VONB 
growth was broad-based across our main distribution channels and customer segments, led by an exceptionally 
strong performance in the first half of the year from the retail IFA channel, as previously highlighted. Our agency 
channel in Hong Kong continued to deliver excellent results throughout the year driven by the success of our 
Premier Agency strategy.

China delivered 60 per cent growth in VONB and a 39 per cent increase in OPAT in 2017. AIA’s differentiated 
approach  to  training,  recruitment  and  career  development,  aided  by  digital  tools,  continues  to  be  a  distinct 
competitive advantage and has transformed our agency force. Our agents are better able to serve the needs 
of the rapidly growing middle class in China through offering professional financial advice. This allows us to 
access the opportunities for growth in the Chinese life insurance market and sets AIA apart in the industry – 
both with our customers and our new recruits.

Singapore delivered a stronger second-half performance with positive VONB growth from our strategic focus on 
growing Premier Agency, developing profitable partnership distribution and sustaining our leadership position 
in group insurance.

AIA’s operation in Thailand continued to transform our market-leading agency by recruiting the next generation 
of full-time agents. While VONB reduced in line with the first half performance, we saw strong progress in our  
Financial Adviser programme. This combines selective recruitment of young, highly educated candidates with 
best-in-class  training,  and  is  running  in  parallel  with  the  reductions  we  are  making  in  the  numbers  of  less 
productive agents.

Malaysia  delivered  16  per  cent  growth  in  VONB  driven  by  our  multi-channel  distribution  and  our  focus  on 
improving the protection coverage of our customers. Our Takaful business in Malaysia also continued to make 
good progress and, since our launch three years ago, AIA is now a leading provider in this market.

Other  Markets  VONB  grew  by  27  per  cent  including  strong  performances  from  Australia  and  New  Zealand, 
Korea,  the  Philippines,  Sri  Lanka, Taiwan  and  Vietnam.  All  markets  in  the  segment  delivered  positive  VONB 
growth in the year.

Our performance in 2017 is another clear demonstration of the benefits of AIA’s diversified growth portfolio 
across geographical markets, products and distribution channels and the tremendous potential for profitable 
growth in the Asia-Pacific region.

GROUP-WIDE OVERVIEW

DISTRIBUTION
AIA was one of the first life insurers to introduce agency distribution in Asia and this remains our core distribution 
channel. Our agents provide us with an unparalleled ability to deliver professional face-to-face financial advice 
to our millions of customers across the region. Agency distribution accounted for approximately 70 per cent of 
the Group’s total VONB with growth of 28 per cent to US$2,541 million in 2017.

010

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

We remain committed to the disciplined execution of our Premier Agency strategy. Through our ongoing work 
of attracting quality recruits and enhancing their productivity, we aim to develop the next generation of Premier 
Agents.  Million  Dollar  Round  Table  (MDRT)  is  an  internationally  recognised  standard  for  financial  planners, 
and in 2017, AIA became the only company to be ranked number one in the world for MDRT members for three 
consecutive years.

Partnership  distribution,  which  includes  bancassurance,  broker  and  direct  partnerships,  remains  a  strategic 
priority for AIA and continued to deliver strong profitable growth. In 2017, the Group’s VONB from partnership 
distribution  exceeded  US$1  billion  for  the  first  time,  growing  by  27  per  cent  to  US$1,113  million.  Over  the 
course of the year, we also signed a number of new strategic partnership agreements with leading financial 
institutions in the region while continuing to deliver strong results from our existing partnerships.

We  provide  our  agents  and  distribution  partners  with  state-of-the-art  digital  tools  that  are  designed  to 
significantly  enhance  their  professionalism  and  productivity.  We  believe  that  AIA  is  one  of  the  few  life 
insurers to have demonstrated success in leveraging technology to enable and improve distribution through 
our  proprietary  iPoS  and  iMO  platforms.  We  have  the  capabilities  and  opportunities  to  keep  innovating  and 
adopting new digital technology that will allow AIA to further enhance customer experience and engagement. 
In the second half of the year, we launched the next major phase of iMO, our interactive Mobile Office platform. 
By  significantly  expanding  our  functionality  beyond  the  sales  modules  in  iPoS,  iMO  represents  a  major  step 
change in support for our agents and distribution partners, spanning all of their daily activities including online 
recruitment, training and digital leads generation.

STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS
Our focus continues to be on capturing the significant opportunities we have for organic growth by investing 
capital  in  new  business  that  offers  attractive  rates  of  return.  In  addition,  our  scale  and  presence  across  the 
Asia-Pacific region places us in a strong position to take advantage of value-enhancing inorganic opportunities 
as they arise. We rigorously evaluate these opportunities against strict financial and strategic criteria, and we 
announced a number of transactions in 2017 that will materially extend our distribution reach across the region.

In  September  2017,  we  announced  the  acquisition  of  the  life  insurance  business  in  Australia  and  life  and 
health  insurance  businesses  in  New  Zealand  of  Commonwealth  Bank  of  Australia  (CBA),  along  with  new  
20-year strategic bancassurance distribution agreements in both markets. The transaction, subject to securing 
all necessary regulatory and governmental approvals, is expected to be accretive to earnings in the first year 
following completion and the partnership agreements are expected to deliver a range of important benefits to 
AIA and our stakeholders. Upon completion of this transaction, AIA will become the leading life insurer in the 
profitable individual life protection markets of both Australia and New Zealand. It will add to AIA’s strength in 
individual and group insurance in these markets by materially expanding and strengthening AIA’s distribution 
capabilities and customer reach to CBA’s combined base of 13 million customers.

We also announced a new 15-year strategic bancassurance partnership in October 2017 with Bangkok Bank, 
the  largest  bank  in  Thailand.  This  partnership  is  a  significant  opportunity  for  AIA  to  broaden  our  regional 
bancassurance presence and reinforce our market leadership position in Thailand.

Earlier in the year, we extended our partnership with Bank Central Asia (BCA) in Indonesia by a further 10 years 
and, in December 2017, we announced a 15-year extension to our exclusive regional bancassurance agreement 
with Public Bank that extends the existing partnership to 2037.

We also entered into a new strategic partnership with SK Group, one of the largest business conglomerates in 
Korea, through a long-term marketing and technology development agreement with SK Holdings, the holding 
company for the leading telecommunications service provider in Korea, SK Telecom. Our partnership creates 
strategic cooperation across a number of initiatives, including the offer of AIA Vitality and related propositions 
to SK Telecom’s over 30 million customers.

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  011

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
OVERVIEW
GROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE AND PRESIDENT’S REPORT

Our  new  and  extended  agreements  reflect  AIA’s  market-leading  reputation  for  partnership  distribution 
capabilities and expand our distribution reach to create additional new business growth opportunities while 
delivering attractive returns on capital.

BRAND AND MARKETING
AIA has one of the most recognised and trusted brands in Asia, built over our long history in the region. Our 
brand promise of helping our customers live healthier, longer, better lives is one that resonates with the rapidly 
evolving needs, lifestyles and expectations of Asian consumers. This clear theme influences every aspect of our 
proposition for customers, refining the way we align benefits to customers’ needs and influencing the quality 
of our service.

AIA continues to transform from product provider to partner. This provides a strong basis for developing deep, 
long-term  relationships  with  our  customers.  There  are  enormous  opportunities  in  evolving  life  and  health 
insurance, moving from a transaction-based model to one where we work with our customers, helping prevent 
the  onset  of  illness  by  encouraging  changes  in  lifestyle.  AIA  Vitality,  the  first  science-based  comprehensive 
wellness  programme  in  the  Asia-Pacific  region,  is  at  the  heart  of  this  transformation  and  continues  to  gain 
traction.  This  innovative  programme  is  now  available  in  10  of  our  markets,  and  the  number  of  full  Vitality 
members has trebled in 2017 as we offered a wide range of healthy lifestyle initiatives aimed at engaging local 
communities and promoted healthy living throughout the year.

We  extended  our  partnership  with  the  English  Premier  League  Football  Club,  Tottenham  Hotspur,  for  a 
further five years as the lead shirt sponsor of the club and we also appointed David Beckham as AIA’s Global  
Ambassador in 2017. David is one of the most recognised individuals in the world and his sporting reputation 
is  well-aligned  with  AIA’s  established  brand  promise  and  promotion  of  healthy  lifestyles  through  active 
participation in sport.

TECHNOLOGY AND OPERATIONS
New  technology  is  a  critical  enabler  underpinning  our  transformation  to  be  a  partner  to  our  customers.  We 
have made substantial investments in digital technology during the year that will make a material difference 
to  how  we  do  business  with  our  customers,  agents  and  distribution  partners.  Our  approach  to  investing  in 
and  deploying  new  digital  technologies  is  focused  on  enhancing  our  back-office  processes  and  increasing 
operational efficiency, transforming the customer experience and improving the productivity of our distribution. 
We  also  promote  innovation  and  aim  to  leverage  emerging  technologies  to  support  long-term  sustainable 
growth.

AIA completed the migration of our back office in four of our major markets into a dedicated “private cloud” 
environment. This was one of the largest cloud migration programmes in the insurance industry in Asia enabling 
availability  of  on-demand  computing  power  across  our  back  office.  We  developed  and  launched  the  first 
blockchain-enabled bancassurance network with one of our bank partners in Hong Kong and deployed new 
Artificial Intelligence (AI) solutions to help drive customer and agent service efficiency, as well as to support 
effective decision-making. We also launched the next phase of iMO, our interactive Mobile Office platform, to 
expand the functionality of our suite of digital tools that support our distribution platforms. These are just a few 
examples of the many activities that are taking place across the Group in this area.

We are constantly looking for opportunities to use innovative technologies in ways where we can leverage our 
scale and capabilities to industrialise them across the Group. In this way, our investments in digital technology 
will add material value to our customers and make meaningful improvements to our operational efficiency.

012

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

ENGAGEMENT WITH PEOPLE

AIA’s successes over the years have been the direct result of the leadership talent, professionalism, commitment 
and care demonstrated by our employees and agents throughout our organisation. The Group remains dedicated 
to creating opportunities for our staff and improving engagement with our corporate purpose and operating 
principles.  The  AIA  Leadership  Centre  in  Bangkok  is  fully  operational  and  is  continuing  to  introduce  new 
executive and staff development programmes. In 2017, AIA once again received the “Regional Best Employer, 
Asia Pacific” award from Aon Hewitt in recognition of our efforts in employee engagement, talent development 
and performance management.

2017  was  a  year  of  change  and  new  opportunities  for  the  Group’s  senior  leadership  team.  AIA  has  robust 
succession plans with carefully considered candidates for all senior leadership positions across the Group. The 
success of this framework was clearly demonstrated this year with the smooth transition of responsibilities to 
our new Group Executive Committee members and the consistent delivery of a strong operating performance 
throughout  the transition  period.  I am pleased to report that five of the  six new Group  Executive Committee 
members appointed this year were internal promotions, underscoring AIA’s deep pool of leadership talent and 
experience.

Management  teams  from  across  the  organisation,  in  both  Group  Office  and  the  local  business  units,  also 
undertook a major project to review our strategy and our operating models. The objective was to identify priorities 
and develop initiatives that will build on our unique competitive advantages and sustain our strong track record 
of value creation. This review resulted in an updated strategic framework with a set of strategic priorities and 
challenging  internal  targets  for  the  Group,  which  will  require  us  to  continue  to  evolve  our  capabilities  and 
develop our people.

OUTLOOK

Economic growth accelerated across much of the Asia-Pacific region as domestic consumption and services 
continued to replace exports as the major drivers of growth and monetary policy remained supportive during the 
year. Economic reform and targeted risk reduction continued in China as policymakers execute a rebalancing of 
the economy further away from manufacturing over the long term.

Current  monetary  policy  conditions  continue  to  be  constructive  with  Asian  policymakers  retaining  the 
willingness  and  ability  on  both  the  monetary  and  fiscal  fronts  to  supplement  domestic  growth  drivers.  The 
outlook for overall growth in the region remains strong and broad-based as real disposable incomes continue to 
rise, financial conditions are supportive and consumer demand for financial services is accelerating, providing 
strong support for the life insurance industry and for AIA.

AIA is an exceptional company with a unique culture. The combination of major competitive advantages together 
with our strong operational execution and AIA’s unique franchise gives me the confidence that we will continue 
to capture the significant opportunities that the region presents. We still have a lot to do to achieve this and I 
am tremendously excited about the future.

I remain committed to realising AIA’s full potential in Asia-Pacific and I look forward with great enthusiasm as 
we continue to execute our growth strategy to create long-term sustainable value for our shareholders.

Ng Keng Hooi
Group Chief Executive and President
27 February 2018

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  013

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW

015  Financial Review

032  Business Review

050  Risk Management

061  Regulatory and International Developments

062  Our People

064  Corporate Social Responsibility

014

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL REVIEW

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

Mr. Garth Jones
Group Chief Financial Officer

AIA  is  the  largest  publicly  listed  pan-Asian  life  insurance  group,  with  a  presence  across  18  markets  in  the  
Asia-Pacific region. We receive the vast majority of our premiums in local currencies and we closely match our 
local assets and liabilities to minimise the economic effects of foreign exchange movements. When reporting the 
Group’s consolidated figures, there is a currency translation effect as we report in US dollars. We have provided 
growth  rates  and  commentaries  on  our  operating  performance  on  constant  exchange  rates  unless  otherwise 
stated, since this provides a clearer picture of the year-on-year performance of the underlying businesses during 
the recent periods of foreign exchange volatility.

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  015

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
FINANCIAL REVIEW

SUMMARY AND KEY FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Our financial performance in 2017 has once again demonstrated AIA’s ability to deliver strong and consistent 
results with double-digit growth across our main financial metrics of VONB, IFRS operating profit after tax and 
embedded value. We have also increased capital and free surplus generation from the active management of 
our in-force book, financed our growth, maintained our resilient solvency position and increased shareholder 
dividends  during  the  year.  We  have  a  clear  strategy  that  is  working  well  and  with  a  strong  track  record  of 
execution.  Our  focus  will  continue  to  be  on  delivering  profitable  growth  using  our  competitive  advantages 
to  invest  capital  where  we  see  attractive  opportunities.  This  is  underpinned  by  our  disciplined  financial 
management  with  the  aim  of  maintaining  our  prudent  balance  sheet  taking  into  consideration  the  financial 
flexibility needed to fund our growth. We remain confident in AIA’s long-term prospects and ability to continue 
to deliver value for shareholders.

EMBEDDED VALUE
VONB grew by 28 per cent to US$3,512 million benefiting from AIA’s diverse growth platform across geographical 
markets, products and distribution channels. Our agency and partnership businesses delivered 28 per cent and 
27 per cent VONB growth respectively, while Hong Kong, Malaysia, China and our Other Markets each delivered 
double-digit VONB growth in 2017.

ANP increased by 19 per cent to US$6,092 million and VONB margin was higher by 4.1 pps to 56.8 per cent. 
Margin reported on a present value of new business premium (PVNBP) basis also increased to 10 per cent from 
9 per cent in 2016.

EV  operating  profit  increased  by  19  per  cent  to  US$6,997  million  reflecting  strong  new  business  growth,  a 
higher expected return on EV of US$3,317 million and overall positive operating variances of US$304 million 
from the proactive management of our in-force portfolio. This has driven a strong increase of 110 bps in our 
operating ROEV to 16.6 per cent compared with 2016.

Equity attributable to shareholders of the Company on the embedded value basis (EV Equity) grew by US$8,125 
million to US$51,775 million. The increase was mainly driven by EV operating profit growth of 19 per cent and 
investment  return  variances  of  US$1,517  million  reflecting  the  positive  effect  of  short-term  capital  market 
movements. We also benefited from foreign exchange translation movements of US$1,265 million. The strong 
growth in EV Equity is reported after the payment of shareholder dividends totalling US$1,376 million.

016

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

IFRS EARNINGS
OPAT  increased  by  16  per  cent  to  US$4,647  million  mainly  driven  by  double-digit  growth  in  Hong  Kong, 
Singapore,  China  and  our  Other  Markets.  Each  of  our  operating  market  segments  delivered  positive  OPAT 
growth compared with 2016. This strong performance was the result of the growth in new business over time 
and the proactive management of our in-force portfolio.

The expense ratio reduced to 7.5 per cent from 7.9 per cent in 2016, from disciplined expense management and 
as we continued to benefit from increasing scale.

Operating margin after tax was 17.9 per cent compared with 18.1 per cent in 2016. Each of our market segments 
reported an improvement in operating margin apart from Hong Kong reflecting significant TWPI growth in 2017 
and a shift in product mix towards participating business.

Operating  return  on  shareholders’  allocated  equity  (operating  ROE)  increased  by  20  bps  to  14.2  per  cent 
reflecting strong OPAT growth partly offset by the significant positive effect on shareholders’ allocated equity of 
short-term capital market movements. Shareholders’ allocated equity grew by US$6,026 million to US$35,658 
million at 30 November 2017.

CAPITAL POSITION AND DIVIDENDS
Underlying free surplus generation grew by 13 per cent to US$4,527 million. The amount invested in writing 
new business was stable at US$1,376 million with the increase from growth in new business offset by a higher 
proportion of participating business that has a lower reported new business strain.

Free  surplus  increased  by  US$2,521  million  to  US$12,303  million  at  30  November  2017  mainly  reflecting 
strong underlying free surplus generation, net of new business investment, of US$3,151 million and positive 
investment  return  variances  and  other  items  of  US$940  million,  less  the  payment  of  shareholder  dividends 
totalling US$1,376 million.

The solvency ratio of AIA Company Limited (AIA Co.), our principal operating company, was 443 per cent at 
30  November  2017,  up  by  39  pps  compared  with  404  per  cent  at  30  November  2016. The  higher  solvency 
ratio was driven by the strong growth in retained earnings and the positive effect of short-term capital market 
movements on our investment portfolio and statutory reserves, partly offset by dividends to AIA Group Limited.

Net funds remitted to the Group Corporate Centre were US$2,106 million in 2017 with each of our operating 
market segments remitting positive cashflows.

The Board has recommended a final dividend of 74.38 Hong Kong cents per share, subject to shareholders’ 
approval at the Company’s forthcoming AGM. This brings the total dividend for 2017 to 100.00 Hong Kong cents 
per share, an increase of 17 per cent on the higher base established in 2016. This reflects the strength of our 
financial results and our confidence in the outlook for the Group. The Board intends to follow AIA’s established 
prudent, sustainable and progressive dividend policy allowing for future growth opportunities and the financial 
flexibility of the Group.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  017

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
FINANCIAL REVIEW

NEW BUSINESS PERFORMANCE

VONB, ANP and Margin by Segment

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

VONB

2017

VONB
Margin

2016

VONB
Margin

ANP

ANP

VONB

1,559

53.2%

2,849

1,161

48.8%

2,294

381

311

220

828

408

73.6%

71.8%

62.5%

85.5%

41.2%

518

433

348

968

976

384

316

198

536

321

81.5%

74.1%

57.1%

86.4%

32.9%

471

427

341

621

969

3,707

60.0%

6,092

2,916

56.0%

5,123

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Other Markets

Subtotal

Adjustment to reflect
  consolidated reserving and
  capital requirements

After-tax value of unallocated
  Group Office expenses

VONB Change

YoY
CER

34%

(4)%

(1)%

16%

60%

27%

28%

YoY
AER

34%

(1)%

(2)%

11%

54%

27%

27%

n/m

28%

n/m

28%

(65)

n/m

n/m

(37)

n/m

n/m

n/m

n/m

Total

3,512

56.8%

6,092

2,750

52.8%

5,123

(130)

n/m

n/m

(129)

n/m

n/m

VONB grew by 28 per cent to US$3,512 million mainly driven by double-digit growth in Hong Kong, Malaysia, 
China and our Other Markets. Our agency business delivered 28 per cent VONB growth to US$2,541 million and 
partnership distribution VONB grew by 27 per cent to US$1,113 million compared with 2016.

ANP increased by 19 per cent to US$6,092 million and VONB margin was higher by 4.1 pps to 56.8 per cent. 
Margin reported on a present value of new business premium (PVNBP) basis also increased to 10 per cent from 
9 per cent in 2016.

Hong  Kong  delivered  another  excellent  performance  with  VONB  growth  of  34  per  cent  to  US$1,559  million. 
We  continued  to  benefit  from  broad-based  growth  across  distribution  channels  and  customer  segments  led 
by an exceptionally strong performance in the first half of the year from the retail IFA channel, as previously 
highlighted.  Our  agency  channel  in  Hong  Kong  delivered  another  excellent  performance  driven  by  a  strong 
increase in the number of active agents.

AIA’s  wholly-owned  operation  in  China  was  our  fastest-growing  business  with  VONB  growth  of  60  per  cent  
to US$828 million. The consistent execution of our Premier Agency strategy continued to deliver a significant 
increase in the number of active agents and our extensive use of digital technology helped to drive higher agent 
productivity levels compared with 2016.

VONB in Thailand reduced by 4 per cent to US$381 million consistent with the performance in the first half. We 
continue to transform our market-leading agency force by selective recruitment through our Financial Adviser 
programme and increasing the productivity of our existing agents. We also announced in October 2017 that we 
had reached an agreement on a new 15-year bancassurance partnership with Bangkok Bank Public Company 
Limited (“Bangkok Bank”).

AIA Singapore reported VONB of US$311 million in 2017 with a positive second-half performance supported by 
double-digit VONB growth from our agency channel. Malaysia delivered VONB growth of 16 per cent to US$220 
million with solid performances from both our agency and partnership distribution channels benefiting from 
strong growth in our Takaful business combined with increased sales of regular premium products.

018

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

Other Markets delivered excellent VONB growth of 27 per cent to US$408 million. Highlights included strong 
performances from Australia (including New Zealand), Korea, the Philippines, Sri Lanka, Taiwan and Vietnam.

The VONB results for the Group are reported after a US$195 million total deduction for consolidated reserving 
and capital requirements over and above local statutory requirements and for the present value of unallocated 
Group Office expenses. This approach was taken to reflect the additional reserving and capital requirements 
for  AIA  Co.  and  AIA  International  after  allowing  for  the  HKIO  and  the  Bermuda  Monetary  Authority  (BMA) 
regulations above local requirements as applied by the Group.

EV EQUITY

EV OPERATING PROFIT
EV  operating  profit  increased  by  19  per  cent  to  US$6,997  million  compared  with  2016.  Operating  ROEV 
increased by 110 bps to 16.6 per cent compared with 2016.

This strong performance was the result of 28 per cent growth in VONB to US$3,512 million, a higher expected 
return on EV of US$3,317 million and overall positive operating variances of US$304 million.

Overall operating variances have totalled more than US$1.4 billion since our initial public offering (IPO) in 2010.

EV Operating Profit Per Share – Basic

EV operating profit (US$ millions)

Weighted average number 
  of ordinary shares (millions)

Basic EV earnings per share (US cents)

EV Operating Profit Per Share – Diluted

EV operating profit (US$ millions)

Weighted average number 
  of ordinary shares(1) (millions)

Diluted EV earnings per share(1) (US cents)

2017

6,997

12,000

58.31

2017

6,997

12,037

58.13

2016

5,887

11,972

49.17

2016

5,887

12,006

49.03

YoY
CER

19%

n/a

19%

YoY
CER

19%

n/a

19%

YoY
AER

19%

n/a

19%

YoY
AER

19%

n/a

19%

Note:
(1)  Diluted EV earnings per share including the dilutive effects, if any, of the awards of share options, restricted share units, restricted stock purchase units 
(RSPUs) and restricted stock subscription units (RSSUs) granted to eligible directors, officers, employees and agents under the share-based compensation 
plans as described in note 38 to the financial statements. 

EV MOVEMENT
EV grew by US$8,017 million to US$50,131 million at 30 November 2017.

The increase was mainly driven by strong EV operating profit growth of 19 per cent to US$6,997 million and 
positive non-operating movements of US$997 million. The overall growth in EV is shown after the payment of 
shareholder dividends totalling US$1,376 million.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  019

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
FINANCIAL REVIEW

Non-operating  movements  included  investment  return  variances  of  US$1,517  million  reflecting  the  positive 
effect of short-term capital market movements, reductions of US$190 million for economic assumption changes 
and US$330 million for other non-operating variances. Other non-operating variances were mainly from changes 
in regulatory requirements, including the strengthening of risk-based capital requirements in Singapore and 
the newly published mortality tables in Thailand, and others including modelling-related enhancements. The 
effect of positive foreign exchange translation movements was an additional US$1,265 million.

An analysis of the movement in EV is shown as follows:

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Opening EV

Value of new business

Expected return on EV

Operating experience variances

Operating assumption changes

Finance costs

EV operating profit

Investment return variances

Effect of changes in economic assumptions

Other non-operating variances

Total EV profit

Dividends

Other capital movements

Effect of changes in exchange rates

Closing EV

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Opening EV

Value of new business

Expected return on EV

Operating experience variances

Operating assumption changes

Finance costs

EV operating profit

Investment return variances

Effect of changes in economic assumptions

Other non-operating variances

Total EV profit

Dividends

Other capital movements

Effect of changes in exchange rates

Closing EV

020

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

ANW

16,544

(546)

4,023

313

(229)

(136)

3,425

1,242

(7)

420

5,080

(1,376)

134

114

20,496

ANW

15,189

(695)

3,440

303

26

(111)

2,963

(67)

6

(142)

2,760

(1,124)

(5)

(276)

16,544

2017

VIF

25,570

4,058

(706)

72

148

–

3,572

275

(183)

(750)

2,914

–

–

1,151

29,635

2016

VIF

23,009

3,445

(586)

62

3

–

2,924

30

(242)

120

2,832

–

–

(271)

25,570

EV

42,114

3,512

3,317

385

(81)

(136)

6,997

1,517

(190)

(330)

7,994

(1,376)

134

1,265

50,131

EV

38,198

2,750

2,854

365

29

(111)

5,887

(37)

(236)

(22)

5,592

(1,124)

(5)

(547)

42,114

EV Equity

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

EV

Goodwill and other intangible assets(1)

EV Equity

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

50,131

1,644

51,775

42,114

1,536

43,650

Note:
(1)  Consistent with the IFRS financial statements, net of tax, amounts attributable to participating funds and non-controlling interests. 

EV AND VONB SENSITIVITIES
Sensitivities to EV and VONB arising from changes to central assumptions from equity price and interest rate 
movements are shown below and are consistent with the prior period.

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Central value

Equity price changes

10 per cent increase in equity prices

10 per cent decrease in equity prices

Interest rate changes

50 basis points increase in interest rates

50 basis points decrease in interest rates

EV as at
30 November 
2017

50,131

50,850

49,406

50,160

49,689

VONB 
2017

3,512

n/a

n/a

3,693

3,262

EV as at
30 November 
2016

42,114

42,839

41,380

42,262

41,736

Please refer to Section 3 of the Supplementary Embedded Value Information for additional information.

IFRS PROFIT

OPAT(1) by Segment

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Other Markets

Group Corporate Centre

Total

2017

1,636

865

504

272

639

758

(27)

4,647

2016

1,334

768

453

265

469

662

30

3,981

YoY
CER

23%

9%

12%

6%

39%

13%

n/m

16%

VONB 
2016

2,750

n/a

n/a

2,927

2,524

YoY
AER

23%

13%

11%

3%

36%

15%

n/m

17%

Note:
(1)  Attributable to shareholders of the Company only excluding non-controlling interests. 

OPAT grew by 16 per cent to US$4,647 million mainly driven by double-digit growth in Hong Kong, Singapore, 
China and our Other Markets. Each of our operating market segments delivered positive OPAT growth compared 
with 2016. This strong performance was the result of the growth in new business over time and the proactive 
management of our in-force portfolio.

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  021

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
FINANCIAL REVIEW

Hong Kong delivered an excellent performance with an OPAT increase of 23 per cent as we continued to benefit 
from strong underlying business growth and improved claims experience.

Thailand  delivered  a  solid  performance  with  9  per  cent  OPAT  growth  and  Singapore  continued  its  positive 
momentum  from  the  half-year  with  an  increase  in  OPAT  of  12  per  cent.  China  OPAT  grew  by  39  per  cent 
supported by the quality of our earnings and increasing scale from sustained growth in profitable new business.

Malaysia delivered an improved performance in the second half with OPAT up by 12 per cent to report 6 per cent 
growth for the full year. Other Markets also delivered a strong result in the second half with OPAT growth of 21 
per cent giving 13 per cent for the full year and with positive OPAT growth across each of our individual markets.

Operating  return  on  shareholders’  allocated  equity  (operating  ROE)  increased  by  20  bps  to  14.2  per  cent 
reflecting strong OPAT growth partly offset by the significant positive effect on shareholders’ allocated equity of 
short-term capital market movements. Shareholders’ allocated equity grew by US$6,026 million to US$35,658 
million at 30 November 2017.

TWPI by Segment

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Other Markets

Total

2017

9,434

3,517

2,421

1,823

3,092

5,860

2016

6,873

3,327

2,276

1,795

2,384

5,478

26,147

22,133

YoY
CER

37%

2%

7%

6%

33%

6%

18%

YoY
AER

37%

6%

6%

2%

30%

7%

18%

TWPI increased by 18 per cent to US$26,147 million compared with 2016. The Group’s persistency remained 
strong and stable at 95.6 per cent in 2017.

IFRS Operating Profit Investment Return

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Interest income

Expected long-term investment return 

for equities and real estate

Total

2017

5,440

1,656

7,096

2016

5,081

1,343

6,424

YoY
CER

7%

24%

11%

YoY
AER

7%

23%

10%

IFRS operating profit investment return increased by 11 per cent to US$7,096 million as our average invested 
assets grew over the year as a result of the growth in our portfolio of business, supported by the higher market 
values of our equity portfolio.

022

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

 
Operating Expenses

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Operating expenses

2017

1,969

2016

1,752

YoY
CER

13%

YoY
AER

12%

The expense ratio reduced to 7.5 per cent from 7.9 per cent in 2016 from disciplined expense management and 
as we continued to benefit from increasing scale. Operating expenses grew by 13 per cent to US$1,969 million.

Net Profit(1)

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

OPAT

Short-term fluctuations in investment return related 

to equities and real estate, net of tax

Other non-operating investment return and 
  other items, net of tax

Total

2017

4,647

1,741

(268)

6,120

2016

3,981

97

86

4,164

Note:
(1)  Attributable to shareholders of the Company only excluding non-controlling interests. 

YoY
CER

16%

n/m

n/m

48%

YoY
AER

17%

n/m

n/m

47%

IFRS NON-OPERATING MOVEMENT
IFRS net profit increased by 48 per cent to US$6,120 million compared with 2016. The increase was due to 
strong growth in OPAT of 16 per cent to US$4,647 million and positive short-term fluctuations in investment 
return of US$1,741 million compared with US$97 million in 2016. Other non-operating items in 2016 included 
US$181 million from the change in corporate income tax rate in Thailand.

Movement in Shareholders’ Allocated Equity

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Opening shareholders’ allocated equity

Opening adjustments on revaluation gains on property held for own use

Net profit

Purchase of shares held by employee share-based trusts

Dividends

Revaluation gains on property held for own use

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Other capital movements

Total movement in shareholders’ allocated equity

Closing shareholders’ allocated equity

2017

29,632

–

6,120

(10)

(1,376)

78

1,061

153

6,026

35,658

2016

26,705

259

4,164

(86)

(1,124)

50

(423)

87

2,927

29,632

The movement in shareholders’ allocated equity is shown before fair value reserve movements. We believe this 
provides a clearer reflection of the underlying movement in shareholders’ equity over the period, before the 
IFRS accounting treatment of movements in available for sale bonds.

Shareholders’  allocated  equity  grew  to  US$35,658  million  at  30  November  2017. The  increase  of  US$6,026 
million  was  mainly  due  to  net  profit  of  US$6,120  million  and  foreign  exchange  translation  movements  of 
US$1,061 million, less the payment of shareholder dividends totalling US$1,376 million.

Sensitivities arising from foreign exchange rate, interest rate and equity price movements are included in note 
36 to the financial statements.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
FINANCIAL REVIEW

IFRS EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)

Basic EPS based on IFRS OPAT attributable to shareholders increased by 16 per cent to 38.73 US cents in 2017.

Basic EPS based on IFRS net profit attributable to shareholders, including mark-to-market movements from our 
equity and investment property portfolios, increased by 47 per cent to 51.00 US cents in 2017.

IFRS EPS – Basic

Profit (US$ millions)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares 

(millions)

Basic earnings per share (US cents)

IFRS EPS – Diluted

Profit (US$ millions)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares(2) 

(millions)

Diluted earnings per share(2) (US cents)

Net Profit(1)

OPAT(1)

2017

6,120

12,000

51.00

2016

4,164

11,972

34.78

2017

4,647

12,000

38.73

Net Profit(1)

OPAT(1)

2017

6,120

12,037

50.84

2016

4,164

12,006

34.68

2017

4,647

12,037

38.61

2016

3,981

11,972

33.25

2016

3,981

12,006

33.16

Notes:
(1)  Attributable to shareholders of the Company only excluding non-controlling interests. 

(2)   Diluted earnings per share including the dilutive effects, if any, of the awards of share options, restricted share units, RSPUs and RSSUs granted to eligible 

directors, officers, employees and agents under the share-based compensation plans as described in note 38 to the financial statements.

CAPITAL

FREE SURPLUS GENERATION
Our  aim  is  to  maintain  a  prudent  balance  sheet  and  capital  position  taking  into  consideration  the  financial 
flexibility  needed  to  fund  our  significant  new  business  growth  opportunities  and  support  our  prudent, 
sustainable and progressive dividend policy and we look to do this through capital market stress conditions.

The  Group’s  free  surplus  at  30  November  2017  represents  the  excess  of  adjusted  net  worth  over  required 
capital including consolidated reserving and capital requirements over and above local statutory requirements. 
Underlying free surplus generation, which excludes investment return variances and other items, increased by 
13 per cent to US$4,527 million. The amount invested in writing new business was stable at US$1,376 million 
with the increase from growth in new business offset by a higher proportion of participating business that has 
a lower reported new business strain.

Free  surplus  increased  by  US$2,521  million  to  US$12,303  million  at  30  November  2017  mainly  reflecting 
strong underlying free surplus generation, net of new business investment, of US$3,151 million and positive 
investment  return  variances  and  other  items  of  US$940  million,  less  the  payment  of  shareholder  dividends 
totalling US$1,376 million.

024

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

 
 
The following table summarises the change in free surplus:

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Opening free surplus

Underlying free surplus generated

Free surplus used to fund new business

Investment return variances and other items

Unallocated Group Office expenses

Dividends

Finance costs and other capital movements

Closing free surplus

2017

9,782

4,527

(1,376)

940

(192)

(1,376)

(2)

12,303

2016

7,528

4,024

(1,374)

1,005

(161)

(1,124)

(116)

9,782

NET FUNDS TO GROUP CORPORATE CENTRE
Working capital comprises debt and equity securities, deposits and cash and cash equivalents held at the Group 
Corporate Centre. Working capital increased to US$9,749 million at 30 November 2017.

The increase was mainly due to net remittances from business units of US$2,106 million and an increase in 
borrowings  of  US$514  million  including  the  issuance  of  medium-term  notes  with  net  proceeds  of  US$497 
million. The increase is reported after the payment of shareholder dividends totalling US$1,376 million.

The movements in working capital are summarised as follows:

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Opening working capital

Group Corporate Centre operating results

Capital flows from business units

  Hong Kong

  Thailand

  Singapore

  Malaysia

  China

  Other Markets

Net funds remitted to Group Corporate Centre

Payment for increase in interest of an associate (Tata AIA)

Increase in borrowings

Purchase of shares held by the employee share-based trusts

Payment of dividends

Change in fair value reserve and others

Closing working capital

2017

8,416

(27)

952

467

238

192

207

50

2,106

–

514

(10)

(1,376)

126

9,749

2016

7,843

30

1,034

411

209

186

46

135

2,021

(310)

260

(86)

(1,124)

(218)

8,416

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  025

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
FINANCIAL REVIEW

IFRS BALANCE SHEET

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Assets

  Financial investments

Investment property

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Deferred acquisition and origination costs

  Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Insurance and investment contract liabilities

  Borrowings

  Other liabilities

Less total liabilities

Equity

  Total equity

  Less non-controlling interests

Total equity attributable to shareholders of AIA Group Limited

Shareholders’ allocated equity

Movement in Shareholders’ Equity

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Opening shareholders’ equity

Opening adjustments on revaluation gains on property held for own use

Net profit

Fair value gains on assets

Purchase of shares held by employee share-based trusts

Dividends

Revaluation gains on property held for own use

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Other capital movements

Total movement in shareholders’ equity

Closing shareholders’ equity

As at
30 November 
2017

As at
30 November 
2016

Change
AER

176,220

150,998

4,365

2,289

21,847

10,970

3,910

1,642

18,898

9,626

215,691

185,074

156,979

135,214

3,958

12,382

3,460

11,090

173,319

149,764

42,372

378

41,994

35,658

35,310

326

34,984

29,632

2017

34,984

–

6,120

984

(10)

17%

12%

39%

16%

14%

17%

16%

14%

12%

16%

20%

16%

20%

20%

2016

31,119

259

4,164

938

(86)

(1,376)

(1,124)

78

1,061

153

7,010

41,994

50

(423)

87

3,865

34,984

026

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

 
 
Total Investments

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

As at
30 November
2017

Percentage 
of total

As at
30 November 
2016

Percentage 
of total

Total policyholder and shareholder

160,327

87%

137,479

87%

Total unit-linked contracts and consolidated 

investment funds

Total investments

24,231

184,558

13%

100%

20,657

158,136

13%

100%

The investment mix remained stable during the year as set out below:

Unit-Linked Contracts and Consolidated Investment Funds

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Unit-linked contracts and consolidated investment

 funds

  Debt securities

  Loans and deposits

  Equities

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Derivatives

As at
30 November
2017

Percentage 
of total

As at
30 November 
2016

Percentage 
of total

4,704

107

18,953

456

11

19%

1%

78%

2%

–

4,456

196

15,498

504

3

22%

1%

75%

2%

–

Total unit-linked contracts and consolidated 

investment funds

24,231

100%

20,657

100%

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  027

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
FINANCIAL REVIEW

Policyholder and Shareholder Investments

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Participating funds

  Government and government agency bonds

  Corporate bonds and structured securities

  Loans and deposits

  Subtotal – Fixed income investments

  Equities

Investment property and property held for own use

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Derivatives

As at
30 November
2017

Percentage 
of total

As at
30 November 
2016

Percentage 
of total

9,585

11,089

2,037

22,711

6,822

468

249

73

6%

7%

1%

14%

4%

1%

–

–

7,830

10,877

1,830

20,537

5,451

434

179

17

6%

8%

1%

15%

4%

–

–

–

Subtotal participating funds

30,323

19%

26,618

19%

Other policyholder and shareholder

  Government and government agency bonds

  Corporate bonds and structured securities

  Loans and deposits

  Subtotal – Fixed income investments

  Equities

Investment property and property held for own use

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Derivatives

Subtotal other policyholder and shareholder

Total policyholder and shareholder

46,447

59,343

5,829

111,619

10,941

5,581

1,584

279

130,004

160,327

29%

37%

4%

70%

7%

3%

1%

–

81%

100%

40,013

50,442

5,036

95,491

9,262

5,062

959

87

110,861

137,479

29%

36%

4%

69%

7%

4%

1%

–

81%

100%

ASSETS
Our asset allocation strategy is driven by our liability matching approach. We also aim to match our assets and 
liabilities in local currencies.

Total  assets  increased  by  US$30,617  million  to  US$215,691  million  at  30  November  2017,  compared  with 
US$185,074 million at 30 November 2016, due to positive net revenues, mark-to-market gains from our debt 
and equity securities and positive foreign exchange movements.

Total investments including financial investments, investment property, property held for own use, and cash 
and cash equivalents increased by US$26,422 million to US$184,558 million at 30 November 2017, compared 
with US$158,136 million at 30 November 2016.

Of the total US$184,558 million investments at 30 November 2017, US$160,327 million were held in respect of 
policyholders and shareholders and the remaining US$24,231 million were backing unit-linked contracts and 
consolidated investment funds.

Fixed income investments, including debt securities, loans and term deposits held in respect of policyholders 
and shareholders, totalled US$134,330 million at 30 November 2017 compared with US$116,028 million at 
30 November 2016. The average credit rating of the fixed income portfolio of A remained consistent with the 
position at 30 November 2016.

028

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

 
 
Government  and  government  agency  bonds  represented  42  per  cent  of  fixed  income  investments  at  30 
November 2017, compared with 41 per cent at 30 November 2016. Corporate bonds and structured securities 
accounted for 52 per cent of fixed income investments at 30 November 2017, compared with 53 per cent at 30 
November 2016.

Equity securities held in respect of policyholders and shareholders totalled US$17,763 million at 30 November 
2017, compared with US$14,713 million at 30 November 2016. The US$3,050 million increase in carrying value 
was mainly attributable to new purchases and positive mark-to-market movements. Within this figure, equity 
securities of US$6,822 million were held in participating funds.

Cash and cash equivalents increased by US$647 million to US$2,289 million at 30 November 2017 compared 
with US$1,642 million at 30 November 2016. The increase largely reflected positive net cash inflows from our 
operating business and proceeds of US$497 million from an issuance of medium-term notes in May 2017 less 
the payment of shareholder dividends of US$1,376 million.

Investment  property  and  property  held  for  own  use  in  respect  of  policyholders  and  shareholders  totalled 
US$6,049 million at 30 November 2017 compared with US$5,496 million at 30 November 2016.

Deferred  acquisition  and  origination  costs  increased  to  US$21,847  million  at  30  November  2017  compared 
with US$18,898 million at 30 November 2016, largely reflecting new business growth.

Other  assets  increased  to  US$10,970  million  at  30  November  2017  compared  with  US$9,626  million  at  30 
November 2016, reflecting the increase in reinsurance assets, accrued interest and prepayments.

LIABILITIES
Total liabilities increased to US$173,319 million at 30 November 2017 from US$149,764 million at 30 November 
2016.

Insurance and investment contract liabilities grew to US$156,979 million at 30 November 2017 compared with 
US$135,214 million at 30 November 2016, reflecting the underlying growth of the in-force portfolio from new 
business, positive mark-to-market movements on equities and positive foreign exchange translation.

Borrowings increased to US$3,958 million at 30 November 2017, due to the net proceeds of US$497 million 
from an issuance of medium-term notes in May 2017. Medium-term notes with a notional amount of US$500 
million issued in 2013 will mature in 2018 as disclosed in note 28 to the financial statements.

Other  liabilities  were  US$12,382  million  at  30  November  2017,  compared  with  US$11,090  million  at  30 
November 2016.

Details of commitments and contingencies are included in note 41 to the financial statements.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  029

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
FINANCIAL REVIEW

REGULATORY CAPITAL

The  Group’s  lead  insurance  regulator  is  the  Hong  Kong  Insurance  Authority  (HKIA).  The  Group’s  principal 
operating company is AIA Co., a Hong Kong-domiciled insurer.

At 30 November 2017, the total available capital for AIA Co., our main regulated entity, was US$8,248 million 
as measured under the HKIO basis, resulting in a solvency ratio of 443 per cent of regulatory minimum capital 
compared with 404 per cent at 30 November 2016. The higher solvency ratio was driven by the strong growth 
in retained earnings and the positive effect of short-term capital market movements on our investment portfolio 
and statutory reserves, partly offset by dividends to the Company.

A summary of the total available capital and solvency ratios of AIA Co. is as follows:

US$ millions, unless otherwise stated

Total available capital

Regulatory minimum capital (100%)

Solvency ratio (%)

As at
30 November 
2017

As at
30 November 
2016

8,248

1,862

443%

6,699

1,659

404%

The  Group’s  individual  branches  and  subsidiaries  are  also  subject  to  supervision,  including  relevant  capital 
requirements,  in  the  jurisdictions  in  which  they  and  their  parent  entity  operate.  The  local  operating  units 
were in compliance with the capital requirements of their respective entity and local regulators in each of our 
geographical markets at 30 November 2017.

GLOBAL MEDIUM-TERM NOTE (GMTN) AND SECURITIES PROGRAMME

In  March  2017,  we  expanded  our  US$5  billion  GMTN  programme  to  a  US$6  billion  GMTN  and  Securities 
programme. Under our US$6 billion GMTN and Securities programme, the Company issued senior unsecured 
fixed rate notes with a nominal amount of US$500 million in May 2017. The notes will mature in 2047 and bear 
annual interest of 4.47 per cent. The Company has the right to redeem these notes at par on 23 May of each year 
beginning on 23 May 2022. At 30 November 2017, the aggregate carrying amount of the debt issued under the 
GMTN and Securities programme was US$3,958 million.

CREDIT RATINGS

Moody’s upgraded its financial strength rating on AIA Co. from Aa3 (Very Low Credit Risk) to Aa2 (Very Low 
Credit Risk) on 27 March 2017.

At 30 November 2017, AIA Co. has financial strength ratings of Aa2 (Very Low Credit Risk) with a stable outlook 
from Moody’s; AA (Very Strong) with a stable outlook from Fitch; and AA- (Very Strong) with a stable outlook 
from Standard & Poor’s.

Moody’s upgraded its issuer credit rating on the Company from A3 (Low Credit Risk) to A2 (Low Credit Risk) 
on 27 March 2017. Fitch upgraded its issuer credit rating of the Company from A+ (High Credit Quality) to AA- 
(Very High Credit Quality) on 23 November 2017.

The Company has issuer credit ratings of A2 (Low Credit Risk) with a stable outlook from Moody’s; AA- (Very 
High  Credit  Quality)  with  a  stable  outlook  from  Fitch;  and A  (Strong)  with  a  stable  outlook  from  Standard  & 
Poor’s.

030

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

DIVIDENDS

The Board has recommended a final dividend of 74.38 Hong Kong cents per share, subject to shareholders’ 
approval  at  the  Company’s  forthcoming  AGM.  This  brings  the  total  dividend  for  2017  to  100.00  Hong  Kong 
cents per share, an increase of 17 per cent on the higher base established in 2016. This reflects the strength 
of our financial results as well as our confidence in the outlook for the Group. The Board intends to follow AIA’s 
established prudent, sustainable and progressive dividend policy allowing for future growth opportunities and 
the financial flexibility of the Group.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  031

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW

BUSINESS REVIEW

DISTRIBUTION

AGENCY
AIA’s  proprietary  tied  agency  network  is  our  core  distribution  platform  and  enables  us  to  deliver  high-quality 
professional services to a broad range of customers across the region. Our extensive agency network provides us 
with a unique opportunity to offer personalised advice on a comprehensive range of products and services that 
reflect an individual’s financial needs. The regular personal interaction our agents have with our customers is a 
fundamental  competitive  advantage  for  the  Group  and  enables  AIA  to  build  long-term  relationships,  providing 
opportunities to bring further value-added products and services to those relationships over time.

The  disciplined  execution  of  AIA’s  Premier  Agency  strategy  has  continued  to  deliver  excellent  results.  Agency 
VONB grew by 28 per cent to US$2,541 million in 2017, representing 70 per cent of the Group’s total VONB in 
2017. ANP increased by 26 per cent to US$3,894 million with a higher VONB margin of 65.3 per cent.

Quality  recruitment  is  an  essential  component  of  our  Premier  Agency  strategy.  We  are  also  committed  to  the 
ongoing  professional  development  of  our  agents  and  leaders  to  ensure  that  we  deliver  customer  service  and 
engagement  levels  of  the  highest  standards.  Our  agents  have  access  to  our  comprehensive  suite  of  training 
programmes and AIA was the first insurer in Asia to introduce mandatory pre-contract induction programmes. 
These  are  designed  to  attract  high-calibre  new  recruits  and  support  our  agents  as  they  build  successful  
long-term  careers  with  AIA.  Our  successful  initiatives  in  2017  have  contributed  to  double-digit  growth  in  the  
total number of active agents and a 14 per cent increase in active agent productivity compared with 2016.

In  2017,  AIA  became  the  only  company  to  be  ranked  number  one  in  the  world  for  Million  Dollar  Round Table  
(MDRT)  members  for  three  consecutive  years.  MDRT  status  is  an  important,  globally-recognised  industry 
benchmark,  setting  the  standard  of  excellence  for  our  agents.  Each  of  our  agency  markets  achieved  at  
least  double-digit  growth  in  registered  MDRT  members,  reflecting  the  breadth  of  quality  and  high  levels  of 
professionalism of our agents across Asia.

In  addition  to  agency  recruitment,  training  and  development,  we  made  substantial  investments  in  digital  tools 
to help us serve our customers better and enhance the professionalism and productivity of our agents. Our iMO 
platform  is  driving  a  step  change  in  the  support  for  our  agents  and  customers  –  from  delivering  recruitment  
and training programmes, to digital lead generation using data analytics and improving the effectiveness of the 
face-to-face sales experience. By November 2017, more than 85 per cent of our active agents across the Group 
have adopted our digital technology in their day-to-day sales activities.

Our  aim  is  to  continue  the  successful  evolution  of  our  Premier  Agency  strategy  to  differentiate  AIA  from  
capacity-driven  industry  models  that  focus  on  mass  recruitment  of  part-time  agents,  to  a  professional  full-time  
model  that  achieves  best-in-class  productivity  levels,  activity  rates  and  quality  of  advice.  We  believe  this 
distinguishes AIA to both our agents and our customers and places us at a significant advantage to capture the 
future growth opportunities in Asia.

032

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

PARTNERSHIPS
Our  partnerships  extend  our  market  reach  and  broaden  our  access  to  new  customers  across  the  Asia-Pacific 
region.  Many  of  our  long-term  strategic  partnerships  are  in  high-growth  emerging  markets  and  are  often  with 
the most prominent financial institutions in their respective countries. We continue to drive additional growth, 
and strengthen these important long-term relationships by integrating our processes with those of our partners, 
using in-branch insurance specialists, employing digital lead generation and further building our capabilities in 
customer analytics. VONB from partnerships in 2017 exceeded US$1 billion for the first time, with 27 per cent 
growth to US$1,113 million. VONB margin increased to 50.6 per cent from 43.5 per cent and ANP grew by 9 per 
cent to US$2,198 million. Partnerships accounted for 30 per cent of the Group’s total VONB in 2017.

Intermediary Channels
Our  intermediated  channels,  including  independent  financial  advisers  (IFAs),  brokers,  private  banks  and  
specialist  advisers,  delivered  excellent  VONB  growth  in  2017  led  by  an  exceptionally  strong  performance  in 
the first half of the year from Hong Kong, as previously highlighted. Our overall performance reflects the deep 
relationships  we  have  developed  with  our  intermediary  partners  through  the  provision  of  dedicated  sales  
and  service  support  and  our  ability  to  offer  targeted  propositions  that  meet  the  needs  of  a  broader  range  of 
customers.

Bancassurance Partnerships
AIA has developed a leading network of strategic bank partnerships across the region and our close cooperation 
with  these  partners  delivered  double-digit  growth  in  VONB  in  2017.  Our  seven  largest  partner  banks  provide 
access to more than 60 million existing bank customers, where the penetration from AIA products is currently 
less than 2 per cent, and a significant population of potential new customers, demonstrating the considerable 
opportunities for future profitable growth.

AIA has built long-term strategic partnerships with major local banks including the Bank Central Asia (BCA) in 
Indonesia,  Public  Bank  in  Malaysia,  Bank  of  the  Philippine  Islands  (BPI)  and  IndusInd  Bank  in  India.  We  have 
built a strong regional partnership with Citibank, N.A. (Citibank) across 12 markets with the aim of providing a 
full range of life and health insurance products and services to the bank’s 15 million retail clients. Our joint new 
product launches, integration of iPoS with Citibank’s sales platforms and in-depth training delivered very strong 
double-digit VONB growth in 2017.

We extended our relationships with BCA and Public Bank and announced new long-term distribution agreements 
with  a  number  of  highly-regarded  banks  across  the  region,  including  Bangkok  Bank  Public  Company  Limited 
(Bangkok  Bank)  in  Thailand  and  Vietnam  Prosperity  Joint-Stock  Commercial  Bank  (VPBank)  in  Vietnam.  We 
also announced a transaction that includes 20-year strategic bancassurance partnerships with Commonwealth 
Bank of Australia (CBA) and ASB Bank Limited (ASB) in New Zealand subject to completion of the transactions, 
including securing all necessary regulatory and governmental approvals.

Direct Channel
Our direct channel delivered strong VONB growth in 2017. Our businesses in Malaysia and Taiwan each delivered 
good  results  and  AIA  Korea  continued  to  build  on  its  excellent  performance  in  the  first  half,  with  very  strong 
double-digit VONB growth in 2017. We have also entered into a new strategic partnership with SK Group, one 
of the largest business conglomerates in Korea. AIA Korea will offer protection products, including AIA Vitality,  
to SK Telecom, the leading telecommunications service provider in Korea with more than 30 million customers.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  033

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
BUSINESS REVIEW

In March 2017, we announced 
the appointment of David Beckham 
as AIA’s Global Ambassador to 
support our promotion of healthy 
living activities.  

In May 2017, we extended 
our partnership with Spurs for 
another five years.

034

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

GROUP INSURANCE
AIA  is  a  major  provider  of  group  insurance  across  the  region  with  leading  positions  in  Hong  Kong,  Thailand, 
Singapore,  Malaysia  and  Australia.  The  provision  of  group  insurance  is  an  important  part  of  AIA’s  protection 
strategy.  The  increasing  emphasis  on  the  provision  of  life,  health  and  wellness  schemes  by  employers  is  an 
area we believe will offer significant growth given the more than 1.8 billion people in the working population in 
Asia-Pacific (ex-Japan).

We delivered strong double-digit VONB growth in 2017 helped by the retention of several large group schemes 
in Australia and a solid performance from our agency channel providing individual voluntary solutions to AIA’s 
existing  customer  base  of  more  than  16  million  group  scheme  members.  We  also  launched  AIA  Vitality  to 
selected group insurance clients in Australia, Hong Kong, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand and the Philippines to 
increase engagement with their employees.

Our  regional  presence  and  longstanding  relationships  with  international  and  regional  employee  benefits 
consultants  place  AIA  in  an  advantaged  position  to  capture  the  huge  potential  from  the  growth  in 
Asian-headquartered multinational companies and the expansion of global corporations across the region. This 
is supported by our multi-territory risk-pooling capability via the AIA Asia Benefits Network.

Our  agency  channel  provides  us  with  access  to  small-and-medium  sized  enterprise  (SME)  clients  throughout 
the region. SMEs employ more than half of the labour force in Asia-Pacific and we expect this market to become 
increasingly important as a source of new business as these companies evolve from small family-run operations 
into  scalable  businesses.  We  identify  and  train  specialists  who  are  able  to  use  their  strong  relationships  with 
business owners to capture the demand for group insurance as these businesses grow in size and sophistication.

MARKETING

AIA  is  one  of  the  most  trusted  and  recognised  brands  across  our  markets.  We  are  committed  to  delivering 
our  brand  promise  of  helping  our  customers  across  the  region  meet  their  financial  protection  and  long-term 
savings needs while enabling them to live healthier, longer, better lives. This ensures that the AIA brand remains 
relevant and continues to resonate with our customers as their lifestyles and financial needs evolve.

CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT
AIA’s large existing customer base is a significant source of scale and potential future growth for the Group with 
more than 30 million individual policies and over 16 million participating members of group insurance schemes. 
We  recognise  the  importance  of  increasing  customer  engagement  to  help  ensure  the  successful  delivery  of 
our  brand  promise  to  our  customers  and  our  ability  to  capture  material  upside  from  additional  new  business. 
Deeper  analysis  of  customer  preferences,  behaviours  and  life  stages  enables  us  to  help  our  distribution  meet 
the individually-tailored needs of our customers at the right time and with the right propositions.

Our brand promise provides a framework to help us engage with our stakeholders throughout the Asia-Pacific 
region. We held a wide range of healthy living initiatives with our local communities to promote active lifestyles 
including  The  FitnessFest  by  AIA  in  Singapore,  The  #LiveBetter  Expo  in  the  Philippines,  The  Music  RunTM  in 
Thailand and The Men’s Health Women’s Health Night Run in Malaysia.

In March 2017, we also announced the appointment of David Beckham as AIA’s Global Ambassador to support 
our  promotion  of  healthy  living  activities.  We  launched  our  #WhatsYourWhy  campaign,  including  a  video 
prominently  featuring  David,  which  encourages  people  to  understand  their  motivations  for  wanting  to  live 
healthier, longer, better lives. Our regional campaign spanned several months and included a four-market tour, 
generating over 10 million online views of the video.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  035

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
BUSINESS REVIEW

Our shirt sponsorship agreement with Tottenham Hotspur Football Club (Spurs) continued to play an important 
role in linking AIA with healthy lifestyles by encouraging active participation in sport. In May 2017, we extended 
our  partnership  with  Spurs  for  another  five  years.  We  believe  football  is  an  ideal  platform  that  enables  us  to 
engage with our customers and distribution across all of our markets.

PRODUCT INNOVATION
AIA Vitality, our science-backed wellness programme, epitomises AIA’s brand promise. We extended the launch 
of  AIA  Vitality  to  Vietnam,  Sri  Lanka  and  Korea  in  2017,  bringing  the  programme  to  10  markets  including  
Australia, Singapore, the Philippines, Hong Kong, Macau, Malaysia and Thailand. We also developed a wellness 
programme to meet the specific needs of our customers in China.

We  continued  to  focus  on  expanding  our  comprehensive  suite  of  protection  products  in  2017  including  the  
launch of a number of first-to-market benefits such as the “Metro Trio” and the “Smart Elite Ultra” plans in Hong 
Kong, as well as the “Diabetes Care” plan in Singapore. These products help raise awareness of chronic diseases 
and  also  enable AIA  to  access  a  new  category  of  customers,  who  were  previously  unable  to  obtain  insurance, 
while ensuring that we do not materially increase our risk profile. AIA Vitality is also fully integrated with these 
new products providing a tremendous opportunity for AIA to benefit customers, distributors, shareholders and  
the many communities in which we operate.

TECHNOLOGY AND OPERATIONS

AIA has continued to make significant progress in transforming our technology systems and business processes. 
Innovation  and  operational  excellence  are  strategic  priorities  for  the  Group  and  we  have  made  substantial 
investments  in  digital  technology  during  the  year.  Our  activities  span  all  aspects  of  the  business  –  from  
transforming our back-office processes and systems, driving a step change in the support for our distribution,  
to delivering product innovation and simplifying the customer experience.

INCREASING EFFICIENCY THROUGH DIGITALISATION
The  digitalisation  of  our  back  office  is  critical  in  enabling  AIA  to  deliver  market-leading  customer  service.  
The  scale  of  more  than  30  million  customer  interactions  during  the  year  across  our  businesses  means  that 
digitalisation  offers  many  opportunities  to  simplify  and  accelerate  processes  whilst  both  enhancing  the  
customer experience and improving costs.

For  example,  we  continued  our  development  of  artificial  intelligence  (AI)  capabilities  using  the  IBM  Watson 
platform.  We  achieved  a  40  per  cent  reduction  in  turnaround  times  and  over  99  per  cent  accuracy  on  claims 
eligibility processing in Australia. We extended this to Natural Language Processing (NLP) to launch chatbots 
to  service  customers  in  Korea  and  agents  in  Hong  Kong.  In  Malaysia,  we  launched  the  first  insurance  chatbot 
integrated  into  social  media.  In  Singapore,  the  auto-underwriting  rate  has  more  than  doubled  across  the  last  
two  years  to  reach  over  70  per  cent  by  the  end  of  2017.  We  have  also  partnered  with  SK  C&C  in  Korea  to  
integrate IBM Watson into our service centre.

In  2017,  AIA  completed  the  transformation  of  our  back  office  in  four  of  our  major  markets  into  a  dedicated  
“private cloud” environment. This was one of the largest cloud migration programmes in the insurance industry  
in  Asia  enabling  availability  of  on-demand  computing  power  across  our  back  office.  The  consolidation  of  our 
multiple data centres into the “private cloud” also provided us significant reduction in carbon footprint.

036

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

DRIVING PRODUCTIVITY AND SERVICE EXCELLENCE
AIA  pioneered  digital  point-of-sale  technology  that  has  been  improving  the  efficiency,  productivity  and 
professionalism  of  our  agents  since  its  launch  in  2012.  In  November  2017,  more  than  85  per  cent  of  the  
Group’s new agency business was submitted completely paperless using an electronic signature. In China, the 
latest  version  of  iPoS  has  reduced  the  time  taken  for  the  sales  application  and  fulfilment  process,  including 
underwriting and policy issuance, to under 30 minutes from the previous average of five days.

We significantly expanded the functionality of iPoS to incorporate productivity tools and analytics capabilities 
as part of our iMO platform. iMO allows our agents to manage their entire range of activities from a single mobile 
device and marks a step change in the digital support for customers and agents. iPoS is now only one powerful 
component of a much broader suite of market-leading digital tools.

In 2017, we commenced the roll-out of our next generation customer platform, MyPage. This will be live in most 
markets by the end of 2018 offering an integrated (online and mobile), single digital touchpoint, linking all our 
customers with all our products and services, including AIA Vitality, in a consistent way.

We are also continuing to expand our presence on third-party online platforms, such as WeChat in China where 
we  already  provide  service  information,  e-claims  and  appointment-booking  services.  Health  claims  can  be  
submitted in real time through WeChat and the average turnaround time has reduced from four days to same  
day settlement.

PROMOTING INNOVATION AND ENHANCED CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE
The  focus  of  our  innovation  activities  is  on  digital  health  and  wellness,  AI,  cloud  technology  and  blockchain. 
By  leveraging  innovation  and  emerging  technologies,  we  are  deepening  engagement  with  our  customers  and 
supporting the sustainable and profitable growth of our businesses.

For  example,  our  Hong  Kong  business  co-developed  Hong  Kong’s  first  blockchain-enabled  bancassurance 
network  with  our  bank  partners,  reducing  the  time  needed  to  process  insurance  applications. AIA  Vitality,  our 
science-backed wellness programme, is designed to use digital technology to encourage and reward sustained 
changes  in  lifestyle  that  promote  healthy  living.  AIA  Vitality  customers  used  our  mobile  apps  more  than  30  
million times during the year. Membership has increased to more than three times the level of the prior year and 
we now have more than 700,000 customers with full membership of our wellness programmes.

AIA has piloted Automation Anywhere, Nice and UiPath and our aim is to deliver improved efficiency in selected 
major markets using Robotic Process Automation (RPA).

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  037

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
BUSINESS REVIEW • GEOGRAPHICAL MARKETS

HONG KONG

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
AIA Hong Kong delivered another excellent performance in 2017 with VONB growing by 34 per cent to US$1,559 
million. ANP  grew  by  24  per  cent  and  VONB  margin  increased  by  4.4  pps  to  53.2  per  cent,  reflecting  sales  of 
higher-margin  protection  and  savings  products,  particularly  in  the  second  half  of  the  year.  VONB  growth  was 
broad-based  across  our  main  distribution  channels  and  customer  segments,  led  by  an  exceptionally  strong 
performance in the first half from the retail IFA channel, as previously highlighted. Our agency channel delivered 
another excellent performance driven by a strong increase in the number of active agents. IFRS operating profit 
after  tax  grew  by  23  per  cent  to  US$1,636  million  reflecting  strong  growth  in  the  underlying  business  and 
improved claims experience.

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
AIA Hong Kong continued to set the benchmark for agent quality through the consistent execution of our Premier 
Agency  strategy.  Building  on  the  success  of  the  AIA  Premier  Academy,  which  celebrated  its  sixth  anniversary 
in  2017,  we  extended  the  programme  to  develop  the  next  generation  of  high-calibre  agency  leaders. This  has 
helped drive quality recruitment with a 26 per cent increase in the number of active new agents compared with 
2016. Active agent productivity increased over the year, supported by our principal digital platforms which help 
our agents deliver a seamless customer experience.

Our  partnership  distribution  also  delivered  another  strong  performance  in  2017.  Our  long-term  relationship 
with Citibank delivered excellent double-digit growth in VONB. This was driven by higher levels of productivity 
as  we  continued  to  support  Citibank’s  relationship  managers  and  insurance  specialists.  Our  IFA  channel  also 
delivered an exceptional performance, particularly in the first half of the year, and we continued to strengthen 
our IFA proposition through our ongoing commitment to high levels of service and support.

AIA offers a broad range of protection and long-term savings products to meet the evolving needs of consumers 
in  Hong  Kong  and  we  are  the  market  leader  in  protection  provision.  We  also  engage  our  customers  through 
cross-sell and loyalty campaigns which contributed meaningfully to our new sales during the year. AIA Vitality, 
our  comprehensive  science-backed  wellness  programme,  further  differentiates  our  protection  proposition  and 
membership numbers increased by more than 90 per cent compared with 2016.

038

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

THE AIA GREAT EUROPEAN
CARNIVAL HAS BECOME THE
ANNUAL SIGNATURE EVENT
ON HONG KONG’S FESTIVE
CALENDAR.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

V O N B   M A R G I N (2)
2017
2016
48.8%

53.2%
YoY (CER)
4.4pps

YoY (AER)
4.4pps

T W P I
2017

9,434
YoY (CER)
37%

2016
6,873

YoY (AER)
37%

US$ MILLIONS, UNLESS 
OTHERWISE STATED

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  039

V O N B (1)
2017

1,559
YoY (CER)
34%

A N P
2017

2,849
YoY (CER)
24%

2016
1,161

YoY (AER)
34%

2016
2,294

YoY (AER)
24%

OPERATING PROFIT 
AFTER TAX
2017

2016
1,334

1,636
YoY (CER)
23%

YoY (AER)
23%

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
BUSINESS REVIEW • GEOGRAPHICAL MARKETS

THAILAND

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
AIA Thailand reported VONB of US$381 million for 2017, a reduction of 4 per cent. We continued to transform 
our market-leading agency distribution by selective recruitment of our next generation of full-time agents and 
increasing the productivity of our existing agents. We remained focused on providing long-term protection and 
savings  products  with  regular  premium  business  accounting  for  more  than  95  per  cent  of  ANP  in  2017.  IFRS 
operating  profit  after  tax  increased  by  9  per  cent  to  US$865  million  reflecting  underlying  business  growth 
and  better  claims  experience  partly  offset  by  the  introduction  of  a  new  mortality  table  as  required  by  local  
regulation.

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
An  important  part  of  our  Premier  Agency  strategy  is  the  acceleration  of  our  Financial  Adviser  programme  to  
drive our agency transformation and attract young and high-calibre individuals to full-time professional careers 
with  AIA.  In  2017  new  recruits  through  this  programme  grew  by  32  per  cent  compared  with  2016  and  the  
total number of Financial Advisers now exceeds 7,000. The activity ratio of newly-recruited Financial Advisers  
was more than double that of other new agents and productivity per active agent was 35 per cent higher than 
average.

Among our existing agents, we continue to actively develop those with strong potential, who receive training to 
become professional, full-time Premier Agents and our next generation of agency leaders. We have also made 
significant  investments  in  the  infrastructure  supporting  our  Premier  Agency  strategy.  This  includes  opening  
nine new Financial Adviser training centres nationwide, modernising our agency offices and digitally equipping 
our agents to support future growth. At the same time, we are continuing to enforce our minimum standards to 
reduce the number of less productive agents.

In October 2017, we reached agreement on a 15-year strategic bancassurance partnership with Bangkok Bank, 
the  largest  bank  in  Thailand  by  total  assets  with  more  than  16  million  customer  accounts.  Through  this  new 
strategic  partnership,  Bangkok  Bank  will  distribute  AIA  Thailand’s  broad  range  of  protection  and  long-term  
savings  products  on  an  exclusive  basis  via  its  nationwide  network  of  around  1,200  branches.  We  believe  our  
new  partnership  provides  tremendous  opportunities  by  bringing  together  two  of  Thailand’s  largest,  most  
well-established and recognised financial institutions.

040

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

V O N B (1)
2017

381
YoY (CER)
(4)%

A N P
2017

518
YoY (CER)
6%

2016
384
YoY (AER)
(1)%

2016
471
YoY (AER)
10%

OPERATING PROFIT 
AFTER TAX
2017

865
YoY (CER)
9%

2016
768
YoY (AER)
13%

V O N B   M A R G I N (2)
2017
2016
81.5%

73.6%
YoY (CER)
(7.9)pps

YoY (AER)
(7.9)pps

T W P I
2017

3,517
YoY (CER)
2%

2016
3,327

YoY (AER)
6%

US$ MILLIONS, UNLESS 
OTHERWISE STATED

AIA FOOTBALL CLINICS
HELD IN BANGKOK, CHONBURI 
AND CHIANG MAI PROMOTE 
HEALTH AND WELLBEING.

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  041

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
BUSINESS REVIEW • GEOGRAPHICAL MARKETS

SINGAPORE

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
AIA  Singapore  reported  VONB  of  US$311  million  in  2017,  with  a  positive  second-half  performance  supported  
by double-digit VONB growth from our agency channel. Sales of regular premium protection business increased 
over  the  year  and  we  continued  our  disciplined  approach  to  managing  our  product  mix  in  our  partnership 
distribution channels. IFRS operating profit after tax increased by 12 per cent to US$504 million as a result of 
growth in the scale of our high-quality in-force portfolio.

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
VONB growth from our market-leading Premier Agency distribution was the direct result of an increase in the 
number of active agents and improved productivity levels supported by the high take-up of our digital sales and 
training tools. More than 90 per cent of our new business applications were submitted digitally through iPoS in 
2017.  Our  targeted  recruitment  strategy  combined  with  comprehensive  development  programmes  to  support  
our new hires delivered a significant increase in the number of new recruits. We also saw a 15 per cent increase 
in overall MDRT qualifiers compared with the same period in 2016.

Our strategic partnership with Citibank delivered solid growth in regular premium protection business, although 
VONB  was  lower  from  single  premium  products.  Direct  sales,  including  digital  direct,  which  targets  Citibank’s 
large credit card customer base with simplified protection solutions, continued to gain traction with very strong 
double-digit VONB growth. AIA continued to be the leader in the group insurance market in Singapore in terms  
of in-force premium and we delivered solid VONB growth from attracting new schemes in 2017.

As  part  of  our  continuing  efforts  to  engage  with  our  customers  in  new  ways  and  differentiate  our  products 
and services, we launched AIA Quality Healthcare Partners in early 2017. This builds on the foundation of our  
market-leading position in protection and makes us the first insurer in Singapore to establish direct partnerships 
with the medical community. Customers can enjoy benefits such as an appointment-setting service via our AIA 
Healthcare mobile app, preferential consultation rates and pre-approval of claims that allows for hospitalisation 
without immediate out-of-pocket payments. We continued to increase engagement with our customers through 
AIA Vitality, with membership and VONB from products integrated with AIA Vitality trebling over the year.

042

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

FITNESSFEST BY AIA IS
THE PERFECT PLATFORM 
FOR THE PROMOTION
OF FITNESS AND HEALTH
IN SINGAPORE.

V O N B (1)
2017

311
YoY (CER)
(1)%

A N P
2017

433
YoY (CER)
2%

2016
316
YoY (AER)
(2)%

2016
427
YoY (AER)
1%

V O N B   M A R G I N (2)
2017
2016
74.1%
YoY (AER)
(2.3)pps

71.8%
YoY (CER)
(2.4)pps

T W P I
2017

2,421
YoY (CER)
7%

2016
2,276
YoY (AER)
6%

OPERATING PROFIT 
AFTER TAX
2017

504
YoY (CER)
12%

2016
453
YoY (AER)
11%

US$ MILLIONS, UNLESS 
OTHERWISE STATED

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  043

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
BUSINESS REVIEW • GEOGRAPHICAL MARKETS

MALAYSIA

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
AIA Malaysia delivered VONB growth of 16 per cent to US$220 million as a result of solid performances from 
both our agency and partnership distribution channels. VONB margin increased by 5.3 pps to 62.5 per cent as 
we continued to focus on providing long-term unit-linked protection products. ANP increased by 7 per cent to 
US$348 million with new regular premium business accounting for 95 per cent of sales. IFRS operating profit  
after tax grew by 6 per cent to US$272 million, including an improved performance over the second half with  
OPAT up by 12 per cent compared with the prior year.

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Our  agency  strategy  in  Malaysia  is  designed  to  drive  quality  recruitment  and  improve  agency  productivity 
supporting  our  aim  of  promoting  and  rewarding  highly-skilled  and  well-trained  full-time  agents.  AIA’s  Takaful 
business  continued  to  be  an  important  growth  driver  as  our  agency  leaders  focus  on  recruitment  to  meet  the  
needs  of  this  significantly  under-penetrated  market.  Takaful  agents  accounted  for  around  two-thirds  of  our 
new recruits during the year and the total number of active Takaful-producing agents increased by 38 per cent 
compared with 2016.

Partnership  distribution  delivered  another  strong  performance  with  our  bancassurance  business  achieving  25 
per  cent  VONB  growth.  Our  high  sum  assured  regular  premium  product  targeting  Public  Bank’s  mass  affluent 
customers  continued  to  be  well  received  and  helped  to  increase  the  productivity  of  our  in-branch  insurance 
specialists.  Our  direct  channel  delivered  a  strong  performance  as  we  focused  on  offering  critical  illness  
protection  products  to  the  existing  customers  of  Public  Bank  and  Citibank.  Building  on  the  success  of  our 
longstanding relationship with Public Bank, we announced in December 2017 that we had agreed to extend our 
existing exclusive regional bancassurance partnership by a further 15 years to 2037.

AIA  is  the  clear  market  leader  in  group  insurance  in  Malaysia  and  we  delivered  double-digit  VONB  growth  in 
the year. To further enhance customer experience, we released a new mobile app for our corporate healthcare 
members  which  enables  them  to  locate  the  nearest  healthcare  provider,  pre-register  appointments,  obtain  
referral letters and monitor their benefit usage.

AIA  is  committed  to  providing  sustainable  and  affordable  long-term  protection  cover  to  a  wide  cross  section  
of  Malaysian  consumers.  AIA  was  the  first  company  globally  to  integrate  health  and  wellness  benefits  with  
unit-linked  life  insurance  and  Takaful  products  through  AIA  Vitality.  We  more  than  doubled  the  number  of  
AIA  Vitality  members  and  we  expanded  our  AIA  Vitality  programme  to  Public  Bank  customers  in  June  2017. 
Continuing  our  efforts  to  innovate  and  invest  in  technology,  we  recently  launched  the  first  insurance  chatbot  
“Ask Sara” in Malaysia to provide a differentiated and seamless experience to our sales force. This AI-powered 
enquiry  tool  provides  real-time  answers  to  agents  on  700  commonly  asked  questions,  and,  in  doing  so,  helps  
them to serve and advise our customers even more efficiently.

044

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

MEN’S HEALTH WOMEN’S 
HEALTH NIGHT RUN 
BY AIA VITALITY IS ONE OF
THE MOST ANTICIPATED
NIGHT RUNS IN MALAYSIA.

V O N B (1)
2017

220
YoY (CER)
16%

A N P
2017

348
YoY (CER)
7%

2016
198
YoY (AER)
11%

2016
341
YoY (AER)
2%

V O N B   M A R G I N (2)
2017
2016
57.1%
YoY (AER)
5.4pps

62.5%
YoY (CER)
5.3pps

T W P I
2017

1,823
YoY (CER)
6%

2016
1,795
YoY (AER)
2%

OPERATING PROFIT 
AFTER TAX
2017

272
YoY (CER)
6%

2016
265
YoY (AER)
3%

US$ MILLIONS, UNLESS 
OTHERWISE STATED

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  045

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
BUSINESS REVIEW • GEOGRAPHICAL MARKETS

CHINA

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
AIA China delivered another excellent set of results with VONB growth of 60 per cent to US$828 million. ANP 
grew by 61 per cent to US$968 million and VONB margin was 85.5 per cent. Our strong performance was driven 
by a significant increase in the number of active agents, higher agent productivity and our sustained focus on 
writing regular premium long-term savings and protection products to meet the substantial and growing needs 
of customers. IFRS operating profit after tax rose by 39 per cent to US$639 million reflecting the growing scale  
of our business and our high-quality sources of earnings.

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Our  agency  strategy  is  built  around  a  culture  of  disciplined  activity  management  and  ongoing  professional 
development to help our agents and leaders build long-term careers with AIA and provide our customers with 
high-quality  advice  tailored  to  their  needs.  Our  emphasis  on  quality  recruitment  through  stringent  selection,  
best-in-class  training  and  advanced  agency  leader  development  programmes  led  to  a  32  per  cent  increase  in  
our number of active agents compared with 2016 and a 30 per cent increase in MDRT qualifiers.

Our  agents  are  supported  by  leading  digital  platforms  that  have  helped  them  become  the  most  productive  
agency  distribution  in  the  market.  Our  technology  provides  agents  and  leaders  with  a  comprehensive  suite  of 
tools that covers all aspects of their roles from recruitment and training to the provision of face-to-face advice  
and servicing of customers – online and offline. Almost 100 per cent of new policies were submitted digitally 
in  2017,  using  our  next  generation  of  iPoS.  Alongside  our  leading  training  programmes,  this  technological 
enhancement  has  helped  active  agents  increase  productivity  levels  by  more  than  25  per  cent  compared  with 
2016.

While  agency  is  our  main  source  of  new  business,  our  bancassurance  distribution  also  made  good  progress  
in  2017  achieving  strong  double-digit  VONB  growth.  We  continued  to  work  closely  with  Citibank  and  other  
selected  local  bank  partners  to  provide  long-term  protection  and  savings  products  to  the  affluent  customer 
segment.

AIA  is  a  leader  in  the  protection  market  in  China  with  traditional  protection  business  accounting  for  84  per 
cent  of  VONB  in  2017.  We  launched  our  first  wellness  programme  earlier  in  the  year  in  conjunction  with  the 
announcement  of  David  Beckham  as  AIA’s  Global  Ambassador.  This  programme  combines  mobile  technology 
with an innovative customer programme to encourage healthy lifestyles through engagement activities as well 
as benefits and rewards. We also delivered a strong performance from our high net worth offering to meet the 
protection  cover,  estate  planning  and  long-term  retirement  savings  needs  of  this  substantial  and  fast-growing 
customer segment.

046

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

AIA’S WELLNESS PROGRAMME
IN CHINA COMBINES MOBILE 
TECHNOLOGY WITH AN 
INNOVATIVE CUSTOMER 
PROGRAMME TO ENCOURAGE 
HEALTHY LIFESTYLES.

V O N B (1)
2017

828
YoY (CER)
60%

A N P
2017

968
YoY (CER)
61%

2016
536
YoY (AER)
54%

2016
621
YoY (AER)
56%

OPERATING PROFIT 
AFTER TAX
2017

639
YoY (CER)
39%

2016
469
YoY (AER)
36%

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

V O N B   M A R G I N (2)
2017
2016
86.4%

85.5%
YoY (CER)
(0.8)pps

YoY (AER)
(0.9)pps

T W P I
2017

3,092
YoY (CER)
33%

2016
2,384

YoY (AER)
30%

US$ MILLIONS, UNLESS 
OTHERWISE STATED

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  047

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
BUSINESS REVIEW • GEOGRAPHICAL MARKETS

OTHER MARKETS

AIA’s  Other  Markets  include  Australia  (including  New  Zealand),  Cambodia,  Indonesia,  Korea,  the  Philippines,  
Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Vietnam and India.

The  financial  results  from  our  49  per  cent  shareholding  in  Tata  AIA,  our  joint  venture  with  the  Tata  Group  in  
India,  are  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method.  For  clarity,  TWPI,  ANP  and  VONB  exclude  any  contribution  
from India.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
Other  Markets  delivered  very  strong  growth  with  VONB  up  by  27  per  cent  to  US$408  million.  VONB  margin  
was  higher  by  8.2  pps  to  41.2  per  cent  and  ANP  was  flat  compared  with  2016.  Highlights  included  strong 
performances  from Australia  (including  New  Zealand),  Korea,  the  Philippines,  Sri  Lanka, Taiwan  and  Vietnam. 
IFRS operating profit after tax increased by 13 per cent to US$758 million.

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Australia:  Our  Australian  group  business  delivered  excellent  performance  as  we  continued  to  focus  on  the  
retention  of  major  industry  funds  and  corporate  clients  while  proactively  reviewing  benefit  designs.  AIA  also 
maintained  its  leadership  position  in  the  retail  IFA  channel,  although  the  overall  market  growth  remained  
subdued during the year. We also launched ‘myOwn’, a new health insurance brand in July 2017. myOwn is the 
result  of  an  innovative  alliance  amongst  AIA  Australia;  GMHBA,  an  Australian  health  insurance  provider;  and 
Discovery  Limited,  our  AIA  Vitality  partner.  myOwn  offers  a  digitally-led  integrated  life,  health  and  wellness 
proposition, which is a first for the Australian market.

In  September  2017,  we  announced  that  we  had  reached  an  agreement  with  CBA,  subject  to  securing  all  
necessary  regulatory  and  governmental  approvals,  to  acquire  CommInsure  Life  in  Australia  and  Sovereign 
Assurance  Company  Limited  (Sovereign)  in  New  Zealand.  The  Group  will  also  enter  into  20-year  strategic 
bancassurance  partnerships  with  CBA  in Australia  and ASB  in  New  Zealand,  together  providing  access  to  the 
banks’  13  million  existing  bank  customers  and  significantly  expanding  our  distribution  capabilities  in  these 
markets.

Cambodia: Our Cambodian operations were officially launched in May 2017, which is AIA’s first start-up business 
in  a  new  market  since  our  IPO.  Our  strategy  is  to  focus  on  providing  protection,  health  and  wellness  products 
through multichannel distribution including the creation of a full-time, professional agency distribution and our 
exclusive  bancassurance  partnership  with  Cambodian  Public  Bank.  We  also  provide  a  fully  digital  end-to-end 
service platform for both our agency and bancassurance channels.

Indonesia: We continued to execute our Premier Agency strategy in Indonesia and our agency business delivered 
strong double-digit VONB growth driven by increased active agent productivity levels and higher average case 
sizes. We extended our longstanding relationship with BCA in February 2017, allowing us to broaden our access 
to  BCA’s  customers.  In  2017  we  delivered  double-digit  VONB  growth  with  BCA  from  expanding  our  product  
range and focusing on recruitment of in-branch insurance specialists. We also launched direct sales operations 
to customers of BCA during the year.

Korea: Our Korean business delivered excellent VONB growth in 2017. VONB margin was higher, mainly from a 
positive shift in product mix. Our direct business delivered an excellent performance, as we continued to engage 
with both new and existing partners to improve sales efficiency. Agency reported solid VONB growth, following 
the launch of new protection products and our focus on quality recruitment to grow an efficient and productive 
agency distribution. We have also entered into a new strategic partnership with SK Group. AIA Korea will offer 
protection  products,  including  AIA  Vitality,  to  SK  Telecom,  the  leading  telecommunications  service  provider  
with more than 30 million customers.

048

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

Philippines:  AIA’s  business  in  the  Philippines  delivered  strong  double-digit  VONB  growth  across  both  our 
agency  and  bancassurance  channels.  Our  focus  on  quality  recruitment  led  to  a  24  per  cent  increase  in  the 
number of active new agents compared with 2016. Our joint venture with BPI continued to be the market leader 
in  bancassurance  with  VONB  growth  from  an  increase  in  the  number  of  in-branch  insurance  specialists  and 
more  efficient  new  lead  generation.  AIA  Vitality  membership  has  grown  significantly  following  its  integration 
into our bestselling products in both the agency and bancassurance channels.

Sri  Lanka:  Our  Sri  Lankan  business  delivered  a  strong  performance  in  2017  as  we  continued  to  execute  our 
Premier Agency strategy. We launched new products during the year, further strengthening our position within 
the protection and retirement savings market. The launch of our new long-term strategic partnership with DFCC 
Bank has been completed with a full roll-out across all of its branches in the country.

Taiwan:  AIA Taiwan  delivered  excellent  VONB  growth  in  2017  from  our  multichannel  partnership  distribution. 
Our  direct  channel  benefited  from  double-digit  growth  in  our  number  of  telesales  representatives  and  VONB 
from  our  bancassurance  and  broker  businesses  grew  significantly,  as  a  result  of  successful  new  product 
launches with our strategic partners in Taiwan.

Vietnam:  Vietnam  extended  its  strong  track  record  and  once  again  delivered  excellent  VONB  growth  in  2017. 
Strong recruitment continued to drive active new agent growth with an increase of 28 per cent compared with 
2016  while  VONB  margin  increased  as  a  result  of  a  higher  proportion  of  protection  riders  within  the  product 
mix. We also broadened our product range with the launch of our new unit-linked products and first-to-market 
early  critical  illness  waiver  of  premium  rider,  and  expanded  our  partnership  distribution  capabilities  through 
the  addition  of  four  new  bancassurance  agreements  including  an  exclusive  partnership  with  VPBank  in  the 
second half.

V O N B (1)
2017

408
YoY (CER)
27%

A N P
2017

976
YoY (CER)
1%

2016
321
YoY (AER)
27%

2016
969
YoY (AER)
1%

V O N B   M A R G I N (2)
2017
2016
32.9%

41.2%
YoY (CER)
8.2pps

YoY (AER)
8.3pps

T W P I
2017

5,860
YoY (CER)
6%

2016
5,478

YoY (AER)
7%

OPERATING PROFIT 
AFTER TAX
2017

758
YoY (CER)
13%

2016
662
YoY (AER)
15%

US$ MILLIONS, UNLESS 
OTHERWISE STATED

Notes:
Throughout the Distribution section:
VONB and VONB margin by distribution channel are based on local statutory reserving and capital requirements and exclude pension business.
Throughout the Geographical Markets section:
(1)  VONB figures shown in the tables are based on local statutory reserving and capital requirements and include pension business.
(2)  VONB margin excludes pension business to be consistent with the definition of ANP used within the calculation.

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  049

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW

RISK MANAGEMENT

OVERVIEW

The  Group  recognises  the  importance  of  sound  risk  management  in  every  aspect  of  our  business  and  for  all 
stakeholders.  For  our  policyholders  it  provides  the  security  of  knowing  that  we  will  always  be  there  for  them. 
For investors it is key to protecting and enhancing the long-term value of their investment. Finally, for regulators 
sound risk management supports industry growth and enhances the public’s trust in the industry. 

While effective risk management is vital to any organisation, it goes to the core of a life insurance business where 
it is a fundamental driver of value. The Group’s Risk Management Framework (RMF) does not seek to eliminate all 
risks but rather to identify, understand and manage them within acceptable limits in order to support the creation 
of long-term value.

The Group’s RMF is built around developing an appropriate and mindful risk culture at every level of the organisation 
in  support  of  our  strategic  objectives. The  RMF  provides  business  units  with  appropriate  tools,  processes  and 
capabilities for the identification, assessment and, where required, upward referral of identified material risks for 
further evaluation.

The Group’s RMF consists of the following key components:

•  Risk Culture;
•  Risk Management Process;
•  Risk Governance;
•  Risk Appetite; and
•  Risk Landscape.

Risk
Landscape

Risk
Culture

Risk
Appetite

STRATEGIC
OBJECTIVES

Risk 
Management
Process

Risk
Governance

050

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

 
RISK CULTURE

The RMF recognises the importance of risk culture in the effective management of risks. Risk culture defines the 
Group’s attitude to risks and ensures its remuneration structure promotes the right behaviour. 

ACCOUNTABILITY
A key component of the Group’s risk culture is accountability. The First Line of Defence (First Line) is responsible 
for managing risks and consists of business unit management. The Group Chief Risk Officer (CRO) has overall 
accountability  for  the  Risk  &  Compliance  function  across  the  Group.  Each  business  unit  CRO  has  a  primary 
reporting line into the Group CRO and a secondary reporting line to the local Chief Executive Officer (CEO). This 
structure ensures independence of the Second Line of Defence (Second Line) and allows business unit CROs full 
access to local business discussions so as to provide risk management perspectives and insights. The Group CRO 
is a member of the Group Executive Committee while business unit CROs are, in most cases, also members of their 
respective local Executive Committees.

The Risk & Compliance organisational structure is shown below:

REMUNERATION
The Company’s executive remuneration structure ensures appropriate consideration of the RMF within a strong 
performance-oriented  culture.  This  is  supported  by  a  performance  management  system  where  all  staff  are 
measured on ‘how’ as well as ‘what’ they deliver. This structure places significant emphasis on conduct as well as 
achievement, and is consistent with our fundamental Operating Philosophy of “Doing the Right Thing, in the Right 
Way, with the Right People… the Right Results will come”.

Group Chief Executive
and President

Group CRO

Group Risk & Compliance

Business Unit CROs

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  051

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
RISK MANAGEMENT

RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS

The  Group  has  a  robust  Risk  Management  Process  that  provides  sufficient  information,  capability  and  tools  to 
manage  its  key  risks.  To  that  end,  the  Group  has  developed  the  following  key  processes  to  identify,  quantify, 
manage and monitor the risk exposures.

IDENTIFICATION
Timely and complete identification of risks is an essential first step to the risk management process. The Risk  
&  Compliance  function  has  developed  a  systematic  process  to  identify  existing  and  emerging  risks  in  the  
business units.

QUANTIFICATION
Quantification  of  risk  is  important  in  establishing  the  level  of  exposure  and  in  determining  the  appropriate 
management actions within the Group’s Risk Appetite. Specific risk metrics adopted to support the quantification 
process are detailed in the Risk Landscape section of this report.

ESCALATION AND MITIGATION
Following the risk quantification process, the executives working in the First Line are responsible for the timely 
identification and escalation of material risk developments and for the implementation of risk mitigation actions, 
as appropriate.

REPORTING AND MONITORING
The Second Line is responsible for monitoring First Line activities and reporting to the appropriate Risk Committees 
the performance of the First Line against risk metrics and limits defined in the Risk Appetite. In addition, to ensure 
the effectiveness of the Risk Management Process, an Own Risk and Solvency Assessment is reported to the Risk 
Committees for annual review.

052

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

RISK GOVERNANCE

THREE LINES OF DEFENCE
The  Group’s  Risk  Governance  framework  is  built  on  the  “Three  Lines  of  Defence”  model.  With  regard  to  risk 
management, the objective is to ensure that an appropriate framework is in place, including an independent system 
of checks and balances, to provide assurance that risks are identified, assessed, managed and governed properly. 
The  framework  clearly  defines  roles  and  responsibilities  for  the  management  of  risk  between  the  Executive 
Management, Risk & Compliance and Internal Audit functions. While each line of defence is independent from the 
others, they work closely to ensure effective oversight.

The  First  Line  is  made  up  of  the  business  decision-takers  who  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  effective  and 
appropriate processes are in place at all times to effectively identify, assess and manage risk in a manner consistent 
with the RMF. In particular, the amount of risk taken at each level of the organisation must be consistent with both 
the Risk Appetite of the Group and the relevant business unit.

Initial identification, assessment and management of risk is the responsibility of executives operating in the First 
Line. Decisions regarding activities deemed to have significant risks attached or that are outside the limits of a 
given level of management are referred to a senior Group executive or, where appropriate, through the Group Chief 
Executive and President to the Risk Committee of the Board and, where appropriate, to the full Board of Directors. 

The Second Line consists of the Risk & Compliance function. This function (under a Group CRO who reports directly 
to the Group Chief Executive and President) is independent of but works closely with the First Line to ensure that 
risks are being managed appropriately within the Group’s Risk Appetite. The Second Line is also responsible for 
overseeing First Line activities and ensuring the Group adheres to its own high standards. 

The  Third  Line  of  Defence  (Third  Line)  is  the  Group  Internal  Audit  (GIA)  function,  which  reports  to  the  Audit 
Committee of the Board. GIA is responsible for providing independent assurance over the effectiveness of key 
internal controls and makes recommendations based on the audit findings.

The Three Lines of Defence converge at the Board, which retains overall responsibility for the Group’s RMF. 

AIA Group Limited Board

Group and Business Units 
Functions

Group and Business Units  
Risk & Compliance

Group Internal Audit

Executive Management

Risk Oversight

Independent Assurance

First Line of Defence

Second Line of Defence

Third Line of Defence

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  053

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
RISK MANAGEMENT

RISK COMMITTEE STRUCTURE
The Group’s Risk Committee structure is designed to provide:

•  consistent application of the RMF across the Group;
•  streamlined processes for the timely identification, assessment and escalation of risk issues;
•  objective analysis of risk issues enabling informed decision-making; and
•  discussion and challenge in relation to risk issues in suitable forums.

AIA Group Limited Board

Audit 
Committee

Risk 
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Operational Risk 
Committee

Financial Risk  
Committee

The Board
The Board retains overall responsibility for oversight of the Group’s risk management activities. In this regard the 
Board sets the Group’s Risk Appetite, approves the RMF (including amendments or refinements from time to time) 
and monitors material Group-wide risks. In fulfilling these responsibilities, the Board is supported and advised by 
the Risk Committee.

Risk Committee
The  Risk  Committee  oversees  risk  management  across  the  Group  and  advises  the  Board  on  all  risk-related 
issues requiring Board attention. The members of the Risk Committee are all Board directors, with the majority 
of members including the Committee Chairman being Independent Non-executive Directors. The Risk Committee 
meets at least four times a year.

Operational Risk (ORC) and Financial Risk (FRC) Committees
The  Risk  Committee  is  supported  by  two  Executive  Risk  Committees  which,  between  them,  oversee  the 
management of all risks. The ORC is chaired by the Group Chief Financial Officer and oversees risks associated 
with failure in internal processes, personnel and systems or from external events. The FRC is chaired by the Group 
Chief Executive and President and oversees risks associated with Financial, Insurance and Investment risks. The 
FRC and ORC meet at least four times a year.

The above committee structures are replicated at business unit level where applicable.

054

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

RISK APPETITE

Risk Appetite Statement

Risk Principles and 
Risk Tolerances

Risk Controls 
and Risk Limits

The Group’s Risk Appetite is the foundation of its RMF. It establishes the quantum and nature of risks the Group is 
prepared to take to achieve its strategic objectives.

•  The Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) is an overarching statement on the enterprise’s attitude to risk;
•  Risk  Principles  and  Risk  Tolerances  are  qualitative  statements  and  quantitative  metrics  that  expand  and 

validate the RAS; and

•  Risk Controls and Risk Limits are used to manage specific risks.

The Group has adopted the following Risk Appetite Statement:

“The amount of risk taken by AIA in the ordinary course of its business will be sufficient to meet its customers’ 
reasonable requirements for protection and benefits while ensuring that the level and volatility of shareholder 
returns are in line with a broadly-based risk profile appropriate to an Asia-Pacific ex-Japan-focused life insurance 
company.”

The RAS is supported by five Risk Principles:

Risk Principles

Regulatory Capital 

Financial Strength 

“AIA has no appetite for regulatory non-compliance and as such will ensure that we hold 
sufficient capital to meet our current statutory minimum solvency in all but the most 
extreme market conditions.”

“AIA will ensure the Group’s ability to meet all future commitments to our customers, both 
financial obligations and in terms of the promises we make to them. We will maintain 
sufficient capital to support a Financial Strength Rating that meets our business needs.”

Liquidity

“AIA will maintain sufficient liquidity to meet our expected financial commitments as they 
fall due.”

Earnings Volatility

Business Practice

“AIA will seek to deliver reported operating earnings consistent with expectations and will 
implement policies, limits and controls to contain operational risks, risk concentrations and 
insurance risks within reasonable tolerances.”

“AIA will uphold high ethical standards and will implement sound internal controls to 
minimise the downside risk from the impact of any operational failures within reasonable 
tolerances.”

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  055

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
RISK MANAGEMENT

RISK LANDSCAPE

The Group maintains a detailed risk taxonomy to ensure all risks are identified and systematically managed. The 
principal risks and their definitions are summarised below:

Financial Risks

Operational Risks

Investment

Insurance

ALM

Credit

Lapse

Interest Rate

Distribution

Equity Price

Expense

Foreign
Exchange Rate

Fraud & Financial
Crime

Property Price

Morbidity

Credit Spread

Mortality

Investment
Liquidity

Financial
Liquidity

Legal & 
Regulatory

Investment
Operations

People

Strategic Risks

Information
Technology

Information
Security

Finance &
Actuarial

Product
Management

Operations

Third Party

Key Projects

Business
Interruption

Risks

Investment 

Insurance 

Definition

Investment risk is the risk arising from the Group’s investment portfolio due to  
(i) counterparties defaulting on obligations - “Credit Risk”; (ii) market movements - “Market 
Risk”; or (iii) reduced liquidity in markets.

Insurance risk is the risk arising from changes in claims experience as well as more 
general exposure relating to the acquisition and persistency of insurance business. This 
also includes changes to actuarial assumptions regarding future experience for these risks.

Asset-Liability Mismatch 
(ALM)

ALM risk is the risk arising from the difference in duration between the Group’s assets 
and liabilities. This mismatch is mainly caused by differences in timing and size of the 
respective asset and liability cash flows. 

Operational

Strategic

Operational risk is the risk arising from internal processes, personnel and systems or from 
external events which may result in direct or indirect business impact.

Strategic risk is the risk arising from the potential impact of the business strategy on the 
Group’s earnings, capital and reputation. This also takes into consideration the wider social, 
economic, political, regulatory, competitive or technological trends that could impact the 
business strategy within a set time period.

056

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL RISKS – INVESTMENT
Credit
The risk arising from the uncertainty of third parties meeting their obligations to the Group when they fall due.

Although the primary source of credit risk is the Group’s investment portfolio, such risk can also arise through 
reinsurance and treasury activities. The Group performs a detailed analysis of each counterparty and recommends 
a rating, which will be updated from time to time. The Group’s Risk Management function manages the Group’s 
internal ratings framework and reviews these recommendations and, where appropriate, makes recommendations 
for revisions from time to time. 

Equity Price
The risk arising from changes in the market value of equity securities.

Equity  price  risk  is  managed  through  the  individual  investment  mandates  which  define  benchmarks  and  any 
tracking error targets. Equity limits are also applied to contain individual exposures. Equity exposures are included 
in the aggregate credit exposure reports on individual counterparties to monitor total concentration levels.

Property Price
The risk arising from the volatility of real estate market value due to general or specific factors.

Property  price  risk  can  be  driven  by  broader  economic  and  social  factors,  notably  tenant  supply  and  demand, 
liquidity of individual assets, evolving infrastructure or government actions that may directly or indirectly influence 
the  market.  It  can  also  be  driven  by  the  characteristics  of  specific  holdings:  their  location  within  an  area,  the 
competitiveness of their facilities and their physical condition.

Any  material  property  investment  is  individually  reviewed  by  the  Group  to  ensure  it  does  not  give  rise  to  an 
unacceptable concentration of exposure and that it does not compromise the financial flexibility of the relevant 
business unit.

Credit Spread
The risk arising from changes in the market value of securities as a result of a change in perception as to their 
likelihood of repayment. 

The Group invests in non-government securities in a number of its portfolios for yield purposes, and the primary 
intention  is  to  hold  these  to  maturity.  The  Group  manages  its  credit  spread  risk  carefully,  focusing  on  overall 
portfolio quality and diversification and seeking to avoid excessive volatility in the mark-to-market value of its 
investment portfolios.

Investment Liquidity
The risk arising from the Group’s ability to buy and sell investments subject to market availability and pricing.

Investment  liquidity  risk  is  managed  in  the  first  instance  through  the  size  of  the  Group’s  individual  holdings  
relative to market volume, complemented by the quality of the investments which are primarily in government and 
high-quality corporate bonds with good liquidity profile. The Group also maintains a minimum liquidity threshold 
on its investments in listed equities.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  057

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
RISK MANAGEMENT

FINANCIAL RISKS – INSURANCE
Lapse
Lapse risk is the risk that the rate of policy termination deviates from the Group’s expectation.

Ensuring that customers only buy products that match their needs is central to the Group’s Operating Philosophy. 
Through effective implementation of the Business Quality Framework, comprehensive sales training programmes 
and active monitoring of sales activities and persistency, the Group seeks to ensure that appropriate products 
are sold by qualified sales representatives and that standards of service consistently meet our customers’ needs.

Expense
Expense risk is the risk that the cost of selling new business and of administering the in-force book exceeds the 
assumptions made in pricing and/or reserving.

Daily operations follow a disciplined budgeting and control process that allows for the management of expenses 
based on the Group’s very substantial experience within the markets in which we operate.

Morbidity and Mortality
Morbidity and mortality risk is the risk that the occurrence and/or amounts of medical/death claims are higher 
than the assumptions made in pricing or reserving.

The Group adheres to well-defined market-oriented underwriting and claims guidelines and practices that have 
been developed based on extensive historical experience and with the assistance of professional reinsurers. 

The Group’s actuarial teams conduct regular experience studies of all the insurance risk factors in its in-force 
book. These internal studies together with external data are used to identify emerging trends which can then be 
used to inform product design, pricing, underwriting, claims management and reinsurance needs.

Through monitoring the development of both local and global trends in medical technology, health and wellness, 
the impact of legislation and general social, political and economic conditions, the Group seeks to anticipate and 
respond promptly to potential adverse experience impacts on its products.

Reinsurance is used to reduce concentration and volatility risk, especially with large policies or new risks, and as 
protection against catastrophic events such as pandemics or natural disasters.

Recent initiatives to manage morbidity risk and improve claims management include the promotion of wellness 
programmes  such  as  AIA  Vitality  and  the  establishment  of  a  dedicated  Healthcare  team  to  improve  customer 
healthcare experience. 

058

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

FINANCIAL RISKS – ASSET-LIABILITY MISMATCH (ALM)
Interest Rate
The risk arising from the impact of interest rate movements on the value of future asset and liability cash flows.

Exposure to interest rate risk predominantly arises from any difference between the duration of the Group’s assets 
and liabilities. 

The Group manages its interest rate risk primarily on an economic basis to determine the durations of both assets 
and liabilities. Interest rate risk on the local solvency basis is also taken into consideration for business units where 
local solvency regimes deviate from the economic basis. Furthermore, for products with discretionary benefits, 
additional modelling of interest rate risk is performed to guide determination of appropriate management actions. 
Management also takes into consideration the asymmetrical impact of interest rate movements when evaluating 
products with options and guarantees.

Exposure  to  interest  rate  risk  is  summarised  in  note  36  to  the  financial  statements,  which  shows  the  split  of 
financial assets and liabilities between variable, fixed and non-interest bearing investments.

Foreign Exchange Rate
The risk arising from foreign exchange rate movements on the value of future asset and liability cash flows, and 
the translation of business units’ balance sheets to the Group’s reporting currency.

Assets,  liabilities  and  all  regulatory  and  stress  capital  in  each  business  unit  are  currency  matched  within  set 
limits  with  the  exception  of  holdings  of  equities  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  local  currency. Any 
expected  capital  movements  due  within  one  year  are  required  to  be  hedged. The  balance  sheet  values  of  the 
Group’s business units are not hedged to the Group’s reporting currency of US dollar.

Financial Liquidity
The  risk  arising  from  the  availability  of  cash  resources  to  meet  payment  obligations  to  counterparties  as  they  
fall due.

As disclosed in note 19 to the financial statements, most of the Group’s investments are in the form of marketable 
securities and can be readily converted into cash should the need arise.

Another financial liquidity risk arises from the availability of collateral in derivative and repo trades. This risk is 
managed by determining appropriate limits and assessing the ability of the business units to withstand extreme 
market  events. The  Group  also  supports  its  liquidity  needs  through  committed  bank  facilities  and  maintaining 
access to debt markets via the Group’s Global Medium-term Note and Securities programme.

Note 36 to the financial statements provides a maturity analysis of the Group’s financial assets and its financial 
liabilities and insurance contract liabilities.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  059

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
RISK MANAGEMENT

OPERATIONAL RISKS
The risk arising from internal processes, personnel and systems or from external events which may result in direct 
or indirect business impact.

Operational risk is categorised into a common taxonomy which is adopted across the Group. The Group’s operational 
risks arise in the following key areas: 

•  Distribution Risk – This involves intermediary misconduct such as churning, mis-selling / product suitability, 

fraud and other market conduct-related issues;

•  Regulatory Compliance Risk – This concerns compliance with the relevant laws and regulations;
•  Financial and Operational Process Risk – This involves the controls in key processes in business functions 
such as product management, investment, finance, actuarial, underwriting, claims, and policy administration; 
and

•  Systems and Information Security Risk – This includes system performance, disaster recovery, and cyber and 

information security standards.

Each operational risk is assessed against four defined impacts that such risk could have on the business, namely 
Financial  Loss,  Regulatory  Breach,  Reputation  Damage  and  Business  Disruption.  This  assessment  allows  the 
Group  to  monitor  its  exposure  against  the  newly  defined  Business  Practice  Risk  Principle  and  Risk  Tolerance 
stated earlier in the Risk Appetite section.

The Group uses various techniques to manage operational risks, including:

•  Appointment of First Line Risk Owners and Risk Champions;
•  Risk and Control Assessments (RCAs) for each key operational risk;
•  Key Risk Indicators (KRIs) monitoring;
• 
Internal Incidents reporting; and 
•  Operational risk checklists for material projects and key processes such as product management.

The Group also protects itself against financial losses by purchasing insurance cover against a range of operational 
loss events including business disruption, property damage and internal fraud. The coverage is determined after 
taking into consideration the Group’s Operational Risk Profile.

STRATEGIC RISKS
Strategic  risk  is  identified  as  part  of  the  business  plan  process  and  is  defined  as  the  potential  impact  of  the 
business strategy on the Group’s earnings, capital and reputation. This also takes into consideration the wider 
social, economic, political, regulatory, competitive or technological trends that could impact the business strategy 
within a set time period.

060

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

REGULATORY AND INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENTS

Internationally,  the  regulatory  environment  facing  life  insurers  has  continued  to  evolve.  In  particular,  the 
International  Association  of  Insurance  Supervisors  (IAIS)  continues  a  multi-year  review  of  certain  Insurance  
Core Principles with the longer-term aim of developing and implementing an updated common framework for  
the international regulation of insurance companies.

Regulators  across  AIA’s  span  of  operations  continue  a  variety  of  initiatives  intended  to  align  their  respective 
regulatory  frameworks  with  the  broad  principles  recommended  by  the  IAIS.  AIA  continues  to  be  involved  in  
these initiatives across the region, and is an active participant in the international industry dialogue on a host of 
relevant issues, including formulation by the IAIS of an insurance capital standard (ICS). Field testing for the ICS 
is expected to be completed in 2019 with implementation of the ICS to be conducted in two phases. Under the 
first phase, ICS will be used for confidential reporting to group-wide supervisors in a monitoring period lasting 
five years. The second phase will be implementation of the ICS as a group-wide prescribed capital requirement.

In  particular  in  2016,  Bermuda’s  prudential  framework  for  insurance  was  deemed  to  be  equivalent  to  the  
regulatory  standards  applied  to  European  insurers  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  Solvency  II 
Directive.  Under  the  enhanced  commercial  prudential  return  regime,  the  Bermuda  Monetary  Authority  has 
instituted  a  number  of  changes  to  its  statutory  and  prudential  reporting  requirements,  including  the  need  for 
commercial insurers to prepare an economic balance sheet. These new regulatory requirements are first applied 
to AIA’s financial year ended 30 November 2017 and AIA is participating in the development and refinement of 
these initiatives.

In  Hong  Kong,  the  HKIA,  being  a  statutory  body  established  under  the  Insurance  Companies  (Amendment) 
Ordinance 2015, replaced the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance as the regulator of insurance companies 
with  effect  from  26  June  2017.  It  is  anticipated  that  the  HKIA  will  directly  regulate  intermediaries  within  two  
years.  A  multi-year  consultation  process  is  also  underway  towards  the  development  of  a  risk-based  capital  
regime  for  Hong  Kong  insurers.  As  previously  disclosed,  AIA  is  closely  and  constructively  engaged  in  these 
developments.

On  16  May  2017,  the  HKIA  and  the  China  Insurance  Regulatory  Commission  (CIRC)  signed  the  Equivalence 
Assessment  Framework  Agreement  on  Solvency  Regulatory  Regime  under  which  the  HKIA  and  the  CIRC  
agreed  to  conduct  an  assessment  that  the  insurance  solvency  regime  of  the  Mainland  and  Hong  Kong  would  
be equivalent. As no implementing procedures for equivalency were in place for Hong Kong as of 30 November 
2017, there was no change to the solvency requirements under the HKIO.

On  18  May  2017,  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (IASB)  published  International  Financial 
Reporting Standard (IFRS) 17, Insurance Contracts (previously IFRS 4 Phase II) which will replace the current  
IFRS  4,  Insurance  Contracts.  IFRS  17  includes  some  fundamental  differences  to  current  accounting  in  both 
insurance  contract  measurement  and  profit  recognition.  On  12  December  2017,  the  Hong  Kong  Institute  of  
Certified  Public  Accountants  (HKICPA)  approved  the  issuance  of  Hong  Kong  Financial  Reporting  Standard 
(HKFRS)  17,  Insurance  Contracts.  The  Group  is  in  the  midst  of  conducting  a  detailed  assessment  of  the  new 
standards. The standards are mandatorily effective for financial periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  061

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW

OUR PEOPLE

At AIA, we make it a top priority to develop our people and our leadership capabilities. At the same time, we strive 
to  foster  a  strongly  collaborative  environment  in  which  our  people  are  able  to  deliver  strong  and  sustainable 
performance. We work hard to create high-quality developmental programmes and engagement initiatives that 
will enable our over 20,000 employees and agents to fully support our Vision of being the world’s pre-eminent 
life  insurance  provider  while  playing  a  leadership  role  in  driving  economic  and  social  development  across  the 
region. By doing this, we are better able to deliver our brand promise of helping our clients, our employees, our 
shareholders and members of our communities live healthier, longer, better lives.

Underpinning our business success has been our ongoing commitment to attracting, developing and retaining the 
best people. Guided by our Strategic Framework and Operating Philosophy of “Doing the Right Thing, in the Right 
Way, with the Right People… the Right Results will come”, we help our people be clear about what is required, why 
we do what we do and how we should approach it. Our investment in our people has been recognised through 
awards received by a number of our businesses over the years. Most recently, AIA Sri Lanka was awarded “Best 
Companies to Work For” by Great Place to Work. AIA China, Tata AIA and AIA Hong Kong each received the Best 
Employer 2017 award from Aon Hewitt, with the Group also receiving the award for Regional Best Employer 2017, 
Asia Pacific. 

BUILDING LEADERSHIP STRENGTH

A senior leadership transition took place during the year with the appointment of a new Group Chief Executive  
and President, along with changes in a number of senior management roles. Seven of the eight senior management 
roles affected by the transition (consisting of five of six roles on the Group Executive Committee and two entity CEO 
roles) were filled internally, underscoring our robust leadership review and succession planning process. To that 
end, a comprehensive Group-wide leadership review is conducted annually which generates structured action 
plans. In 2017, over 1,200 individual Group-wide senior positions across 21 business entities and 11 functions 
were reviewed against our strategic priorities. The information gained from this review enables us to prepare our 
leaders to better achieve our current and future ambitions. 

Our  customised  executive  leadership  development  programmes  include  on-the-job  learning  such  as  stretch 
assignments,  project  secondments  and  expanded  job  roles.  Our  two  flagship  leadership  programmes,  the 
Enterprise Leadership Programme and the Business Leadership Programme, focus on developing senior leaders 
with the enterprise-wide mindsets needed to lead the organisation, as well as preparing them for more complex 
and challenging roles in the future. In 2017, many of our leaders continued to participate in these programmes, 
developing and contributing as they learned on the job. Technical leadership and functional leadership programmes 
are also provided to enhance domain-specific knowledge and skills. These include a project management series, 
a course on finance for non-finance professionals, a Human Resources “Outside-In” leadership workshop, as well 
as functional leadership conferences and other learning sessions. These programmes are offered through our AIA 
Leadership Centre based in Bangkok, a world-class state-of-the-art learning facility that draws on the talents of 
both our internal senior leaders’ facilitators and accredited external trainers. 

062

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

DEVELOPING OUR PEOPLE

One  of  our  goals  is  to  continuously  improve  our  people  and  align  their  career  aspirations  with  those  of  the 
organisation.  In  line  with  this,  we  are  committed  to  providing  a  comprehensive  suite  of  tailored  learning  and 
development opportunities for our employees. One example of this is the series of functional career roadmaps 
we introduced in 2017, which are helping our people identify the routes they want to follow in their careers while 
remaining open to change along the way. Learning programmes such as our signature People Manager Accelerator 
programme  and  the  AIA  Manager  Series  continued  to  be  updated  and  aligned  with  our  business  ambitions. 
These programmes are supplemented by structured coaching, mentoring, and on-the-job learning initiatives. Our 
emerging leaders were encouraged to share their ideas with senior leaders in a reverse mentoring programme. 
A career mobility programme was also available, under which employees can participate in a variety of internal 
transfers to expand their skillsets and open a range of development opportunities as they develop their careers. 

EMBRACING TRANSFORMATION AND ENGAGING OUR PEOPLE 

We have developed mobile and digital learning options (such as online video learning) in line with new educational 
approaches.  We  have  also  been  deploying  new  systems  such  as  an  online  people  directory  and  an  enhanced 
performance  management  system  and  modernising  workflows  to  improve  our  employees’  user  experience.  
A  series  of  “Design  Thinking”  workshops  have  been  introduced  to  foster  a  mindset  of  customer-centricity  
throughout the process of digitalisation. 

The annual employee engagement survey continued to provide us with valuable insights into our corporate culture, 
our workplaces and our workforce. In 2017, 99 per cent of our people responded to the survey. The employee 
engagement  scores  recorded  for  the  Group  once  again  place  us  above  both  the  global  financial  services  and 
insurance industry benchmarks. 

RECOGNISING AND REWARDING PERFORMANCE 

We  provide  our  employees  with  an  effective  total  rewards  programme,  that  we  believe  helps  us  attract,  retain 
and engage the very best people in the industry. This performance-based rewards programme is aligned with our 
strategic objectives and continues to be a key component in the Company’s delivery of sustainable long-term value.

The  Company’s  short-term  and  long-term  incentive  programmes  are  designed  to  balance  the  achievement  of 
both near-term and longer-term initiatives, all with a view to generating excellent outcomes for customers and 
long-term sustainable value for shareholders. These programmes are reviewed annually and this review includes 
a  regular  dialogue  between  the  Board  Risk  Committee  and  Remuneration  Committee  to  ensure  that  all  of  our 
incentive  programmes  drive  the  correct  behaviours.  All  our  recognition  and  benefit  programmes  are  assessed 
regularly to ensure that they remain compliant with government regulations, are market competitive and aligned 
with our long-term stakeholder interests.

An  important  component  of  our  total  rewards  programme  is  our  Employee  Share  Purchase  Plan  (ESPP).  The 
ESPP is designed to encourage employees to become AIA shareholders, thus further aligning the interests of our 
employees with those of our shareholders. In 2017, the employee participation rate in the ESPP grew to its highest 
levels to date. 

All employees participate in our robust annual Performance Development Dialogue process. This process measures 
not only what individual employees have achieved but also how they have achieved it and encourages managers 
to support the continuous development of their team members. 

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  063

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

AIA’s corporate social responsibility programme is founded on our aspiration to help people live healthier, longer, 
better  lives  and  our  purpose  to  play  a  leadership  role  in  driving  the  economic  and  social  development  of  the 
markets in which we operate.

PROMOTING HEALTHY LIVING

In 2017, our commitment to getting people across the Asia-Pacific region engaged in healthier lifestyles became 
more visible and far-reaching than ever with the announcement that David Beckham would be joining the AIA 
family in the role of Global Ambassador. 

To officially launch the partnership, in September 2017 we embarked on our first-ever AIA Healthy Living Tour 
covering  Hong  Kong,  Korea,  Singapore  and  Malaysia. The  tour’s  focus  was  on  healthy  eating  while  respecting 
local  traditions,  with  a  special  emphasis  on  how  popular  Asian  dishes  can  be  prepared  in  healthier  ways. 
The tour included a wide cross section of our local communities and provided a range of information on nutrition 
and  overall  well-being.  For  example,  in  Hong  Kong,  we  invited  40  schoolchildren  to  join  David  at  a  healthy 
mooncake-making class, promoting awareness of healthy choices throughout life in a fun way. 

We also continued to encourage those in its local communities to take part in a wide range of physical activities. 

In February 2017, we sponsored the first Singapore Relay for Life, a 17-hour community event organised by the 
Singapore Ministry of Health which brought more than 6,000 participants together to raise awareness of cancer 
and cancer support. 

Our sponsorship of the “Men’s Health Women’s Health Night Run” in Malaysia and The Music Run™ in Malaysia, 
Singapore and Thailand continued in 2017. The runs brought people together to have fun and to engage in exercise 
and well-being activities. 

In Hong Kong, AIA continued to support Oxfam Trailwalker as a principal sponsor for the third year with a record-
breaking  36  teams  comprising  144  employees  and  financial  planners.  We  also  extended  our  partnership  for 
another three years to 2020.

Also in Hong Kong, the Marvel 10K Weekend – Presented by AIA Vitality took place for the second year in a row at 
Hong Kong Disneyland in September 2017, attracting over 10,000 runners. The event welcomed participants of all 
ages and offered them a special way of experiencing Hong Kong Disneyland, with superhero characters cheering 
on the runners along the course.

ENGAGING COMMUNITIES THROUGH FOOTBALL

In  the  first  half  of  2017,  AIA  announced  it  would  be  renewing  and  deepening  its  partnership  with  Tottenham 
Hotspur Football Club (Spurs), in an arrangement that will run through to June 2022. 

As part of the extended benefits, two members of the Spurs coaching staff have been relocated to Hong Kong. 
These coaches have enabled us to significantly increase the number and effectiveness of the community coaching 
projects that we run in our markets around the region. Since moving to Asia in June 2017, the coaches have held 

064

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

01

01

In Hong Kong, AIA 
continued to support 
Oxfam Trailwalker as 
a principal sponsor 
for the third year.

02 With our sponsorship, 
The Music Run™ 
brought people 
together to have fun 
and to engage in 
exercise and well-
being activities.

03

As part of AIA 
Healthy Living Tour, 
David Beckham 
took part as a one-
day coach, hosting 
a soccer clinic 
for children from 
low-income families 
in Korea.

02

03

30 training camps and coaching clinics that have benefited more than 3,000 children across Asia. To ensure that 
the programmes provide long-term benefits in our communites, they also train coaches with more than 100 local 
coaches receiving world-class training that will then be applied in our communities going forward. In addition to 
football training, the coaches have supported educational initiatives around topics such as conditioning, nutrition 
and well-being with AIA employees, customers and various members of our communities. 

Under the slogan “Real Dreams Never Stop” the AIA Football Clinic returned to Thailand for a sixth consecutive 
year. AIA  joined  with  two  of  the Thailand  Football  League’s  leading  clubs,  Bangkok  Glass  FC  and  Chonburi  FC 
to offer 1,500 young Thai footballers, aged 8-13 years and from more than 80 schools, the chance to take part 
in  an  exclusive  training  session  with  professional  coaches. This  year  the  team  also  engaged  more  than  1,300 
youngsters in Chiangmai in an AIA Football Clinic and in the AIA Youth Cup Tournament. 

Since the campaign commenced, AIA Thailand has engaged more than 5,000 young people in Chiangmai, Bangkok, 
Chonburi and Phuket. The number of participants has grown by 10 per cent each year, and has included children 
of our customers, agents and colleagues, as well as underprivileged children from the community.  

In its fourth year of partnership with the China Youth Development Foundation, AIA launched the 2017 AIA China 
Youth Football Development Programme with the goal of improving basic football skills at the grass-roots level. 
Following the launch, 30 high school volunteers who had received football training from professional institutions 
visited  16  elementary  schools  in  Guangdong, Yunnan  and  Hainan  provinces  to  support  football  education  and 
share their knowledge of the sport with local children.

This year for the first time, the programme was extended to Hainan and Inner Mongolia provinces, providing even 
more children with the opportunity to receive football training and have fun through exercise.

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  065

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

SUPPORTING EDUCATION

This year AIA hosted events in many of its communities designed to bring the wider community together with the 
aim of encouraging and celebrating a healthy future. At these events AIA staff worked with a variety of partners 
to educate the public on small steps that can cumulatively result in a meaningful journey towards physical and 
mental well-being. 

In China, AIA brought together 5,000 employees and media representatives for a conference on “well-being” at 
the National Exhibition and Conference Centre in Shanghai – coinciding with the launch of AIA China’s Wellness 
Programme. The event looked in detail at the role of the Chinese insurance industry and the need to move on from 
simple disease and risk management to a model of contributing proactively to improving public health. 

AIA Korea opened the first ever AIA Vitality Zone – an interactive space in an AIA office where members of the 
public can take a journey through three zones: Knowing your Health, Improving your Health and Enjoying your 
Health. To date, over 37,000 people have visited the AIA Vitality Zone. 

In Singapore, Australia and Vietnam, we hosted AIA Vitality Day events. These events provided audiences with 
a new and innovative way to connect with the insurance industry while at the same time learning more about 
fitness, nutrition, physical health and financial health.

In Hong Kong we conducted our annual Agency Awards to actively celebrate the agency force’s efforts in promoting 
the outstanding individuals and districts who have truly helped customers to see the benefits of healthy living. 
These involved sharing success stories of customers who have taken steps to improve their health, and through 
these steps, have improved the life of others. 

AIA has also continued to support students on their educational and career journeys. For two years now AIA has 
partnered  with  the Asian  University  for  Women,  an  independent  school  in  Bangladesh  which  admits  students 
solely on the basis of merit, regardless of their family’s income level. In 2017, five new interns joined AIA from the 
University, spending time in various departments across the business. To facilitate two-way learning, the interns 
also  hosted  a  panel  discussion  for  AIA  employees,  where  they  shared  their  personal  journeys  and  presented  
their  unique  perspectives  on  and  beliefs  about  the  importance  of  collaborating  across  cultural,  gender  and 
religious lines. 

EMPOWERING COMMUNITIES

In Hong Kong, we were proud to sponsor the AIA Great European Carnival for the third year. The event, which 
ran  from  December  2016  to  February  2017,  consisted  of  unique  outdoor  activities  that  enabled  us  to  get  our 
healthy living message across effectively to nearly one million attendees. Through partnerships with several local 
charities, we also helped ensure that a wide spectrum of community groups were able to enjoy this event.

AIA  believes  that  being  part  of  a  community  means  proactively  supporting  local  endeavours  in  times  of  need. 
In  2017,  employees  from  AIA  Indonesia  volunteered  their  time  to  meet  children  affected  by  the  earthquake 
in  the  Aceh  region  that  occured  in  December  2016.  The  teams  held  a  number  of  events  and  distributed  new 
school equipment, as well as getting involved in much-needed renovation work alongside representatives from 
local humanitarian organisations. In Thailand, our employees donated 2,000 support packs to people who had 
experienced significant losses as a result of the extreme flooding in January 2017. 

We  also  take  an  active  role  in  supporting  the  general  well-being  of  the  communities  within  our  markets.  In 
Cambodia, we partnered with local hospitals to provide free health check-ups and medical consultations to more 
than 1,500 people in 2017. 

066

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

01

02

03

01

In Thailand, our 
employees donated 
2,000 support packs 
to people who had 
experienced 
significant losses 
as a result of 
the extreme flooding 
in January 2017.

In Cambodia, 
we partnered with 
local hospitals 
to provide free 
health check-ups 
and medical 
consultations to 
more than 1,500 
people in 2017.

In Indonesia, 
our employees 
volunteered their 
time to meet children 
affected by the 
earthquake in the 
Aceh region.

02

03

In Hong Kong, AIA continued its “Let’s Work Together” campaign to encourage further diversity in the workplace 
and promote equal job opportunities for people with disabilities. This effort was undertaken in partnership with 
CareER,  a  non-profit  organisation  and  registered  charity  supporting  people  with  disabilities  in  achieving  their 
employment goals. 

In December 2017, AIA announced that it became the exclusive Principal Sponsor of the Hong Kong Observation 
Wheel, the landmark attraction on the Central harbour front. We will also be creating the first ever AIA Vitality 
Park on the site of the Wheel, a free, open space that will host a variety of health and well-being activities for the 
public throughout the year. Ticket prices for the Observation Wheel have also been significantly reduced, making 
a visit truly accessible and affordable for the many residents and visitors who visit Hong Kong’s Central harbour 
front every year. 

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE 

AIA has released its second Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Report, which describes our approach to 
and priorities in managing our ESG performance. Our ESG Report meets the requirements of the Global Reporting 
Initiative (GRI) G4, and is available on the Company’s website at www.aia.com. 

Following  a  company-wide  review  undertaken  in  June  2017,  AIA  has  been  officially  introduced  onto  the 
FTSE4Good  Index.  Based  in  London,  FTSE4Good  is  an  index  series  established  in  2001  to  help  identify  and 
measure the performance of companies in terms of their environmental, social and governance behaviour.

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  067

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

069  Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

070  Board of Directors

078  Executive Committee

083  Report of the Directors

092  Corporate Governance Report

104  Remuneration Report

068

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with 
applicable laws and regulations.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements of the Company, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently;

•  make judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

•  state whether the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting 

Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards; and

•  prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis, unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group 

will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that give a true and fair view of the state of 
the Company’s affairs and explain its transactions.

The Directors are responsible for taking reasonable steps to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and 
detect fraud and other irregularities. The Directors are also responsible for preparing a Report of the Directors and 
the Corporate Governance Report on pages 83 to 103 of this Annual Report.

The Directors confirm that to the best of their knowledge:

1.  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company,  prepared  in  accordance  with  Hong  Kong  Financial 
Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities,  financial  position,  cash  flows  and  results  of  the  Company  and  its  undertakings  included  in  the 
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole; and

2.  the section headed “Financial and Operating Review” included in this Annual Report presents a fair review 
of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company and its undertakings 
included in the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that the Group faces.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  069

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

070

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

FROM LEFT TO RIGHT
Mr. John Barrie Harrison
Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya
Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee
Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So
Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse
Mr. Ng Keng Hooi
Mr. Chung-Kong Chow
Ms. Swee-Lian Teo
Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau
Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima
Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  071

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN AND INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse
Aged  80,  is  the  Independent  Non-executive  Chairman  and  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of  the 
Company.  He  was  appointed  Non-executive  Director  of  the  Company  on  27  September  2010  and  elected  
Non-executive Chairman on 1 January 2011. He was re-designated as the Independent Non-executive Chairman 
and  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of  the  Company  on  23  March  2017.  He  is  also  a  director  of  AIA 
Foundation. Mr. Tse’s appointments during almost 57 years with the Group and its predecessor, AIG Group, include 
serving as Honorary Chairman of AIA Co. from July 2009 to December 2010, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
from 2000 to June 2009 and President and Chief Executive Officer from 1983 to 2000. He also served as Chairman 
of The Philippine American Life and General Insurance (PHILAM LIFE) Company from 2005 to 2015. Mr. Tse is 
a non-executive director of PCCW Limited (listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) and a director of Bridge 
Holdings Company Limited. He served as a non-executive director of PineBridge Investments Limited from 2012 
to 2014 and a non-executive director of PICC Property and Casualty Company Limited (listed on the Hong Kong 
Stock Exchange) from 2004 to July 2014. In recognition of his outstanding contributions to the development of 
Hong Kong’s insurance industry, Mr. Tse was awarded the Gold Bauhinia Star by the HKSAR Government in 2001. 
Mr. Tse received an honorary fellowship and an honorary degree of Doctor of Social Sciences from The University 
of Hong Kong in 1998 and 2002, respectively. In 2003, he was elected to the prestigious Insurance Hall of Fame 
and in 2017 Mr. Tse was awarded the first ever Lifetime Achievement Award at the Pacific Insurance Conference 
in recognition of his outstanding contribution to the insurance industry.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR AND GROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE AND PRESIDENT

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi
Aged  63,  is  an  Executive  Director  and  the  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President  of  the  Company,  having  been 
appointed on 1 June 2017. He joined the Group in October 2010. Mr. Ng has over 37 years of experience in Asian 
life insurance having spent his entire career in the sector. Prior to his current role, he was Group Chief Executive 
and  President  Designate  from  March  2017  and  was  a  Regional  Chief  Executive  for  the  Group  since  his  initial 
appointment in 2010. During that time he was responsible for a number of the Company’s businesses, including 
most recently those operating in Mainland China, Thailand, Indonesia, Singapore, Brunei and Taiwan as well as 
for  the  Group’s Agency  Distribution  channel.  He  is  a  director  of  various  companies  within  the  Group  including 
acting as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer for both AIA Co. and AIA International. Prior to joining the Group,  
he was Group Chief Executive Officer and Director of Great Eastern Holdings Limited from December 2008 to 2010. 
Mr. Ng worked for Prudential plc from 1989 to 2008, serving as a Managing Director of Insurance of Prudential 
Corporation Asia Limited from 2005 to 2008, responsible for its operations in Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia and 
the Philippines. Mr. Ng began his career in life insurance at AIA Malaysia in 1980. He has been a board member 
of the Financial Services Professional Board in Kuala Lumpur since 24 September 2014 and has been a Fellow of 
the Society of Actuaries (U.S.) since 1985. He received his Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering 
from Lafayette College (Pennsylvania, USA) in 1979.

072

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So
Aged 72, is an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company. He was appointed a Non-executive Director of 
the Company on 28 September 2010 and re-designated as an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company 
on 26 September 2012. From August 2007 to September 2010, Mr. So served as an Independent Non-executive 
Director  of AIA  Co.  He  is  currently  an  independent  non-executive  director  of  China  Resources  Power  Holdings 
Co. Ltd. (listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) and serves as the Chairman of Airport Authority Hong Kong.  
He is also an independent senior advisor to Credit Suisse, Greater China. Mr. So was Chairman of the Consultative 
Committee on Economic and Trade Co-operation between Hong Kong and Mainland China from October 2013 
to  December  2015.  Mr.  So  was  awarded  the  Gold  Bauhinia  Star  and  the  Grand  Bauhinia  Medal  by  the  HKSAR 
Government  in  2011  and  2017,  respectively.  Mr.  So  served  as  an  executive  director  of  the  Hong  Kong  Trade 
Development Council from 1985 to 1992 and served as its Chairman from 2007 to 2015. He was an independent 
non-executive director of Cathay Pacific Airways Limited (listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) from 2002 
to May 2015, a non-executive director of Huanxi Media Group Limited (listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) 
from September 2015 to September 2016. Mr. So served as the Chairman of the Hong Kong Film Development 
Council from 2007 to 2013 and a member of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference from 2008 
to 2018.

Mr. Chung-Kong Chow
Aged  67,  is  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of  the  Company,  having  been  appointed  on  28  September 
2010. Mr. Chow is the Chairman of Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited (listed on the Hong Kong Stock 
Exchange). He was appointed a non-official member of the Executive Council of the HKSAR on 1 July 2012 and 
was further appointed for a new term of office from 1 July 2017. Mr. Chow was also appointed as the Chairman of 
the Advisory Committee on Corruption of the Independent Commission Against Corruption from 1 January 2013, 
the Chairman of the Advisory Committee on Admission of Quality Migrants and Professionals of the HKSAR from 
1 July 2016, a director of the Community Chest of Hong Kong from 19 June 2017 and a member of the Financial 
Leaders Forum set up by the HKSAR Government from 18 August 2017. He has also been a Steward of The Hong 
Kong Jockey Club since March 2011. Mr. Chow was knighted in the United Kingdom for his contribution to industry 
in 2000 and was awarded the Gold Bauhinia Star by the HKSAR Government in 2015. Mr. Chow was Chief Executive 
Officer of MTR Corporation Limited (listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) from 2003 to 2011, Chief Executive 
Officer of Brambles Industries plc, a global support services company, from 2001 to 2003, and Chief Executive of 
GKN plc, a leading industrial company based in the United Kingdom, from 1997 to 2001. He was an independent 
non-executive director of Anglo American plc from 2008 to 2014, independent non-executive director of Standard 
Chartered plc (listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) from 1997 to 2008 and the Chairman of the Hong Kong 
General Chamber of Commerce from 2012 to June 2014.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  073

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Mr. John Barrie Harrison
Aged  61,  is  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of  the  Company,  having  been  appointed  on  1  July  2011.  
Mr.  Harrison  is  an  independent  non-executive  director  of  Cathay  Pacific  Airways  Limited  (listed  on  the  Hong 
Kong Stock Exchange). He is also an independent non-executive director of BW Group Limited and has been Vice 
Chairman  of  BW  LPG  Limited  since  2013.  Mr.  Harrison  is  also  an  independent  non-executive  director  and  the 
Chairman of the Audit Committee of Grosvenor Asia Pacific Limited since 1 December 2017. He was appointed an 
Honorary Court Member of The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology with effect from 20 September 
2016. He was an independent non-executive director of Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited (listed on 
the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) from 20 April 2011 to 26 April 2017, The London Metal Exchange Limited from 
6 December 2012 to 26 April 2017 and LME Clear Limited from 16 December 2013 to 26 April 2017. From 2008 
to 2010, Mr. Harrison was Deputy Chairman of KPMG International. In 2003, he was elected Chairman and Chief 
Executive Officer of KPMG, China and Hong Kong and Chairman of KPMG Asia Pacific. Mr. Harrison began his 
career with KPMG in London in 1977, becoming a partner of KPMG Hong Kong in 1987. From 2012 to May 2015, 
he  was  also  a  member  of  the  Asian  Advisory  Committee  of  AustralianSuper  Pty  Ltd.  Mr.  Harrison  received  an 
honorary fellowship from The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology in 2017. Mr. Harrison is a Fellow of 
the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and a member of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified 
Public Accountants.

Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo
Aged  63,  is  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of  the  Company,  having  been  appointed  on  2  November 
2012.  Mr.  Yeo  is  the  Chairman  of  Kerry  Logistics  Network  Limited  (listed  on  the  Hong  Kong  Stock  Exchange) 
and a director of Kerry Holdings Limited. He was the Vice-chairman of Kerry Group Limited until 30 June 2016.  
Mr Yeo is an independent director of New Yangon Development Company Limited. He has been a member of the 
International Advisory Committee of Mitsubishi Corporation since June 2014. He is a member of the International 
Advisory Board of the Berggruen Institute on Governance. From November 2014 to December 2017, Mr. Yeo was 
a non-executive director of Wilmar International Limited. In 2013, he was appointed a member of the Pontifical 
Commission for Reference on the Economic-Administrative Structure of the Holy See. He became a member of 
the Vatican Council for the Economy in February 2014. In 2012, Mr. Yeo was presented with the Order of Sikatuna 
by  the  Philippines  Government  and  the  Padma  Bhushan  by  the  Indian  Government,  and  became  an  Honorary 
Officer  of  the  Order  of Australia.  From  1988  to  2011,  Mr. Yeo  was  a  member  of  the  Singapore  Parliament  and 
held various Cabinet positions, including Minister for Foreign Affairs, Minister for Trade and Industry, Minister for 
Health, Minister for Information and the Arts and Minister of State for Finance. From 1972 to 1988, Mr. Yeo served 
in the Singapore Armed Forces and attained the rank of Brigadier-General in 1988 when he was Director of Joint 
Operations and Planning in the Ministry of Defence.

074

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya
Aged  54,  is  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of  the  Company,  having  been  appointed  on  24  February 
2014.  Mr.  Yahya  is  the  Executive  Chairman  of  Symphony  Life  Berhad,  the  Non-executive  Chairman  of  Ranhill 
Holdings Berhad and an independent non-executive director of Sime Darby Berhad, all companies are listed on 
the  Main  Market  of  Bursa  Malaysia  Securities  Berhad  (Bursa  Malaysia).  Mr.  Yahya  is  a  director  and  Chairman 
of various companies, including Symphony House Sdn Bhd (formerly known as Symphony House Berhad) and 
Sepang International Circuit Sdn Bhd. Mr. Yahya is active in public service and sits on the boards of Khazanah 
Nasional Berhad, the Malaysian government investment arm, and Ekuiti Nasional Berhad, a government linked 
private  equity  fund  management  company.  He  started  his  career  at  KPMG  in  London  and  thereafter  worked 
in  a  variety  of  roles  in  investment  banking,  ultimately  being  named  chief  executive  of  Amanah  Merchant 
Bank. In 1998,  he was tasked by the Malaysian Government  to set-up and head Danaharta, the national asset 
management  company.  He  was  also  the  Chairman  of  the  Corporate  Debt  Restructuring  Committee,  set  up  by 
Bank  Negara  Malaysia  to  mediate  and  assist  in  debt  restructuring  programmes  of  viable  companies.  He  was 
an Independent Non-executive Director of Scomi Group Berhad (listed on Bursa Malaysia) from 2003 to 2017.  
Mr. Yahya received his BSc Economics (First Class) from the London School of Economics and Political Science in 
1985 and is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, the Malaysian Institute of 
Accountants and a fellow of the Institute of Bankers Malaysia.

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau
Aged  73,  is  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of  the  Company,  having  been  appointed  on  18  September  
2014.  Professor  Lau  currently  serves  as  an  independent  non-executive  director  of  CNOOC  Limited  and  Hysan 
Development  Company  Limited  (both  listed  on  the  Hong  Kong  Stock  Exchange).  He  is  also  an  independent  
non-executive  director  of  Far  EasTone  Telecommunications  Company  Limited  which  is  listed  on  the  Taiwan  
Stock Exchange. He has been serving as the Ralph and Claire Landau Professor of Economics at The Chinese 
University  of  Hong  Kong  (CUHK)  since  2007  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Council  of  Shenzhen  Finance  Institute 
of  CUHK,  Shenzhen  since  12 January  2017.  He  currently  serves  as  a  member  of  the  Exchange  Fund Advisory 
Committee  of  the  HKSAR,  Chairman  of  its  Governance  Sub-committee  and  a  member  of  its  Currency  Board 
Sub-committee  and  Investment  Sub-committee.  In  addition,  he  serves  as  a  member  and  Chairman  of  the  
Prize  Recommendation  Committee  for  the  LUI  Che  Woo  Prize  Limited,  Vice-Chairman  of  the  Our  Hong  Kong 
Foundation, the Vice-Chairman of China Center for International Economic Exchanges, Beijing, as well as a member 
of the Hong Kong Trade Development Council Belt and Road Committee. He was awarded the Gold Bauhinia Star 
by the HKSAR Government in 2011. From 2004 to 2010, Professor Lau served as Vice-Chancellor (President) of 
CUHK.  He  was  appointed  Chairman  of  CIC  International  (Hong  Kong)  Co.,  Limited,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary 
of China Investment Corporation, in September 2010 and retired from the position in September 2014. He also 
served as a non-executive director of Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation (listed on the Hong 
Kong  Stock  Exchange)  from  2011  to  2014.  He  was  a  member  of  the  12th  National  Committee  of  the  Chinese 
People’s Political Consultative Conference and the Vice-Chairman of its Sub-committee of Economics from 2013 
to 2018. He received his B.S. degree (with Great Distinction) in Physics from Stanford University in 1964 and his 
M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in Economics from the University of California at Berkeley in 1966 and 1969, respectively. 
He joined the faculty of the Department of Economics at Stanford University in 1966, becoming its Professor of 
Economics in 1976 and the first Kwoh-Ting Li Professor in Economic Development in 1992. From 1992 to 1996, 
he served as a Co-Director of the Asia-Pacific Research Center at Stanford University, and from 1997 to 1999 
as the Director of the Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research. He became its Kwoh-Ting Li Professor in 
Economic Development, Emeritus, upon his retirement from Stanford University in 2006.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  075

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Ms. Swee-Lian Teo
Aged 58, is an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company, having been appointed on 14 August 2015. 
Ms. Teo currently serves as a non-executive and independent director and a member of the Audit Committee and 
Executive Resource and Compensation Committee and chairs the Risk Committee of Singapore Telecommunications 
Limited, which is listed on the Singapore Exchange. She is also a non-executive director and chairs the Audit and 
Risk  Committee  of  Avanda  Investment  Management  Pte  Ltd.,  a  Singapore-based  fund  management  company.  
Ms. Teo has been appointed as a member of Corporate Governance Council of the Monetary Authority of Singapore 
(MAS) on 27 February 2017 and a member of the Board of Directors of the Dubai Financial Services Authority on 
1 September 2017. Ms. Teo has over 27 years of experience with MAS. During her time at the MAS, she worked 
in  foreign  reserves  management,  financial  sector  development,  strategic  planning  and  financial  supervision.  
She  was  the  Deputy  Managing  Director  in  charge  of  Financial  Supervision,  overseeing  the  regulation  and 
supervision of the banking, insurance and capital markets industries and macroeconomic surveillance, and also 
represented the MAS on various international fora, including the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, and 
on various committees and working groups of the Financial Stability Board. She retired from the MAS as Special 
Advisor in the Managing Director’s office in June 2015. In addition to the MAS, Ms. Teo also served on the Board of 
the Civil Aviation Authority of Singapore from 2002 to 2010. Ms. Teo received her B.Sc. (First) in Mathematics from 
the Imperial College of Science and Technology, University of London in 1981 and her M.Sc. in Applied Statistics 
from the University of Oxford in 1982. She was also awarded the Public Administration Medal (Gold) (Bar) at the 
Singapore National Day Awards in 2012. 

Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee
Aged  72,  is  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of  the  Company,  having  been  appointed  on  15  January 
2016,  and  was  appointed  as  Chairman  of  Advisory  Board  of  AIA Thailand  with  effect  from  1  December  2016.  
Dr. Narongchai was previously an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company from 21 November 2012  
to 31 August 2014. He is the former Minister of Energy and Minister of Commerce for the Kingdom of Thailand, and 
served as a Senator. Dr. Narongchai served as Chairman of the Export-Import Bank of Thailand from December 
2005 to June 2010, as a Director of the Office of the Insurance Commission of Thailand from October 2007 to 
August 2012, as a Director of the National Economic and Social Development Board for the period from July 2009 
to July 2013 and as a member of the Monetary Policy Committee of the Bank of Thailand from November 2011 
to September 2014. He is currently the Chairman of the Steering Committee and Vice-Chairman of the Council of 
Mekong Institute, the Chairman of the Thailand National Committee for the Pacific Economic Cooperation Council 
and  the  Chairman  of  the  Khon  Kaen  University  Council  in Thailand.  Dr.  Narongchai  also  acts  as  the  Chairman 
and  an  independent  director  of  three  entities  listed  on  the  Stock  Exchange  of  Thailand,  namely  MFC  Asset 
Management Public Company Limited, Ananda Development Public Company Limited and Thai-German Products 
Public Company Limited. He is the Chairman and an independent director of The Brooker Group Public Company 
Limited, which is listed on the Stock Exchange of Thailand’s Market for Alternative Investment. Dr. Narongchai 
is  also  the  Chairman  of  the  Seranee  Group  of  companies.  He  previously  served  as  an  independent  director 
of  each  of  Malee  Sampran  Public  Company  Limited  and  ABICO  Holdings  Public  Company  Limited  and  as  the  
Vice-Chairman  and  an  independent  director  of Thai-German  Products  Public  Company  Limited,  all  companies 
listed on the Stock Exchange of Thailand. Dr. Narongchai received a Bachelor’s degree in Economics with Honours 
from the University of Western Australia and a M.A. and Ph.D. in Economics from Johns Hopkins University.

076

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima
Aged  57,  is  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of  the  Company,  having  been  appointed  on  1  September 
2017. Mr. Purisima served in the government of the Republic of the Philippines (the Philippines) as Secretary 
of  the  Department  of  Finance  from July  2010  to June  2016  and  as  Secretary  of  the  Department  of Trade  and 
Industry from January 2004 to February 2005. He also previously served on the boards of a number of government 
institutions, including as a member of Monetary Board of the Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (Central Bank of the 
Philippines),  Governor  of  the  World  Bank  Group  for  the  Philippines,  Governor  of  the  Asian  Development  Bank 
for  the  Philippines,  Alternate  Governor  of  the  International  Monetary  Fund  for  the  Philippines  and  Chairman 
of Land Bank of the Philippines. He was conferred the Chevalier dans l’Ordre national de la Légion d’Honneur 
(Knight of the National Order of the Legion of Honour) by the President of the French Republic in 2017, the Order 
of  Lakandula,  Rank  of  Grand  Cross  (Bayani)  by  the  President  of  the  Philippines  in  2016  and  the  Chevalier  de 
l’Ordre national du Mérite (Knight of the National Order of Merit) by the President of the French Republic in 2001.  
Mr.  Purisima  is  a  certified  public  accountant.  He  has  extensive  experience  in  public  accounting  both  in  the 
Philippines and abroad. He was Chairman and Managing Partner of SyCip, Gorres, Velayo & Co. (a member firm of 
Andersen Worldwide until 2002 and became member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited) from 1999 until 2004. 
During  the  period,  Mr.  Purisima  was  also  the  Asia-Pacific  Area  Managing  Partner  for  Assurance  and  Business 
Advisory  Services  of  Andersen  Worldwide  from  2001  to  2002  and  Regional  Managing  Partner  for  the  ASEAN 
Practice of Andersen Worldwide from 2000 to 2001. Mr. Purisima obtained his Bachelor of Science in Commerce 
(Majors in Accounting & Management of Financial Institutions) degree from De La Salle University (Manila) in 
1979, Master of Management degree from J. L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management, Northwestern University 
in 1983 and Doctor of Humanities honoris causa degree from Angeles University Foundation (the Philippines)  
in 2012.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  077

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

078

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

FROM LEFT TO RIGHT
Biswa Misra
Mitchell New
Mark Konyn
Cara Ang
John Cai
William Lisle
Ng Keng Hooi
Garth Jones
Jacky Chan
Mark Saunders
Stuart A. Spencer
Jon Nielsen

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  079

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi
Mr. Ng’s biography is set out above.

Mr. Garth Jones
Aged  55,  is  the  Group  Chief  Financial  Officer  responsible  for  leading  the  Group  in  all  aspects  of  capital  and 
financial management, as well as managing relationships with key external stakeholders, including independent 
auditors and actuaries, rating agencies and international accounting and regulatory bodies. He is a director of 
various companies within the Group, including AIA Co. and AIA International. He joined the Group in April 2011. 
Prior to joining the Group, Mr. Jones was the Executive Vice President of China Pacific Life Insurance Co., Ltd., 
the life insurance arm of China Pacific Insurance (Group) Co., Ltd. He also held a number of senior management 
positions during 12 years with Prudential Corporation Asia Limited, including Chief Financial Officer of the Asian 
life insurance operations. Prior to joining Prudential, Mr. Jones led the development of Swiss Re’s Asia life business. 
Mr. Jones is a Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries in the United Kingdom. On 1 June 2016, he was appointed a 
member of the industry advisory committee on long term business, which advises the Independent Insurance 
Authority in Hong Kong.

Mr. William Lisle
Aged  52,  is  the  Regional  Chief  Executive  responsible  for  the  Group’s  businesses  operating  in Thailand,  Korea, 
Australia and New Zealand, India and Sri Lanka as well as Group Partnership Distribution. Mr. Lisle was Chief 
Executive Officer of AIA’s operation in Malaysia from December 2012 to May 2015, including leading the large-
scale and successful integration of ING Malaysia after its acquisition by the Group in 2012. He is a director of 
various companies within the Group, including AIA Co. and AIA International. Mr. Lisle joined the Group in January 
2011 as Group Chief Distribution Officer. Prior to joining the Group, Mr. Lisle was the Managing Director, South Asia 
for Aviva from May 2009 until 2010. Prior to joining Aviva, Mr. Lisle held a number of senior positions at Prudential 
Corporation Asia Limited, including Chief Executive Officer in Malaysia from 2008 to 2009, Chief Executive Officer 
in Korea from 2005 to 2008, Chief Agency Officer for ICICI Prudential from 2002 to 2004 and Director of Agency 
Development, South Asia in 2001.

Mr. John Cai
Aged  50,  is  the  Regional  Chief  Executive  responsible  for  the  Group’s  businesses  operating  in  China,  Malaysia, 
Vietnam, Taiwan  and  Myanmar.  Mr.  Cai  is  a  director  of  various  companies  within  the  Group,  including  AIA  Co. 
and AIA International. He joined the Group in July 2009. Mr. Cai has over 20 years’ experience in the insurance 
industry,  both  in  Asia  and  the  United  States.  Prior  to  becoming  Regional  Chief  Executive,  since  2009,  he  was 
Chief Executive Officer of AIA China, which became AIA’s second-largest and fastest growing business during his 
tenure. Before joining AIA, Mr. Cai was Chief Executive Officer at AXA Hong Kong, having originally been appointed 
Chief Agency Officer in 2003. Mr. Cai graduated from Xi’an Jiaotong University in 1989. He is also a Chartered 
Financial Consultant (ChFC), a Chartered Life Underwriter and a Certified Financial Planner.

Mr. Jacky Chan
Aged  54,  is  the  Regional  Chief  Executive  responsible  for  the  Group’s  businesses  operating  in  Hong  Kong  and 
Macau, Singapore and Brunei, Indonesia, the Philippines, and Cambodia as well as Group Agency Distribution. 
He  is  a  director  of  various  companies  within  the  Group,  including  AIA  Co.  and  AIA  International.  Mr.  Chan  has 
extensive experience having worked at AIA for the past 29 years. Prior to becoming a Regional Chief Executive, 
Mr.  Chan  was  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  AIA  Hong  Kong  and  Macau  since  2009.  Previously,  he  held  several 
senior positions including the Country Head of AIA China, Executive Vice President – Distribution & Marketing 
of  Nan  Shan  Life  Insurance  of  Taiwan  and  Senior  Vice  President  &  Head  of  Life  Profit  Centre  of  AIA  -  Asia  
  (ex-Japan  &  Korea).  Mr.  Chan  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  from The  University  of  Hong  Kong.  He  is  a 
Fellow of the Society of Actuaries (FSA), a member of American Academy of Actuaries (MAAA) and a Fellow of the 
Canadian Institute of Actuaries (CIA).

080

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

Mr. Mitchell New
Aged  54,  is  the  Group  General  Counsel  and  Company  Secretary  responsible  for  the  provision  of  legal  services 
and  company  secretarial  services  for  the  Group  and  providing  leadership  to  legal  and  corporate  governance 
functions  within  country  operations.  He  is  a  director  of  various  companies  within  the  Group  including  AIA 
International  and  AIA  Reinsurance  Limited.  He  joined  the  Group  in  April  2011.  Prior  to  joining  the  Group,  
Mr. New was a member of the law firm Fasken Martineau and occupied various senior roles with Manulife Financial, 
including Senior Vice President and Chief Legal Officer for Asia, based in Hong Kong and Senior Vice President 
and  General  Counsel  to  Manulife’s  Canadian  division.  He  is  a  qualified  barrister  and  solicitor  and  member  of 
the Law Society of Upper Canada and holds a Bachelor of Commerce Degree and Master’s Degree in Business 
Administration from McMaster University and a Bachelor of Laws Degree from the University of Western Ontario.

Mr. Mark Saunders
Aged 54, is the Group Chief Strategy and Corporate Development Officer responsible for strategy and corporate 
transactions for the Group. He is also responsible for the Group’s Corporate Solutions and Healthcare businesses. 
He joined the Group in April 2014 and is a director of various companies within the Group. He previously served 
as Group Chief Strategy and Marketing Officer. Prior to joining the Group, Mr. Saunders was Managing Director 
of Towers Watson for the Asia-Pacific Insurance Sector, as well as Managing Director for the firm’s Hong Kong 
business and a board member of various entities. Prior to his 17 years at Towers Watson in Hong Kong, he was 
Asian  Regional  Leader,  Hong  Kong  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Executive  Director  and  Board  Member  of  the 
Isle of Man-based international life insurance operations of Clerical Medical and its joint venture life insurer in  
Korea (Coryo-CM). He is a Fellow of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries and Fellow of five other professional 
actuarial bodies.

Dr. Mark Konyn
Aged  56,  is  the  Group  Chief  Investment  Officer  responsible  for  providing  oversight  to  the  management  of  the 
investment  portfolios  of  the  Group  as  well  as  supervising  and  supporting  the  many  investment  professionals 
throughout the Group. He is a director of various companies within the Group including Chairman of AIA Investment 
Management Private Limited. He joined the Group in September 2015. Dr. Konyn joined AIA from Cathay Conning 
Asset  Management,  where  he  was  Chief  Executive  Officer  responsible  for  the  company’s  investment  business 
and  strategic  expansion  in  the  region.  He  has  held  senior  positions  at  Allianz  Global  Investors  (where  he  was 
Asia-Pacific CEO for RCM Global Investors), Fidelity Investments and Prudential UK. He is a Fellow of the Royal 
Statistical  Society,  and  holds  a  Diploma  from  the  London  Business  School  in  Investment  Management,  having 
previously completed his Ph.D. in Operational Research sponsored by the UK Government.

Ms. Cara Ang
Aged 49, is the Group Chief Human Resources Officer responsible for the development of overall human capital 
strategies  and  their  implementation  across  the  Group,  as  well  as  leading  and  providing  support  to  the  human 
resources  functions  in  country  market  operations.  She  is  also  responsible  for  the  Group  Corporate  Security 
function. She  joined  the  Group  as the  Chief  Human Resources Officer  for AIA Singapore in May 2016. Prior to 
joining AIA, Ms. Ang was the Head of Human Resources of Standard Chartered Bank Singapore. During her time 
with Standard Chartered, she spent more than 10 years in a variety of country, regional and global HR leadership 
roles based in Singapore and Thailand. Prior to joining Standard Chartered Bank, Ms. Ang was the Senior Vice 
President and Head of Human Resources for Marsh Asia.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  081

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Mr. Biswa Misra
Aged 40, is the Group Chief Technology and Operations Officer responsible for providing leadership to the Group’s 
technology, operations and innovation areas and leading all Group Office technology resources. He is a director 
of various companies within the Group. He joined the Group in June 2013. Prior to joining the Group, Mr. Misra 
served as the Regional Chief Technology Officer for ING Insurance Asia Pacific. Previously, he spent six years with 
information technology consulting firm Capgemini, leading the company’s insurance practice for Asia. Mr. Misra 
holds a degree in electrical engineering from the National Institute of Technology, Surat, India.

Mr. Stuart A. Spencer
Aged 52, is the Group Chief Marketing Officer of AIA, responsible for the Group’s marketing initiatives, customer 
propositions and AIA Vitality. He is a director of various companies within the Group. Mr. Spencer re-joined AIA 
in  May  2017  from  Zurich  Insurance  Group,  where  he  was  most  recently  the  interim  CEO, Asia  Pacific.  Prior  to 
that  he  was  Chief  Executive  Officer,  General  Insurance,  Asia  Pacific  for  Zurich  Insurance  from  2013  to  2016.  
Mr. Spencer was with the American International Group from 1996 to 2009, during which time he held a number 
of senior positions including leading their Accident & Health General Insurance operations in Latin America and 
the Caribbean and President – Accident and Health Worldwide. Mr. Spencer was also the Global Head and COO, 
Worldwide  Life,  Accident  &  Health,  for  Chubb  Insurance.  Mr.  Spencer  is  an  alumnus  of  the  Harvard  Business 
School, The Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy and Brandeis University.

Mr. Jon Nielsen
Aged 45, is the Group Chief Risk Officer responsible for the Group’s risk and compliance functions. He is also a 
director of various companies within the Group. Mr. Nielsen has been with AIA for 10 years. He was appointed 
the  Group’s  Regional  Chief  Financial  Officer  in  2010,  overseeing  the  Group’s  financial  planning,  reporting  
and analysis, financial systems and operations, treasury and tax functions. Prior to joining AIA, Mr. Nielsen served 
as  Deputy  Head  of  Accounting  Policy  for  Allianz  Group  for  three  years.  Previously,  he  spent  over  eight  years 
with  Deloitte  & Touche  primarily  serving  insurance  clients.  He  received  a  Master  of  Professional  Accountancy 
and a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from the University of Nebraska and is a Certified Public 
Accountant.

082

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS

The Board is pleased to present this report and the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for 
the year ended 30 November 2017.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

The  Group  is  a  life  insurance  based  financial  services  provider  operating  in  18  markets  throughout  the  Asia-
Pacific  region. The  Group’s  principal  activity  is  the  writing  of  life  insurance  business,  providing  life  insurance, 
accident and health insurance and savings plans throughout Asia, and distributing related investment and other 
financial services products to its customers.

Details of the activities and other particulars of the Company’s principal subsidiaries are set out in note 42 to the 
financial statements.

RESULTS

The results of the Group for the year ended 30 November 2017 and the state of the Group’s affairs at that date are 
set out in the financial statements on pages 128 to 239 of this Annual Report.

BUSINESS REVIEW

The  review  of  the  business  of  the  Group  for  the  year  ended  30  November  2017,  including  a  description  of  its 
principal risks and uncertainties and an indication of likely future developments as required by Schedule 5 to the 
Hong Kong Companies Ordinance, is contained in the Financial Review (pages 15 to 31), Business Review (pages 
32 to 49), Risk Management (pages 50 to 60), Our People (pages 62 to 63), and Corporate Social Responsibility 
(pages 64 to 67) sections under Financial and Operating Review as well as note 41 and note 43 to the financial 
statements. These discussions form part of this report.

The Group has undertaken initiatives to reduce AIA’s environmental footprint by employing innovative technologies 
to reduce resource consumption, and our reliance on business travel. We also measure and report on our own 
emission and energy footprint, provide facilities for recycling waste, and incorporate green standards as part of 
the design concept for the Group’s real estate development projects. In addition, we are aware of the impact of  
the environment on our business and conduct responsible investment management. We have also partnered with 
an academic institution to conduct a study which aims to prioritise realistic and effective measures to mitigate the 
causes of poor air quality.

Customer privacy is of crucial importance at AIA and appropriate physical, administrative and technical measures 
have been implemented for its operations to protect personal and business data. The Group’s Code of Conduct 
outlines  appropriate  customer  privacy  and  data  security  measures  and  all  employees  are  required  to  respect 
confidentiality by observing information privacy and security laws.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  083

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS

AIA works with an array of different product and service providers and it has integrated sustainability into the 
supply chain with its Supplier Code of Conduct, which encourages sound ESG practices among its suppliers.

The  Group  is  licensed  to  conduct  insurance  business  and  is  subject  to  extensive  local  regulatory  oversight  in 
each of the geographical markets in which its branches and subsidiaries operate. While the extent of regulation 
varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, it typically includes laws and regulations regarding corporate governance, 
solvency/capital  adequacy,  investment  management,  financial  reporting  and  distribution. The  Group  dedicates 
substantial  resources  and  appropriate  personnel  to  ensure  compliance  with  relevant  laws  and  regulations. 
In  particular,  during  the  year  ended  30  November  2017,  the  Group  has  complied  with  the  material  laws  and 
regulations applicable to it including compliance with the solvency and capital adequacy requirements applied by 
its regulators, details of which are contained in note 35 to the financial statements.

Please also see the Corporate Governance Report for a discussion on the Company’s commitment to high standards 
of corporate governance and the Board’s responsibility for compliance with statutory obligations.

Details of significant events affecting the Group that have occurred since 30 November 2017 are set out in note 
43 to the financial statements.

DIVIDENDS

An interim dividend of 25.62 Hong Kong cents per share (2016: 21.90 Hong Kong cents per share) was paid on 
31 August 2017. The Board has recommended a final dividend of 74.38 Hong Kong cents per share (2016: 63.75 
Hong  Kong  cents  per  share)  for  the  year  ended  30  November  2017.  If  approved,  the  proposed  final  dividend 
together with the interim dividend will represent a total dividend of 100.00 Hong Kong cents per share (2016: 
85.65 Hong Kong cents per share) for the year ended 30 November 2017.

Under the Trust Deed of the Company’s Restricted Share Unit Scheme, shares of the Company are held by the 
trustee in either of two trust funds. These shares are held against the future entitlements of scheme participants. 
Provided the shares of the Company are held by the trustee and no beneficial interest in those shares has been 
vested in any beneficiary, the trustee shall waive any right to dividend payments or other distributions in respect 
of those shares (unless the Company determines otherwise).

As  of  31  August  2017  (being  the  payment  date  of  the  interim  dividend),  61,542,772  shares  were  held  by  the 
trustee. The amount of interim dividend waived was approximately US$2 million. Pursuant to the Trust Deed, the 
trustee will waive the right to final dividend if it is declared.

Subject  to  shareholders’  approval  at  the  AGM,  the  final  dividend  will  be  payable  on  Friday,  8  June  2018  to 
shareholders  whose  names  appear  on  the  register  of  members  of  the  Company  at  the  close  of  business  on 
Thursday, 24 May 2018.

084

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

DIRECTORS

The Directors of the Company during the year and up to the date of this report are as follows:

Independent Non-executive Chairman and Independent Non-executive Director

Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse (Note 1)

Executive Director

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi (Group Chief Executive and President)

Non-executive Director

Mr. Mark Edward Tucker (Note 2)

Independent Non-executive Directors 

Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So

Mr. Chung-Kong Chow 

Mr. John Barrie Harrison

Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo

Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau

Ms. Swee-Lian Teo

Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee

Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima

Notes:
(1)  Mr. Tse has been re-designated as an Independent Non-executive Chairman and Independent Non-executive Director of the Company with effect 

from 23 March 2017.

(2)  Mr. Tucker was re-designated as a Non-executive Director of the Company with effect from 1 June 2017 and then retired from the Board with effect 

from 1 September 2017.

Mr.  Ng  Keng  Hooi  and  Mr.  Cesar  Velasquez  Purisima  were  appointed  Executive  Director  and  Independent 
Non-executive Director of the Company on 1 June 2017 and 1 September 2017, respectively. Both Mr. Ng and  
Mr.  Purisima  will  retire  from  office  at  the  forthcoming  annual  general  meeting  pursuant  to  Article  104  of  the 
Company’s Articles of Association and, being eligible, offer themselves for re-election at the AGM.

In  accordance  with  Article  100  of  the  Company’s  Articles  of  Association,  Professor  Lawrence  Juen-Yee  Lau, 
Mr. Chung-Kong Chow and Mr. John Barrie Harrison will retire from office by rotation and, being eligible, offer 
themselves for re-election at the AGM.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  085

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS

CHANGES IN DIRECTORS’ INFORMATION

Changes in the Directors’ information which are required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 13.51B(1) of the Listing 
Rules are set out below:

Name of Director

Change

Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya

• Ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Capital  Market Advisory  Group  of  the  Malaysian 

Securities Commission with effect from 30 May 2017

• Ceased to be a member of the Malaysian Special Economic Committee with effect 

from 27 August 2017

• Appointed as an independent non-executive director of Sime Darby Berhad with 

effect from 1 December 2017

Mr. Chung-Kong Chow

• Appointed  as  a  member  of  the  Financial  Leaders  Forum  set  up  by  the  HKSAR 

Government with effect from 18 August 2017

Ms. Swee-Lian Teo

• Appointed as a member of the Board of Directors of the Dubai Financial Services 

Authority with effect from 1 September 2017

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau

• Appointed as a member of the Hong Kong Trade Development Council Belt and 

Road Committee with effect from 15 October 2017

Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo

• Ceased to be a member of the Board of Trustees of the World Economic Forum 

with effect from 1 November 2017

• Appointed  as  an  independent  director  of  New  Yangon  Development  Company 

Limited with effect from 12 December 2017

• Ceased to be a non-executive director of Wilmar International Limited with effect 

from 31 December 2017

Mr. John Barrie Harrison

• Appointed as an independent non-executive director and the Chairman of the Audit 
Committee of Grosvenor Asia Pacific Limited with effect from 1 December 2017 

Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So

• Ceased to be an Honorary Consultant to the Mayor of San Francisco with effect 

from 12 December 2017

Save as disclosed above, there is no other information required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 13.51B(1) of the 
Listing Rules.

DIRECTORS’ SERVICE CONTRACTS

No Director proposed for re-election at the AGM has a service contract with the Company which is not determinable 
by the Company within one year without payment of compensation (other than statutory compensation).

DIRECTORS OF SUBSIDIARIES

The names of all directors who have served on the boards of the subsidiaries of the Company during the year and 
up to the date of this report are available on the Company’s website at www.aia.com under the sub-section headed 
“Board of Directors” of “Corporate Governance” in the section headed “Investor Relations”.

086

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

PERMITTED INDEMNITY PROVISION

Pursuant  to  the  Company’s  Articles  of  Association,  subject  to  the  relevant  statutes,  every  Director  shall  be 
indemnified out of the assets of the Company against all costs, charges, expenses, losses and liabilities which he/
she may sustain or incur in or about the execution of his/her office or which may attach thereto. The Company has 
taken out insurance against the liabilities and costs associated with proceedings which may be brought against 
directors of the Group.

DIRECTORS’ AND THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S INTERESTS AND SHORT POSITIONS IN SHARES AND 
UNDERLYING SHARES

As  at  30  November  2017,  the  Directors’  and  the  Chief  Executive’s  interests  and  short  positions  in  the  shares, 
underlying shares and debentures of the Company and its associated corporations (within the meaning of Part XV 
of the SFO) as recorded in the register required to be kept under Section 352 of the SFO, or as otherwise notified 
to the Company and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange pursuant to the Model Code, are as follows:

Interests and short positions in the shares and underlying shares of the Company:

Number of 
shares or 
underlying 
shares

Percentage  
of the total  
number of  

Class

shares in issue (1)

Capacity 

Name of Director

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

6,364,886(L)
61,200(L) 

(2)

(3)

Ordinary
Ordinary

Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

3,560,400(L) (3)

Ordinary

Mr. Chung-Kong Chow

86,000(L)(3)

Ordinary

Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So

260,000(L)(3)

Ordinary

Mr. John Barrie Harrison

50,000(L)(3)

Ordinary

Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo

100,000(L)(3)

Ordinary

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau

40,000(L)
100,000(L)

(3)

(3)

Ordinary
Ordinary

0.05
<0.01

0.03

< 0.01

< 0.01

< 0.01

< 0.01

< 0.01
< 0.01

Beneficial owner
Interest of spouse(4)

Beneficial owner

Beneficial owner

Interest of controlled 
corporation

(5)

Beneficial owner

Beneficial owner

Beneficial owner
Interest of spouse(6)

Notes:
(1)  Based on 12,074,541,456 ordinary shares in issue as at 30 November 2017.

(2)  The  interests  include  2,073,425  ordinary  shares  of  the  Company,  3,204,564  share  options  under  the  Share  Option  Scheme,  1,084,384  
restricted share units under the Restricted Share Unit Scheme and 2,513 matching restricted stock purchase units under the Employee Share 
Purchase Plan.

(3)  The interests are ordinary shares of the Company.

(4)  The 61,200 shares are held by the spouse of Mr. Ng Keng Hooi, Ms. Leong Seet Lan, as beneficial owner.

(5)  The 260,000 shares are held by Cyber Project Developments Limited, a company beneficially wholly owned by Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So.

(6)  The 100,000 shares are held by the spouse of Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau, Ms. Ayesha Abbas Macpherson, as beneficial owner.

Save as disclosed above, as at 30 November 2017, neither the Chief Executive nor any Director of the Company 
had any interest or short position in the shares, underlying shares or debentures of the Company or its associated 
corporations (within the meaning of Part XV of the SFO) as recorded in the register required to be kept under 
Section 352 of the SFO, or as otherwise notified to the Company and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange pursuant to 
the Model Code.

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  087

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS

INTERESTS AND SHORT POSITIONS IN SHARES AND UNDERLYING SHARES OF PERSONS OTHER 
THAN THE DIRECTORS OR THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE

As at 30 November 2017, the following are the persons, other than the Directors or the Chief Executive of the 
Company, who had interests and short positions in the shares and underlying shares of the Company as recorded 
in the register required to be kept under Section 336 of the SFO:

Name of Shareholder

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

Number of shares  
or underlying shares 
(Note 1) 
Long Position(L)
Short Position(S)
Lending Pool(P)

1,088,254,932(L)
19,556,741(S)
737,449,866(P)

Class

Ordinary

The Capital Group Companies, Inc.

984,372,860(L)

Ordinary

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation

BlackRock, Inc.

751,880,605(L)
709,200,742(P)

Ordinary

604,419,448(L)
4,404,600(S)

Ordinary

Notes:
(1)  The interests or short positions include underlying shares as follows:

Percentage of  
the total number  
of shares in issue 
(Note 2)
Long Position(L)
Short Position(S)
Lending Pool(P)

9.01(L)
0.16(S)
6.11(P)

8.15(L)

6.23(L)
5.87(P)

5.01(L)
0.04(S)

Capacity 

Note 3

Interest of 
controlled 
corporation

Interest of 
controlled 
corporation

Interest of 
controlled 
corporation

Long Position

Short Position

Name of Shareholder

Physically 
settled 
listed equity 
derivatives

Cash  
settled 
listed equity 
derivatives

Physically  
settled  
unlisted equity  
derivatives

Cash  
settled  
unlisted equity  
derivatives

Physically 
settled 
listed equity 
derivatives

Cash  
settled 
listed equity 
derivatives

Physically  
settled  
unlisted equity 
derivatives

Cash  
settled  
unlisted equity 
derivatives

JPMorgan Chase & Co. 4,623,648 1,556,000

491,200

6,687,175 1,082,000 10,685,300

1,725,066

5,889,375

The Capital Group 
Companies, Inc.

BlackRock, Inc.

–

–

–

–

3,593,080

–

–

281,400

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,238,000

(2)  Based on 12,074,541,456 ordinary shares in issue as at 30 November 2017.

(3)  The interests held by JPMorgan Chase & Co. were held in the following capacities:

Capacity

Beneficial owner

Investment manager

Trustee (other than a bare trustee)

Custodian corporation/approved lending agent

Number of shares or  
underlying shares
(Long Position)

100,979,108

249,550,900

275,058

737,449,866

Number of shares or  
underlying shares
(Short Position)

19,556,741

–

–

–

088

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

Save as disclosed above, as at 30 November 2017, no person, other than the Directors or the Chief Executive of 
the Company, whose interests are set out in the section entitled “Directors’ and the Chief Executive’s Interests and 
Short Positions in Shares and Underlying Shares”, had any interest or short position in the shares or underlying 
shares of the Company as recorded in the register required to be kept under Section 336 of the SFO.

DIRECTORS’ RIGHTS TO ACQUIRE SHARES OR DEBENTURES

Under their service contracts, each of Mr. Ng Keng Hooi and Mr. Mark Edward Tucker (during the tenure of their 
respective appointments as Group Chief Executive and President) is entitled to an annual discretionary earned 
incentive award, which includes payment in the form of shares of the Company. Details of each of Mr. Ng’s and  
Mr. Tucker’s incentive awards are set out in the Remuneration Report.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN TRANSACTIONS, ARRANGEMENTS OR CONTRACTS

No transactions, arrangements or contracts of significance to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries was 
a party, and in which any Director of the Company or his/her connected entity has a material interest, directly or 
indirectly, subsisted as at 30 November 2017 or at any time during the year.

RESERVES

As  at  30  November  2017,  the  aggregate  amount  of  reserves  available  for  distribution  to  shareholders  of  the 
Company, as calculated under the provisions of Part 6 of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance, was US$3,315 
million (2016: US$2,620 million).

CHARITABLE DONATIONS

Charitable donations made by the Group during the year ended 30 November 2017 amounted to US$3 million 
(2016: US$2 million).

MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

During the year ended 30 November 2017, the percentage of the aggregate purchases attributable to the Group’s 
five largest suppliers was less than 30 per cent of the Group’s total value of purchases and the percentage of the 
aggregate sales attributable to the Group’s five largest customers was less than 30 per cent of the Group’s total 
value of sales.

SHARES ISSUED

Details  of  the  shares  issued  during  the  year  ended  30  November  2017  are  set  out  in  note  33  to  the  financial 
statements.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  089

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS

DEBENTURES ISSUED

Details of the debentures issued during the year ended 30 November 2017 are set out in note 28 to the financial 
statements.

EQUITY-LINKED AGREEMENTS

During the year ended 30 November 2017, the Company did not enter into any equity-linked agreements and there 
did not subsist any equity-linked agreement entered into by the Company as at 30 November 2017, save for the 
restricted share units, outstanding share options, restricted stock purchase units and restricted stock subscription 
units awarded to employees and agents under the Restricted Share Unit Scheme, Share Option Scheme, Employee 
Share Purchase Plan and Agency Share Purchase Plan, respectively, described below and in the Remuneration 
Report and note 38 to the financial statements.

RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT SCHEME
During  the  year  ended  30  November  2017,  16,003,902  restricted  share  units  were  awarded  by  the  Company 
under the Restricted Share Unit Scheme adopted by the Company on 28 September 2010 (as amended). Details 
of the scheme are set out in the Remuneration Report and note 38 to the financial statements.

SHARE OPTION SCHEME
During the year ended 30 November 2017, 9,460,949 share options were awarded by the Company under the Share 
Option Scheme adopted by the Company on 28 September 2010 (as amended). 17,053,136 share options were 
exercised during the year and the Company issued 17,053,136 new shares accordingly. The proceeds received 
amounted to approximately US$66 million. Details of the Share Option Scheme are set out in the Remuneration 
Report and note 38 to the financial statements.

EMPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE PLAN
During  the  year  ended  30  November  2017,  1,394,227  restricted  stock  purchase  units  were  awarded  by  the 
Company  under  the  Employee  Share  Purchase  Plan  adopted  by  the  Company  on  25  July  2011  (as  amended). 
740,819 matching restricted stock purchase units were vested during the year and no shares have been issued 
pursuant to the Employee Share Purchase Plan. Details of the plan are set out in the Remuneration Report and 
note 38 to the financial statements.

AGENCY SHARE PURCHASE PLAN
The  Company  adopted  the  Agency  Share  Purchase  Plan  (ASPP)  on  23  February  2012  (ASPP  Adoption  Date). 
Under the ASPP, certain agents and agency leaders of the Group were selected to participate in the plan. Those 
agents selected for participation may elect to purchase the Company’s shares and receive one matching share for 
each two shares purchased after having been in the plan for a period of three years through the award of matching 
restricted  stock  subscription  units  (RSSUs).  Each  eligible  agent’s  participation  level  is  capped  at  a  maximum 
purchase in any plan year of US$15,000. Upon vesting of the matching RSSUs, those agents who remain as agents 
of the Group will receive one share for each RSSU which he or she holds. The aggregate number of shares which 
can be issued by the Company under the ASPP during the 10-year period shall not exceed 2.5 per cent of the 
number of shares in issue on the ASPP Adoption Date.

During the year ended 30 November 2017, the Company awarded 1,365,886 matching RSSUs, 1,037,294 matching 
RSSUs vested and 1,037,294 new shares were issued pursuant to the ASPP. The proceeds received amounted to 
approximately US$1 million. Since the ASPP Adoption Date and up to 30 November 2017, a total of 3,006,026 
new shares were issued under the ASPP, representing approximately 0.02 per cent of the shares in issue as at the 
ASPP Adoption Date.

090

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

NON-EXEMPT CONNECTED TRANSACTIONS

During the year ended 30 November 2017, the Group had not entered into any connected transactions which are 
not exempt from the annual reporting requirement under Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Details of the related party transactions undertaken by the Group during the year ended 30 November 2017, in the 
ordinary course of business are set out in note 40 to the financial statements. Such related party transactions are 
all exempt connected transactions under Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules.

PURCHASE, SALE OR REDEMPTION OF THE COMPANY’S LISTED SECURITIES

Save  for  the  purchase  of  1,395,130  shares  of  the  Company  under  the  Restricted  Share  Unit  Scheme  and  the 
Employee Share Purchase Plan at a total consideration of approximately US$7 million, neither the Company nor 
any of its subsidiaries purchased, sold or redeemed any of the Company’s listed securities during the year ended  
30  November  2017.  These  purchases  were  made  by  the  relevant  scheme  trustees  on  the  Hong  Kong  Stock 
Exchange.  These  shares  are  held  on  trust  for  participants  of  the  relevant  schemes  and  therefore  were  not  
cancelled. Please refer to note 38 to the financial statements for details.

PUBLIC FLOAT

Based on information that is publicly available to the Company and within the knowledge of the Directors, the 
Company  has  maintained  the  amount  of  public  float  as  approved  by  the  Hong  Kong  Stock  Exchange  and  as 
permitted under the Listing Rules as at the date of this report.

AUDITOR

PricewaterhouseCoopers was re-appointed auditor of the Company in 2017.

PricewaterhouseCoopers  will  retire  and,  being  eligible,  offer  itself  for  re-appointment.  A  resolution  for  the  
re-appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers as auditor of the Company will be proposed at the AGM.

By Order of the Board

Edmund Sze-Wing Tse
Independent Non-executive Chairman
27 February 2018

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  091

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

CORE PRINCIPLES

The Board believes that strong corporate governance is essential to the delivery of sustainable value and is essential 
to maintaining a culture of business integrity and investor confidence. The Board is ultimately responsible for the 
performance of the Group, including the consistent achievement of business plans and compliance with statutory 
as well as corporate obligations. The Board is also responsible for the development and implementation of the 
Group’s  corporate  governance  practices. This  Corporate  Governance  Report  explains  the  Company’s  corporate 
governance  principles  and  practices,  including  how  the  Board  manages  the  business  to  deliver  long-term 
shareholder value and to promote the development of the Group.

As a company listed on the Main Board of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, the Company is committed to high 
standards of corporate governance and sees the maintenance of good corporate governance practices as essential 
to  its  sustainable  growth.  It  is  vital  that  Board  members,  in  aggregate,  have  the  requisite  skills  and  expertise 
and  are  supported  by  a  structure  that  enables  appropriate  delegation  between  the  Board,  its  committees  and 
management, whilst ensuring that the Board retains overall control. To promote effective governance across all 
of its operations, the Board has approved a governance framework, which maps out internal approval processes 
including those matters that may be delegated.

Throughout this Corporate Governance Report, the Board of Directors seeks to set out the Company’s corporate 
governance structure and policies, inform shareholders of the corporate governance undertakings of the Company 
and demonstrate to shareholders the value of such practices. 

Throughout  the  year  ended  30  November  2017,  the  Company  complied 
with all code provisions of the Corporate Governance Code applicable to it.

The  quality  of  the  Company’s  corporate  governance  programme  was 
recognized  in  2017  by The  Chamber  of  Hong  Kong  Listed  Companies  and 
the Centre for Corporate Governance and Financial Policy, Hong Kong Baptist 
University through its annual Corporate Governance Excellence Awards.  AIA 
was  conferred  the  Category  1  (Hang  Seng  Index  Constituent  Companies) 
Award, in recognition of the quality of its governance and disclosure.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 
The Board is accountable to shareholders for the affairs of the Company. It meets these obligations by ensuring 
the maintenance of high standards of governance in all aspects of the Company’s business, setting the strategic 
direction for the Group and maintaining appropriate levels of review, challenge and guidance in its relationship 
with Group management. It is also the ultimate decision-making body for all matters considered material to the 
Group  and  is  responsible  for  ensuring  that,  as  a  collective  body,  Board  members  have  the  appropriate  skills, 
knowledge and experience to perform their roles effectively.

In these matters, the Board provides leadership to the Company in respect of operational issues through the Group 
Chief Executive, who is authorised to act on behalf of the Board in the operational management of the Company. 
Any  responsibilities  not  so  delegated  by  the  Board  to  the  Group  Chief  Executive  remain  the  responsibility  of  
the Board. 

092

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

The Board has also adopted and/or updated various policies as recommended by the Audit Committee and the 
Risk Committee for better corporate governance.

During the year, the Board reviewed the Company’s compliance with the Corporate Governance Code, including 
the necessary disclosures in its reports to shareholders. 

The Board discharges the following responsibilities either by itself or through delegation to the Audit Committee, 
the Nomination Committee, the Remuneration Committee and the Risk Committee:

(a) the development and review of the Company’s policies and practices on corporate governance;

(b) the review and monitoring of the training and continuous professional development of Directors and senior 

management;

(c) the review and monitoring of the Company’s policies and practices on compliance with legal and regulatory 

requirements;

(d) the development, review and monitoring of the Code of Conduct applicable to all officers and employees of the 

Group; and

(e) the review of the Company’s compliance with the Corporate Governance Code and disclosure in this Corporate 

Governance Report.

The Company has also adopted its own Directors’ and Chief Executives’ Dealing Policy (Dealing Policy) on terms 
no less exacting than those set out in the Model Code in respect of dealings by the Directors in the securities of the 
Company. All of the Directors confirmed, following specific enquiry by the Company, that they have complied with the 
required standards set out in the Model Code and the Dealing Policy throughout the year ended 30 November 2017.

BOARD COMPOSITION
As of 30 November 2017 and up to the date of this Corporate Governance Report, the Board consists of eleven 
members,  comprising  one  Executive  Director  and  ten  Independent  Non-executive  Directors.  All  Directors  are 
expressly identified by reference to such categories in all corporate communications that disclose their names.  
The composition of the Board is well balanced with each Director having sound board level experience and expertise 
relevant  to  the  business  operations  and  development  of  the  Group.  The  Board  is  comprised  of  members  with 
extensive business, financial, government, regulatory and policy experience from a variety of backgrounds. There 
is diversity of nationality, ethnicity, educational background, functional expertise, gender, age and experience.

Biographies of the Directors are set out on pages 72 to 77 of this Annual Report.

BOARD INDEPENDENCE
More than 90 per cent (10 out of 11) of the Board are Independent Non-executive Directors. Save as disclosed 
below  in  respect  of  Mr.  Tse,  each  of  the  Independent  Non-executive  Directors  of  the  Company  meets  the 
independence guidelines set out in Rule 3.13 of the Listing Rules and has provided to the Company the requisite 
annual confirmation as to his or her independence. Mr. Tse, save for being a Non-executive Director of the Company 
from 27 September 2010 to 22 March 2017, a current director of AIA Foundation (a subsidiary of the Company), 
and acting as the Chairman and a director of The Philippine American Life and General Insurance (PHILAM LIFE) 
Company  (a  subsidiary  of  the  Company)  until  22  April  2015,  has  met  the  independence  guidelines  set  out  in 
Rule 3.13 of the Listing Rules. The Company has satisfied itself that Mr. Tse is independent pursuant to Rule 3.13 
of the Listing Rules on the basis that since his appointment as a Non-executive Director of the Company on 27 
September 2010, Mr. Tse has not held any executive or management role or function in the Company or any of its 
subsidiaries, and at no time during that period has he been employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. 
He has not taken part in the day-to-day management of the Company or its subsidiaries beyond his attendance at 
and participation in board and committee meetings of the Group.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  093

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Save as disclosed herein, none of the Independent Non-executive Directors has any business with or significant 
financial interests in the Company or its subsidiaries and therefore all the Independent Non-executive Directors 
continue to be considered by the Company to be independent.

BOARD PROCESS
Board meetings are held at least four times a year to determine overall strategies, receive management updates, 
approve business plans as well as interim and annual results, and to consider other significant matters. At these 
meetings, senior management also provides regular updates to the Board with respect to the business activities 
and development of the Group, together with regulatory and policy updates. 

Directors  are  empowered  under  the  relevant  terms  of  reference  to  request  further  information  from  the 
management whenever they think fit.

During the year, there were six scheduled Board meetings, all of which were convened in accordance with the 
Articles of Association of the Company and attended by the Directors either in person or through electronic means 
of communication.

Details of the attendance of individual Directors at the Board meetings, committees meetings and the 2017 annual 
general meeting of the Company (2017 AGM) during the year are as follows:

No. of Meetings Attended / No. of Meetings Held

Audit  
Committee

Nomination  
Committee

Remuneration  
Committee

Board

Risk  

Committee 2017 AGM

Name of Director

Independent Non-executive 
Chairman and Independent 
Non-executive Director

Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse(1) 

6/6

Executive Director, 
Group Chief Executive and President 

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi(2)

Non-executive Director

Mr. Mark Edward Tucker(3)

Independent Non-executive 
Directors

Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So

Mr. Chung-Kong Chow

Mr. John Barrie Harrison

Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo

Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau

Ms. Swee-Lian Teo

Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee 

Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima(4)

4/4

2/4

6/6

6/6

6/6

5/6

6/6

5/6

6/6

6/6

2/2

–

–

–

3/4

–

4/4

2/4

–

–

–

4/4

–

3/3

6/6

4/4

–

–

3/3

3/3

3/3

2/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

–

–

–

6/6

–

–

6/6

6/6

–

–

–

–

2/2

1/2

–

4/4

4/4

–

–

3/4

4/4

–

–

1

–

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

–

Notes:
(1)  Mr. Tse was re-designated from a Non-executive Director to an Independent Non-executive Director with effect from 23 March 2017.

(2)  Mr. Ng was appointed to the Board and the Risk Committee on 1 June 2017 and attended all Board and Risk Committee meetings held from his 

date of appointment to 30 November 2017. 

(3)  Mr. Tucker was re-designated from an Executive Director to a Non-executive Director with effect from 1 June 2017 and ceased to be a member of 

the Risk Committee on the same date. He retired from the Board with effect from 1 September 2017. 

(4)  Mr. Purisima was appointed to the Board and the Nomination Committee on 1 September 2017 and attended all Board meetings held from his date 

of appointment to 30 November 2017. No meeting of the Nomination Committee took place from his date of appointment to 30 November 2017.

094

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

 
Minutes  of  the  meetings  of  and  circular  resolutions  passed  by  the  Board  and  all  committees  are  kept  by  the 
Company Secretary. These minutes and resolutions are open for inspection on reasonable notice by any Director.

CHAIRMAN AND GROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE
Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse, Independent Non-executive Chairman of the Company, plays the critical role of leading 
the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities. With the support of the Group Chief Executive and President and senior 
management, Mr. Tse seeks to ensure that all Directors are properly briefed on issues arising at Board meetings 
and that they receive adequate and reliable information in a timely manner. He is also responsible for making sure 
that good corporate governance practices and procedures are followed.

Since 1 June 2017, Mr. Ng Keng Hooi, acting as Group Chief Executive and President of the Company, reports to the 
Board and is responsible for the overall leadership, strategic and executive management and profit performance 
of the Group, including all operations and administration. Mr. Ng attends Board meetings as the sole Executive 
Director and, in his capacity as Group Chief Executive and President, ensures that the Board is updated at least 
monthly in respect of material aspects of the Company’s performance. Mr. Ng discharges his responsibilities within 
the framework of the Company’s policies, reserved powers and routine reporting requirements and is advised and 
assisted by the senior management of the Group.

From 1 December 2016 to 31 May 2017, Mr. Mark Edward Tucker, acting as Group Chief Executive and President 
of the Company, reported to the Board and was responsible for the overall leadership, strategic and executive 
management and profit performance of the Group, including all operations and administration. Mr. Tucker attended 
Board meetings as the sole Executive Director and, in his capacity as Group Chief Executive and President, ensured 
that  the  Board  was  updated  at  least  monthly  in  respect  of  material  aspects  of  the  Company’s  performance.  
Mr. Tucker discharged his responsibilities within the framework of the Company’s policies, reserved powers and 
routine reporting requirements and was advised and assisted by the senior management of the Group. 

The segregation between the roles of Chairman and Group Chief Executive and President ensures a clear distinction 
between  the  Chairman’s  responsibility  to  manage  the  Board  and  the  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President’s 
responsibility to manage the Group’s business.

The roles and responsibilities of the Board, the Chairman of the Board and the Group Chief Executive are set out in 
the Board Charter of the Company, which is available on the Company’s website at www.aia.com.

APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS
The Company uses a formal and transparent procedure for the appointment of new Directors. The Board receives 
recommendations  for  the  appointment  of  new  Directors  from  the  Nomination  Committee,  which  considers 
the  background  of  the  proposed  new  Directors. The  Board  then  deliberates  over  such  recommendations  prior  
to approval.

All Directors (including Non-executive Directors) are subject to retirement by rotation once every three years and 
are subject to re-election at the general meetings of the Company in accordance with the Articles of Association 
of the Company and the Corporate Governance Code.

INDUCTION AND ONGOING DEVELOPMENT
The  Company  provides  each  Director  with  personalised  induction,  training  and  development.  On  appointment, 
each  Director  receives  a  comprehensive  and  tailored  induction  covering,  amongst  other  things,  the  role  of  the 
Board  and  its  key  committees,  group  structure,  governance  structure  and  the  duties  and  responsibilities  of  a 
director under applicable laws and regulations.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  095

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Directors receive detailed briefings on the Group’s principal businesses, the markets in which it operates and the 
overall competitive environment. Other areas addressed include legal and compliance issues affecting directors 
of  financial  services  companies,  the  Group’s  governance  arrangements,  the  principal  basis  of  accounting  for 
the  Group’s  results,  the  internal  audit  and  risk  management  functions,  its  investor  relations  programme  and 
remuneration policies. The Directors are continually updated on the Group’s business and the latest developments 
to  the  Listing  Rules  and  other  applicable  statutory  requirements  to  ensure  compliance  and  continuous  good 
corporate governance practice.

During the year, the Company organised a Board Strategy Day and provided a number of briefings to the Directors 
to update them on the latest developments in the Group’s principal businesses and major products. In November 
2017,  the  Board  visited  Melbourne,  Australia,  where  Directors  had  an  in-depth  review  of  the  Group’s  local 
operations. The visit also provided an opportunity for the Directors to gain new insights into the insurance sector 
in Australia and its prospects for continued growth.

All Directors are encouraged to participate in continuous professional development to extend and refresh their 
knowledge and skills, and are required to provide their training records to the Company. The training received by 
the Directors during the year is summarised as follows:

Name of Director

Independent Non-executive Chairman and 
Independent Non-executive Director

Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

Executive Director, Group Chief Executive 
and President 

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

Non-executive Director

Mr. Mark Edward Tucker(Note)

Independent Non-executive Directors 

Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So

Mr. Chung-Kong Chow

Mr. John Barrie Harrison

Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo

Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya 

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau

Ms. Swee-Lian Teo

Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee

Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima

Types of Training

Reading or attending briefings / 
seminars / conferences  
relevant to regulatory and 
governance updates 

Attending corporate events / 
Board visits / executive  
briefings relevant to  
the Group’s business 

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

Note:
Mr. Tucker was re-designated from an Executive Director to a Non-executive Director with effect from 1 June 2017 and retired from the Board with 
effect from 1 September 2017.

096

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

The Company’s corporate governance is implemented through a structured hierarchy, which includes the Board of 
Directors and four committees of the Board established by resolutions of the Board, namely the Audit Committee, 
the Nomination Committee, the Remuneration Committee and the Risk Committee. The membership and terms 
of reference of all the Board committees are available on the websites of both the Hong Kong Stock Exchange 
and the Company. In addition, the Group Chief Executive has established a number of management committees 
including, among others, an Executive Committee and Operational and Financial Risk Committees.

AUDIT COMMITTEE
The Audit Committee consists of four members, all of whom are Independent Non-executive Directors. These are 
Mr. Harrison, who serves as chairman of the Committee, Mr. So, Mr. Yeo and Dr. Narongchai. The duties performed 
by the Audit Committee during the year included overseeing the Group’s financial reporting system, reviewing 
risk  management  and  internal  control  systems;  monitoring  the  integrity  of  the  preparation  of  the  Company’s 
financial information, including quarterly business highlights, interim and annual results of the Group; reviewing 
the  Group’s  financial  and  accounting  policies  and  practices  as  well  as  its  whistle-blowing  arrangements;  and 
monitoring the adequacy of resources in and effectiveness of the internal audit function. Details of how the Audit 
Committee reviews the effectiveness of the risk management and internal control systems are set out in the Risk 
Management and Internal Control section of this report. 

The Audit Committee also provided oversight for and management of the relationship with the Group’s external 
auditor,  including  reviewing  and  monitoring  in  accordance  with  applicable  standards  the  external  auditor’s 
independence and objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit process.

The Audit Committee held four meetings during the year ended 30 November 2017. The attendance records of the 
Audit Committee members are set out on page 94 of this Annual Report.

NOMINATION COMMITTEE
The  Nomination  Committee  consists  of  ten  members,  including  the  Independent  Non-executive  Chairman,  
Mr. Tse, who serves as chairman of the Committee, and the nine Independent Non-executive Directors, Mr. So, 
Mr. Chow, Mr. Harrison, Mr. Yeo, Mr. Yahya, Professor Lau, Ms. Teo, Dr. Narongchai and Mr. Purisima who became a 
member of the Nomination Committee on 1 September 2017. The duties performed by the Nomination Committee 
during the year included but not limited to reviewing and making recommendations to the Board on structure, 
size and composition of the Board, including the skills, knowledge, experience and diversity of background and 
experience of its membership; considering the nomination of Mr. Purisima as an Independent Non-executive 
Director, Mr. Ng as an Executive Director, re-designation of Mr. Tucker as a Non-executive Director and Mr. Tse as 
an Independent Non-executive Director; and determining the composition of the Board committees. 

The  Nomination  Committee’s  processes  and  criteria  for  selecting  and  making  recommendations  on  the 
appointment of Board members are designed to satisfy high standards of corporate governance. These processes 
meet or exceed the Listing Rules requirements to ensure that every director of the Company has the requisite 
character, experience and integrity and is able to demonstrate a standard of competence, commensurate with his 
or her position as a director of a listed issuer (including without limitation, race, gender, age, nationality, cultural 
and educational background). These standards give due regard to the benefits of diversity as set out in the Board 
Diversity  Policy  adopted  by  the  Board  in  2013,  which  is  available  on  the  Company’s  website,  and  where  the 
nomination of Independent Non-executive Directors is under consideration, to the satisfaction of the requirements 
of Rule 3.13 of the Listing Rules.

The  Nomination  Committee  held  three  meetings  during  the  year  ended  30  November  2017.  The  attendance 
records of the Nomination Committee members are set out on page 94 of this Annual Report.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  097

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

A summary of the Board Diversity Policy, which describes the Company’s approach to ensuring adequate diversity, 
is set out below:

•  Consideration  and  selection  of  candidates  for  appointment  to  the  Board  will  be  based  on  merit  which 
shall  include  a  review  of  any  candidate’s  integrity,  experience,  educational  background,  industry  or  related 
experience and more general experience;

•  Within that overriding emphasis on merit, the Nomination Committee shall seek to address Board vacancies 
by  actively  considering  candidates  that  bring  a  diversity  of  background  and  opinion  from  amongst  those 
candidates with the appropriate background and industry or related expertise and experience. The Nomination 
Committee’s considerations shall include achieving an appropriate level of diversity having regard to factors 
such as race, gender, age, nationality, cultural and educational background;

•  The Nomination Committee will (a) in reviewing the Board composition, consider the benefits of all aspects 
of  diversity  including,  but  not  limited  to,  those  described  above,  in  order  to  maintain  an  appropriate  range 
and balance of skills, experience, knowledge and character on the Board; and (b) as part of the performance 
evaluation of the Board, consider the balance of skills, experience, knowledge and independence of the Board; 
and 

•  As part of the Nomination Committee’s annual review of the structure, size and composition of the Board, the 
Nomination Committee will expressly consider and include commentary to the Board on the subject of the 
Board’s diversity.

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
The Remuneration Committee consists of four members, all of whom are Independent Non-executive Directors. 
These are Mr. So, who serves as chairman of the Committee, Mr. Yeo, Mr. Yahya and Mr. Tse. The duties of the 
Remuneration Committee are to make recommendations to the Board on the remuneration policy covering the 
Directors and senior management of the Group and to review and approve remuneration offered to the Executive 
Director and senior management of the Group.

The  Remuneration  Committee  held  six  meetings  during  the  year  ended  30  November  2017.  The  attendance 
records of the Remuneration Committee members are set out on page 94 of this Annual Report. Details of the 
key activities performed by the Remuneration Committee during the year have been set out in the Remuneration 
Report, which forms part of this Corporate Governance Report.

RISK COMMITTEE
The Risk Committee consists of six members, five of whom are Independent Non-executive Directors, including 
Mr. Chow, who serves as chairman of the Committee, Mr. Harrison, Professor Lau, Ms. Teo, Mr. Tse and Mr. Ng, 
the  Executive  Director,  who  became  a  member  of  the  Risk  Committee  in  place  of  Mr. Tucker  on  1  June  2017. 
The duties performed by the Risk Committee during the year included providing advice to the Board on the risk 
profile and risk management strategy of the Group; considering and reviewing disclosures in interim and annual 
reports, risk management-related policies and guidelines, statutory solvency positions, risk appetite and metrics; 
overseeing the risk management and compliance framework; reviewing the risk management and internal control 
systems; endorsing the Company’s risk governance structure; and reviewing major risks. Details of how the Risk 
Committee reviews the effectiveness of the risk management and internal control systems are set out in the Risk 
Management and Internal Control section of this report. 

The Risk Committee held four meetings during the year ended 30 November 2017. The attendance records of the 
Risk Committee members are set out on page 94 of this Annual Report.

098

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

EXTERNAL AUDITOR

The external auditor of the Company is PricewaterhouseCoopers. The Audit Committee is responsible for making 
recommendations  to  the  Board  on  the  external  auditor’s  appointment,  re-appointment  and  removal,  which  are 
subject to approval by the Board and at the general meetings of the Company by its shareholders. In assessing 
the external auditor, the Audit Committee will take into account relevant experience, performance, objectivity and 
independence  of  the  external  auditor. The  Board  has  adopted  policies  on  nomination  and  appointment  of  and 
services performed by the external auditor to enhance related governance practices. 

The Audit Committee also reviews the non-audit services provided by the external auditor and its remuneration 
on a regular basis. For the year ended 30 November 2017, the total estimated remuneration payable by the Group 
to PricewaterhouseCoopers was US$20.0 million (2016: US$15.2 million), an analysis of which is set out below:

US$ millions

Audit services

Non-audit services, including:

Audit-related services(Note)

Tax services

Other services

Total

2017

13.6

4.7

0.9

0.8

20.0

2016 

11.9

0.7

1.4

1.2

15.2

Note:
Audit-related services for 2017 include the audit of the Supplementary Embedded Value Information as at and for the year ended 30 November 2017 
(2016: nil).

In addition to those fees disclosed above, audit fees of US$0.8 million (2016: US$0.8 million) were payable to 
PricewaterhouseCoopers by funds for which the Group is the investment adviser, manager or administrator.

ACCOUNTABILITY AND AUDIT

FINANCIAL REPORTING
The  annual  results  of  the  Company  and  other  financial  information  were  published  in  accordance  with  the 
requirements of the Listing Rules and other applicable regulations and industry best practice. When preparing the 
Company’s financial reports, the Board of Directors endeavours to present this information in a comprehensible, 
informative and user-friendly manner.

The  Directors  acknowledge  their  responsibility  for  preparing  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements 
and ensuring that the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements is in accordance with the 
relevant requirements and applicable standards.

The statement of the Company’s auditor concerning its reporting responsibilities on the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements is set out in the Independent Auditor’s Report on pages 121 to 127 of this Annual Report.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL
The  Board  of  Directors,  assisted  by  its  board  committees,  is  responsible  for  overseeing  the  Group’s  risk 
management and internal control systems on an ongoing basis. The Board of Directors reviews the effectiveness 
of risk management and internal control systems on an annual basis.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  099

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

The  Group’s  Risk  Management  Framework  (RMF)  does  not  seek  to  eliminate  all  risks  but  rather  to  identify, 
understand and manage them within acceptable limits in order to support the sustainability of the business and 
the creation of long-term value, and can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material 
misstatement  or  loss.  The  main  features  and  other  information  on  the  RMF  and  the  process  used  to  identify, 
evaluate and manage significant risks are set out in the Risk Management section of this Annual Report.

The Company has an internal audit function (Internal Audit). The key features of the Company’s internal control 
system includes independent reviews and testing of internal controls, taking a risk-based approach and developing 
an annual audit plan presented to the Audit Committee. Reports of significant audit findings are prepared and 
communicated to management and the Audit Committee and where control weaknesses or defects are identified, 
recommendations  are  provided  to  resolve  them.  This  includes  issues  formally  identified  from  internal  audits, 
forensic  investigations,  regulatory  reports  and  special  projects.  Management  is  responsible  for  the  design, 
implementation and evaluation of the internal control system, including ongoing mitigation, across the business 
and processes.

The  Board  of  Directors  has,  through  the  Risk  Committee  and  Audit  Committee,  reviewed  the  adequacy  and 
effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems (covering all material controls such as 
financial, operational and compliance controls), including:

• 

the adequacy of resources, staff qualifications and experience, training programmes and the budget of the 
Group’s accounting, internal audit and financial reporting functions;

•  areas of risk identified by management as well as the quality and scope of management’s ongoing monitoring 

of risks and the risk management system;

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the changes in the nature and extent of significant risks since the previous review and the Group’s ability to 
respond to changes in the external environment and its business;

the  quality  and  scope  of  the  internal  control  system  implemented  by  management  and  the  work  and 
effectiveness of Internal Audit as well as any significant risks reported by Internal Audit;

the extent and frequency of communication of monitoring results to the Board and its committees, to enable 
the assessment of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems;

the incidence of any significant control failings or weaknesses that have been identified during the year and 
the extent to which they have resulted in a material impact on the Group’s financial performance or condition;

the effectiveness of the Group’s processes in relation to financial reporting and regulatory compliance;

the scope of work performed by both internal and external auditors and any significant issues arising from 
internal and external audit reports; and

• 

the results of management’s control self-assessment exercises.

The annual review of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems was supported by an internal 
certification process performed by the management (at both the Company’s and subsidiaries’ levels), the Risk & 
Compliance function and Internal Audit of the Company.

100

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

The management has confirmed to the Board that the Group’s risk management and internal control systems are 
adequate and effective. Based on the review result and the management’s confirmation, the Board considered 
that the Group’s risk management and internal control systems to be adequate and effective for the year ended 
30 November 2017. 

INSIDE INFORMATION
The Company has implemented proper procedures and internal controls for the handling and dissemination of 
inside information:

•  The Company has established a policy on the disclosure of inside information to ensure that all current and 
prospective  investors  of  the  Company,  market  participants  and  the  public  are  provided  with  appropriate 
information relating to the Group in a timely and simultaneous manner. The policy has been communicated to 
all relevant staff and related training has also been provided to them; and 

•  A  written  communications  protocol  has  also  been  established  to  implement  a  control  process  within  the 
Group for the management of communications with various internal and external stakeholders. Such protocol 
identifies a list of spokespersons who are authorised to provide information about the Group to the relevant 
stakeholders. The Company’s Code of Conduct further contains a strict prohibition on the unauthorised use of 
confidential or non-public information.

COMPANY SECRETARY

All  the  Directors  have  access  to  the  advice  and  services  of  the  Company  Secretary  at  any  time  in  respect  of 
their duties and the effective operation of the Board and Board committees. The Company Secretary advises the 
Board on all corporate governance matters; facilitates the induction and professional development of Directors; 
and  ensures  good  information  flows  and  communications  within  the  Board  and  its  committees,  and  between 
management and non-executive directors. The Company Secretary also plays an important role in ensuring that 
Board and committee policies and procedures are followed and the Board’s obligations to shareholders pursuant 
to the Listing Rules are discharged. During the year, the Company Secretary undertook at least 15 hours of relevant 
continuing professional education.

ENGAGEMENT WITH SHAREHOLDERS

The Board recognises the importance of maintaining an ongoing dialogue with the Company’s shareholders and 
does so through general meetings, releases, announcements and corporate communications such as the annual 
report,  interim  report  and  circulars. The  Board  is  committed  to  the  timely  disclosure  of  information. The  latest 
information  regarding  the  Group’s  activities,  announcements,  results  presentations,  webcasts  and  corporate 
communications is made available on the Company’s website at www.aia.com in a timely manner. The financial 
calendar highlighting the key dates for shareholders is set out on page 264 of this Annual Report.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  101

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

The Investor Relations function oversees the Company’s engagement with investors. The Company’s institutional 
shareholder base is geographically diversified and the Company is also extensively covered by research analysts 
from a wide range of broker houses. An active and open dialogue with institutional investors is maintained through 
regular investor interactions, including meetings, investment conferences and roadshows. Investor feedback and 
analysts’  reports  on  the  Company  are  circulated  to  the  Board  and  the  Executive  Committee  on  a  regular  and 
systematic basis to promote an understanding of external views on the Company’s performance.

The  Board  has  adopted  a  Shareholders’  Communication  Policy  and  such  policy  will  be  reviewed  on  a  regular 
basis  to  ensure  its  effectiveness.  The  Board  welcomes  views,  questions  and  concerns  from  shareholders  and 
stakeholders. Shareholders and stakeholders may send their enquiries and concerns to the Board. The contact 
details are set out on page 265 of this Annual Report.

2017 ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The  most  recent  general  meeting  of  the  Company  was  the  2017 AGM  which  was  held  at  the  Grand  Ballroom, 
2/F,  New  World  Millennium  Hong  Kong  Hotel,  72  Mody  Road,  Tsim  Sha  Tsui  East,  Kowloon,  Hong  Kong  on  
12 May 2017. The Chairman and all other members of the Board at that time, together with the Group’s senior 
management and external auditor, attended the 2017 AGM. The poll voting results are available on the websites 
of both the Company and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. The matters resolved at the 2017 AGM are summarised 
below:

•  Receipt of the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company, the Report of the Directors and the 

Independent Auditor’s Report for the year ended 30 November 2016;

•  Declaration of a final dividend of 63.75 Hong Kong cents per share for the year ended 30 November 2016;

•  Re-election of Mr. Yahya, Mr. Tse and Mr. So as Independent Non-executive Directors of the Company;

•  Re-appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers as auditor of the Company until the conclusion of the next annual 

general meeting and authorising the Board to fix its remuneration;

•  General mandate to Directors to cause the Company to issue additional shares of the Company, not exceeding 
10 per cent of the aggregate number of shares of the Company in issue on the date of the 2017 AGM, and the 
discount for any shares to be issued not exceeding 10 per cent to the benchmarked price;

•  General mandate to Directors to cause the Company to buy back shares of the Company, not exceeding 10 per 

cent of the aggregate number of shares of the Company in issue on the date of the 2017 AGM; and

•  General mandate to Directors to cause the Company to issue shares of the Company under the restricted share 
unit scheme, not exceeding 2.5 per cent of the number of shares of the Company in issue on the date of the 
listing of the Company’s shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.

The forthcoming annual general meeting of the Company will be held on Friday, 18 May 2018. Further details will 
be set out in the circular to the shareholders of the Company to be sent together with this Annual Report.

102

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS

GENERAL MEETING
Shareholder(s) representing at least 5 per cent of the total voting rights of all the shareholders of the Company 
having a right to vote at general meetings, may request to call a general meeting. If such request is made a general 
meeting must be called. Such request, either in hard copy form or in electronic form and being authenticated by 
the person or persons making it, must be deposited at the registered office of the Company at 35/F, AIA Central,  
No.  1  Connaught  Road  Central,  Hong  Kong  or  sent  by  email  to  ir@aia.com  for  the  attention  of  the  Company 
Secretary. Shareholder(s) of the Company should make reference to the provisions under Sections 566 to 568 of 
the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance for calling a general meeting.

MOVING A RESOLUTION AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
Shareholder(s) of the Company may request the Company to give notice of a resolution and move such resolution 
at an annual general meeting. Such notice of resolution must be given by the Company if it has received such 
request from:

(a) shareholder(s) of the Company representing at least 2.5 per cent of the total voting rights of all the shareholders 
of the Company who have a right to vote on the resolution at the annual general meeting to which the request 
relates; or

(b) at  least  50  shareholders  of  the  Company  who  have  a  right  to  vote  on  the  resolution  at  the  annual  general 

meeting to which the request relates.

Such  a  request  must  identify  the  resolution  of  which  notice  is  to  be  given,  be  either  in  hard  copy  form  or  in 
electronic form and be authenticated by the person or persons making it, and be received by the Company not 
later than six weeks before the annual general meeting to which the request relates or, if later, the time at which 
notice is given of that meeting. The request must be deposited at the registered office of the Company at 35/F, 
AIA Central, No. 1 Connaught Road Central, Hong Kong or sent by email to ir@aia.com for the attention of the 
Company  Secretary.  Shareholder(s)  of  the  Company  should  make  reference  to  Sections  615  and  616  of  the 
Hong Kong Companies Ordinance for the relevant procedures to move a resolution at an annual general meeting.

PROPOSING A PERSON FOR ELECTION AS A DIRECTOR
Shareholders can propose a person (other than a retiring Director himself/herself) for election as a director at a 
general meeting of the Company. Relevant procedures are available on the Company’s website at www.aia.com.

CONSTITUTIONAL DOCUMENTS

The  Company’s  Articles  of  Association  (in  both  English  and  Chinese)  is  available  on  the  websites  of  both  the 
Company  and  the  Hong  Kong  Stock  Exchange.  During  the  year,  there  has  been  no  change  to  the  Articles  of 
Association of the Company.

By Order of the Board

Mitchell New
Company Secretary
27 February 2018

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  103

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

REMUNERATION REPORT

STATEMENT OF THE CHAIRMAN OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

It gives me great pleasure to present the Report on Remuneration for Directors 
and Key Management Personnel for the year ended 30 November 2017.

As  in  prior  years,  the  determination  of  executive  remuneration  follows  a  rigorous  process  that  considers  the 
business priorities, market practice, regulatory environment, as well as risk management aspects, all the while 
obtaining independent advice from the Remuneration Committee’s external advisor. 

During the year, there were a number of changes to the members of the Group Executive Committee that required 
the  Remuneration  Committee’s  attention.  The  Remuneration  Committee’s  work  in  2017  therefore  focused  on 
ensuring  the  smooth  transition  of  the  new  and  departing  Executive  Committee  members,  while  at  the  same 
time making sure that the executive remuneration arrangements continue to be in line with the Group’s strategic 
priorities, market practice, regulatory environment, as well as risk management considerations and the interests 
of our shareholders.

• 

• 

In the first half of 2017, the Remuneration Committee reviewed and subsequently approved the remuneration 
for  the  new  and  departing  Executive  Committee  members.  The  target  remuneration  package  provided  to  
Mr.  Ng  Keng  Hooi  in  the  role  of  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President  along  with  the  treatment  of  Mr.  Mark 
Edward Tucker’s remuneration upon retirement are shown on page 118 of this report. 

In the second half of the year, the Remuneration Committee undertook a holistic review of the Group’s approach 
to total remuneration. Following the review, the Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the Group’s executive 
remuneration arrangements are in line with market practice, the regulatory environment and shareholders’ 
best interests and will continue to allow us to attract, motivate and retain high-calibre talent. 

•  As part of the review of remuneration in 2017, the Remuneration Committee reviewed the Total Shareholder 
Return (TSR) peer group in advance of the 2018 restricted share unit awards and determined that refinements 
should be made to ensure that AIA’s performance is assessed against companies which are comparable to AIA’s 
business operations. For the restricted share unit awards that will be granted in 2018, only those Dow Jones 
Insurance Titans  30  Index  (DJTINN)  companies  that  are  considered  life  and  health  or  multi-line  insurance 
companies will be selected. 

•  Finally,  considering  the  change  of  financial  year  end  from  30  November  to  31  December  effective  2018,  
the Remuneration Committee reviewed the implications on the short-term and long-term incentives to ensure 
that it will have minimal impact on employees. 

104

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

The  remuneration  structure  for  our  senior  executives  remains  unchanged  in  2017  and  will  continue  to 
apply in 2018. As in prior years, a significant proportion of total remuneration awarded in 2017 is subject to 
multi-year performance-based vesting conditions which ensure that our executives’ interests are closely 
aligned with those of shareholders over the long term. 

The Remuneration Committee continued to monitor the regulatory environment and corporate governance 
best  practices  in  2017  and  will  continue  to  do  so  in  the  future.  Similar  to  previous  years,  in  2017  the 
Remuneration Committee communicated its deliberations and its activities to the Risk Committee. 

Speaking  for  the  Remuneration  Committee,  I  would  like  to  express  our  deepest  appreciation  to  you  all 
for your continued trust and support in remuneration related matters and look forward to continuing our 
dialogue in the years to come.

Jack Chak-Kwong So
Chairman, Remuneration Committee 
27 February 2018 

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  105

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
REMUNERATION REPORT

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

ROLE OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for determining the specific remuneration packages of the Group 
Chief  Executive  and  President  (who  is  also  the  sole  Executive  Director)  and  Key  Management  Personnel  (the 
members of the Group’s Executive Committee who, by the nature and accountabilities of their respective positions, 
participate directly in the development, monitoring and reporting of the overall business strategies of the Group), 
and  making  recommendations  to  the  Board  on  the  remuneration  policy  and  structure  to  be  applied  for  the 
Chairman and Non-executive Directors.

The Remuneration Committee is also responsible for establishing formal and transparent procedures for developing 
remuneration  policies  and  structures.  In  making  its  determinations  and  recommendations,  the  Remuneration 
Committee  considers  such  factors  as  the  responsibilities  of  the  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President  and  Key 
Management Personnel, the remuneration paid by comparable companies, remuneration levels within the Group 
and the application of performance-based remuneration programmes. 

The Remuneration Committee also oversees the design and operation of the Company’s share schemes and other 
Group  incentive  schemes,  recommending  share-based  employee  awards  to  the  Board  for  approval  as  well  as 
reviewing and, where appropriate, amending the terms of the schemes as may be required.

The  Remuneration  Committee  is  authorised  by  the  Board  to  discharge  its  duties  as  outlined  in  its  Terms  of 
Reference. It is also authorised to seek any remuneration information it requires from the Group Chief Executive 
and  President  and/or  Key  Management  Personnel  and  may  obtain  external  independent  professional  advice  
if necessary. 

The full Terms of Reference of the Remuneration Committee can be accessed at www.aia.com.

MEMBERS AND MEETINGS
As at 30 November 2017, the Remuneration Committee consisted of four Independent Non-executive Directors, 
being Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So, who is the Chairman of the Committee, Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo, Mr. Mohamed 
Azman Yahya, and Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse. 

The  Remuneration  Committee  held  six  meetings  during  the  year  ended  30  November  2017.  The  attendance 
records of the Remuneration Committee members are set out on page 94 of this Annual Report.

106

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

ACTIVITIES OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE IN 2017
During the year, the major activities performed by the Remuneration Committee were as follows:

•  Reviewed and approved the remuneration packages at the start of the year or on appointment for the Group 
Chief Executive and President and Key Management Personnel. The long-term incentive awards for the Group 
Chief Executive and Presidents that served during the year were approved by the Independent Non-executive 
Directors;

•  Reviewed and approved the remuneration arrangements for departing Executive Committee members during 

the year;

•  Reviewed and approved the 2016 short-term incentive plan payout and the vesting of the 2014 long-term 

incentive award;

•  Reviewed and approved the 2017 long-term incentive award;

•  Reviewed and approved the 2016 Remuneration Report;

•  Provided the Risk Committee with a summary of considerations undertaken by the Remuneration Committee 
in ensuring that the Group’s remuneration and benefits arrangements align with stakeholders’ interests and 
avoid excessive risk-taking; 

•  Reviewed  the  remuneration  policy  for  the  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President  and  Executive  Committee 
members and determined that the current practices continue to align with AIA’s strategy and shareholders’ 
interests; 

•  Reviewed the Company’s approach to total remuneration in light of current regulatory and market environment, 

and recommended the updated approach for the Board’s adoption;

•  Reviewed  and  approved  the  treatment  of  the  short-term  incentive  and  the  treatment  of  the  unvested  and 

future long-term incentives because of the change to the Group’s financial year end in 2018;

•  Reviewed and approved the performance measures to be used in the 2018 short-term incentive plan and the 

2018 long-term incentive award, including the total shareholder return peer group; and

•  Reviewed the executive benchmarking results ahead of the 2017/18 annual review cycle. 

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  107

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
REMUNERATION REPORT

REMUNERATION POLICY

OBJECTIVES
The Company’s executive remuneration policy is based on the principle of providing an equitable, motivating and 
competitive  remuneration  package  to  foster  a  strong  performance-oriented  culture  within  an  appropriate  risk 
management framework.

The  policy  aims  to  ensure  that  rewards  and  incentives  relate  directly  to  the  performance  of  individuals,  the 
operations and functions in which they work or for which they are responsible, and the overall performance of 
the Group. The compensation and benefits arrangements designed under the policy provide incentives that are 
consistent with the interests of the Company’s stakeholders and do not encourage executives to take excessive 
risks that may threaten the value of the Group.

108

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

COMPONENTS OF OUR REMUNERATION POLICY
The table below summarises the Company’s remuneration policies regarding the elements of the remuneration 
structure  that  applied  to  the  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President  and  the  Key  Management  Personnel  during  
the year.

Element

Purpose

Basis of determination

Notes on practices

Basic salary

Basic salary is the fixed cash 
element of remuneration to 
recruit and retain talent

Short-term 
incentive

Long-term 
incentive

Short-term incentives are 
delivered in the form of a 
performance-based cash 
award to recognise and reward 
achievement of the Group’s 
objectives and individual 
contribution

Long-term incentives focus on 
the long-term success of the 
Group and are used to align 
the interests of executives with 
those of shareholders using a 
combination of share-based 
awards and share options 
to deliver a balanced mix of 
ownership and incentives

Basic salary is determined 
with reference to the specific 
roles and responsibilities 
of the position, internal 
relativities, market practice, 
individual experience, 
performance and other factors 
to attract and retain employees 
with required capabilities to 
achieve the Group’s business 
objectives

Short-term incentive target 
and maximum opportunities 
are determined with reference 
to the market competitiveness 
of the total compensation 
package and the roles 
and responsibilities of the 
individual

Long-term incentive target 
awards are determined 
with reference to the 
competitiveness of the total 
compensation package and 
the roles and responsibilities 
of the individual

Benefits

Benefits form part of the  
long-term employment 
relationship and contribute  
to the value of total 
remuneration provided at 
market competitive levels

The benefits programme 
is designed to be market 
competitive. It remains 
fully compliant with local 
regulations

Employee share 
purchase plan 

Employee share purchase 
plan provides share 
investment opportunity with 
matching offer to facilitate 
and encourage AIA share 
ownership by employees, and 
provide a long-term retention 
mechanism

The employee share purchase 
plan is open to all employees 
who have completed probation 
and is subject to a maximum 
contribution indicated as a 
percentage of basic salary or 
the plan maximum limit

The Remuneration Committee 
reviews salaries annually, for 
the Group Chief Executive  
and President against a 
peer group of publicly listed 
insurance companies, and 
for the Key Management 
Personnel against relevant 
industry survey sources

Salary increases, where 
applicable, typically take effect 
from 1 March

Short-term incentives are 
based on the achievement 
of financial performance 
measures and relevant 
strategic objectives, as well as 
individual contribution

Awards are discretionary and 
determined on an annual basis

Awards are made in restricted 
share units and/or share 
options, and generally vest 
after a three-year period, 
with the restricted share 
units subject to pre-defined 
performance requirements

The Group Chief Executive 
and President and Key 
Management Personnel 
receive certain benefits,  
such as, participation in 
pension schemes, medical  
and life insurance

Participants receive matching 
shares for shares purchased 
subject to an investment limit 
approved by the Remuneration 
Committee

Matching shares vest after 
three years

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  109

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
REMUNERATION REPORT

OUR INCENTIVE PLANS

SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
For  2017,  short-term  incentive  target  and  maximum  opportunities  were  determined  by  the  Remuneration 
Committee and communicated to the Group Chief Executive and President and Key Management Personnel at the 
beginning of the financial year. 

Performance Measures and Awards 
The financial performance measures for 2017 short-term incentives were:

•  Value of new business;

•  Excess embedded value growth; and

•  Operating profit after tax.

Value of new business (VONB) is an estimate of the economic value of one year’s sales as published by the Company.

Excess embedded value growth (EEV Growth) is the operating experience variances (current year performance 
against the operating assumptions for calculating embedded value or EV) in the EV operating profit.

Operating  profit  after  tax  (OPAT)  is  the  IFRS  operating  profit  after  tax  based  on  the  IFRS  results  published  by  
the Company.

The weightings for VONB, EEV Growth and OPAT are 60 per cent, 10 per cent and 30 per cent respectively. 

Consistent with prior years, an individual’s performance contribution was also considered when determining the 
amounts to be paid under the 2017 short-term incentive. 

Based on the level of achievement of the performance measures, short-term incentive awards in respect of 2017 
will be paid in March 2018 to both the retired Group Chief Executive and President, Mr. Mark Edward Tucker, and 
his successor, Mr. Ng Keng Hooi, as well as to Key Management Personnel. 

The total value of short-term incentive awards accrued for each of Mr. Tucker and Mr. Ng and the Key Management 
Personnel for the year ended 30 November 2017 was US$15,442,697. 

This amount is included in note 39 to the financial statements as “Bonuses” for Mr. Tucker and Mr. Ng, and as part 
of the “Salaries and other short-term employee benefits” for the Key Management Personnel.

110

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
The  RSU  Scheme  and  the  SO  Scheme  were  adopted  on  28  September  2010  and  are  effective  for  a  period  of 
10 years from the date of adoption, summaries of which are provided later in this section and in note 38 to the 
financial statements.

These  schemes  are  designed  to  motivate  and  reward  participants  who  have  not  only  made  an  important 
contribution to AIA’s success, but are expected to play a significant role in the future.

Awards made under these schemes are discretionary and are determined on an annual basis with reference to an 
individual’s overall variable remuneration, total remuneration package competitiveness, roles and responsibilities, 
as well as performance and potential.

The schemes operate through the award of restricted share units and share options to deliver a balanced mix of 
incentives and ownership. The awards made are subject to eligibility criteria and generally vest after a three-year 
period.

As  applicable  to  other  remuneration  payments,  long-term  incentive  vesting  is  subject  to  the  Remuneration 
Committee’s approval and is in compliance with all relevant Group policies.

The schemes are reviewed regularly to ensure their design, process, structure and governance work together to 
balance risk and incentives.

RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT SCHEME
Under  the  RSU  Scheme,  the  Company  may  award  restricted  share  units  to  employees,  Directors  (excluding 
Independent Non-executive Directors) or officers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. 

The objectives of the RSU Scheme are to retain participants, align their interests with those of the Company’s 
investors and reward the creation of sustainable value for shareholders through the award of restricted share units 
to participants.

During the year ended 30 November 2017, the Company awarded 16,003,902 restricted share units under the 
RSU  Scheme.  Since  the  adoption  of  the  RSU  Scheme  on  28  September  2010  (RSU  Adoption  Date)  and  up  to  
30  November  2017,  a  cumulative  total  of  62,809,130  restricted  share  units  vested  under  the  RSU  Scheme, 
representing approximately 0.521 per cent of the shares in issue as at the Company’s listing date. No new shares 
have been issued under the RSU Scheme since its adoption.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  111

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
REMUNERATION REPORT

Performance Measures and Vesting
Vesting  of  the  performance-based  restricted  share  unit  awards  is  contingent  on  the  extent  of  achievement  of 
three-year performance targets for the following performance measures:

•  Value of new business;

•  Equity attributable to shareholders of the Company on the embedded value basis; and

•  Total shareholder return.

Value of new business (VONB) is an estimate of the economic value of one year’s sales as published by the Company.

Equity  attributable  to  shareholders  of  the  Company  on  the  embedded  value  basis  (EV  Equity)  is  the  total  of 
embedded value, goodwill and other intangible assets. Embedded value is an estimate of the economic value of 
in-force life insurance business, including the net worth on the Group’s balance sheet but excluding any economic 
value attributable to future new business.

The VONB and EV Equity performance considered in determining incentive awards are based on the Group VONB 
and Group EV Equity results published by the Company.

Total shareholder return (TSR) is the compound annual return from the ownership of a share over a period of time, 
measured by calculating the change in the share price and the gross value of dividends received (and reinvested) 
during that period. AIA’s TSR is calculated in the same way and compared with the TSR of the peer companies in 
the Dow Jones Insurance Titans 30 Index (DJTINN) over the performance period.

The  three  performance  measures  are  equally  weighted.  Achievement  of  each  performance  measure  will 
independently  determine  the  vesting  of  one-third  of  the  award.  Threshold  performance  levels  (for  TSR,  25th 
percentile  relative  performance  measured  against  the TSR  of  the  peer  companies  in  the  DJTINN)  are  required 
for restricted share units to vest; at target performance levels (for TSR, median relative performance measured 
against the TSR of the peer companies in the DJTINN) 50 per cent of the restricted share units will vest; and at 
maximum performance levels (for TSR, 75th percentile or above relative performance measured against the TSR 
of the peer companies in the DJTINN) the full allocation of restricted share units will vest.

In  February  2017,  after  assessing  the  performance  of  the  Company  against  the  predetermined  performance 
targets over the three-year period from 1 December 2013 to 30 November 2016, the Remuneration Committee 
approved the vesting of the 2014 restricted share unit awards at 86.53 per cent of the maximum level. The 2014 
restricted share unit awards vested on 5 March 2017.

The 2015 restricted share unit awards will vest on 12 March 2018. The final vesting result for the 2015 restricted 
share awards will be disclosed in the Remuneration Report in the Company’s Annual Report 2018. 

112

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

The chart below shows AIA’s TSR compared to the DJTINN for the three-year period from 1 December 2014 to 
30 November 2017, which is the same time period for performance measurement for the 2015 restricted share  
unit awards. 

The Hang Seng Index (HSI) performance for the same period is also shown for reference, as it is a recognised 
Hong Kong equity market index of which AIA is a constituent.

AIA GROUP LIMITED TSR PERFORMANCE AGAINST THE DJTINN AND HSI

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

-20%

-40%
1 Dec 2014

1 Jun 2015

1 Dec 2015

1 Jun 2016

1 Dec 2016

1 Jun 2017

1 Dec 2017

AIA

DJTINN

HSI

For the 2016 and 2017 performance-based restricted share unit awards, the Remuneration Committee reviewed 
the change in the Group’s financial year end and determined that no changes are required to the performance 
periods. The period over which the performance of the 2016 and 2017 awards are assessed will remain ending  
on 30 November 2018 and 30 November 2019 respectively. 

2018 Awards
During the year, the Remuneration Committee reviewed the TSR peer group in advance of the 2018 restricted 
share unit awards and determined that refinements should be made to ensure that AIA’s performance is assessed 
against companies which are comparable to AIA’s business operations. For the restricted share unit awards that 
will be granted in 2018, only those DJTINN companies that are considered life and health or multi-line insurance 
companies will be selected (19 companies). 

Consistent  with  prior  years,  VONB  and  EV  Equity  targets  will  continue  to  be  used  to  assess  the  performance 
outcomes. The three performance measures will continue to be equally weighted. As a result of the change in 
financial year end, the 2018 restricted share unit award performance measures will be assessed over a three-year 
period starting 1 January 2018.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  113

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
REMUNERATION REPORT

The table below summarises the movements in restricted share unit awards.

Restricted 
share units 
outstanding 
as at 
1 December 
2016

Restricted 
share units 
awarded  
during the  
year ended  
30 November 
2017

Restricted 
share units 
vested 
during the
year ended 
30 November 
2017

Restricted  
share units  
cancelled /  
lapsed / 
reclassified 
during the 
year ended 
30 November 

Restricted 
share units 
outstanding 
as at 30 
November 

2017 (10)

2017 (11)

Group Chief Executive 
and President, Key 
Management Personnel 
and other eligible 
employees and 
participants

Group Chief Executive and 
President, Director (1)
Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

Date of 
grant  
(day / 
month / 

year) (3)

Vesting  
date(s)  
(day / 
month /  
year)

12/3/2015

12/3/2018 (4)

9/3/2016

9/3/2019 (4)

10/3/2017

10/3/2020 (4)

31/7/2017

1/6/2020 (4)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

213,164

–

–

–

Retired Group Chief 
Executive and  
President, Director (2)
Mr. Mark Edward Tucker

5/3/2014

5/3/2017 (4)

1,261,874

12/3/2015

12/3/2018 (4)

1,061,627

9/3/2016

9/3/2019 (4)

1,258,693

10/3/2017

10/3/2020 (4)

–

1,095,330

Key Management 
Personnel  
(Group Chief Executive  
and President  
reclassified (1), and 
excluding the Retired 
Group Chief Executive  
and President)

5/3/2014

5/3/2017 (4)

1,484,144

14/4/2014

14/4/2017 (4)

203,016

12/3/2015

12/3/2018 (4)

1,373,882

12/3/2015

12/3/2017 (5)

32,800

1/9/2015

See note (6)

678,753

9/3/2016

9/3/2019 (4)

1,752,539

1/8/2016

1/8/2019 (4)

–

17/10/2016

1/8/2019 (7)

101,217

17/10/2016

See note (8)

62,812

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

283,490

320,071

267,659

–

283,490

320,071

267,659

213,164

(1,091,900)

(169,974)

–

–

–

–

(88,468)

973,159

(524,455)

734,238

(821,497)

273,833

(1,284,233)

(199,911)

(175,670)

(27,346)

–

–

–

(89,786)

1,284,096

(32,800)

(509,065)

–

–

–

169,688

–

–

–

(90,571)

1,661,968

41,249

41,249

(101,217)

(20,937)

(41,875)

–

–

Other eligible employees 
and participants

10/3/2017

10/3/2020 (4)

31/7/2017

1/6/2020 (4)

–

–

1,534,806

311,947

–

–

(92,931)

1,441,875

–

311,947

5/3/2014

5/3/2017 (4) 12,458,262

11/9/2014

11/9/2017 (4)

48,724

11/9/2014

5/3/2017 (4)

4,193

12/3/2015

12/3/2018 (4) 11,498,537

12/3/2015

12/3/2017 (5)

1,215,706

1/9/2015

1/9/2018 (4)

20,316

9/3/2016

9/3/2019 (4) 14,508,327

9/3/2016

See note (9)

156,876

1/8/2016

9/3/2019 (4)

1/8/2016

1/8/2019 (4)

79,134

75,870

17/10/2016

1/8/2019 (7)

17/10/2016

See note (8)

10/3/2017

10/3/2020 (4)

31/7/2017

1/6/2020 (4)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(10,443,122)

(2,015,140)

(42,161)

(6,563)

(3,629)

(564)

–

–

–

(14,226)

(1,540,705)

9,943,606

(1,187,219)

(28,487)

–

–

–

20,316

(12,600)

(1,902,239)

12,593,488

(156,876)

–

(14,040)

(65,094)

–

–

–

–

–

(41,249)

34,621

101,217

101,217

41,875

41,875

12,820,136

(718)

(958,810)

11,860,608

28,519

–

–

28,519

114

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

 
Notes:
(1)  Restricted  share  units  are  not  shown  as  at  1  December  2016  because  Mr.  Ng  Keng  Hooi  was  appointed  as  the  Executive  Director,  
Group Chief Executive and President effective 1 June 2017. Mr. Ng’s outstanding restricted share units as of 1 June 2017 are reclassified from “Key 
Management Personnel” to “Group Chief Executive and President, Director”. 

(2)  Mr. Mark Edward Tucker stepped down from Group Chief Executive and President and was re-designated as a Non-executive Director effective  
1 June 2017 and retired from the Board effective 1 September 2017. For clarity, all movements to Mr. Tucker’s restricted share units during the 
year ended 30 November 2017 are shown under “Retired Group Chief Executive and President, Director”. 

(3)  The measurement dates (i.e. the date used to determine the value of the awards for accounting purposes) for awards made during the year ended 
30 November 2014 were determined to be 5 March 2014, 14 April 2014 and 11 September 2014. The measurement dates for awards made during 
the year ended 30 November 2015 were determined to be 12 March 2015 and 1 September 2015. The measurement dates for awards made during 
the year ended 30 November 2016 were determined to be 9 March 2016, 1 August 2016 and 17 October 2016. The measurement dates for awards 
made  during  the  year  ended  30  November  2017  were  determined  to  be  10  March  2017  and  31  July  2017.  These  measurement  dates  were 
determined in accordance with IFRS 2.

(4)  The vesting of these restricted share units is subject to the achievement of performance conditions shown on page 112 of this Annual Report.

(5)  The vesting of these restricted share units is service-based only (meaning there are no further performance conditions attached). All restricted 

share units vested on 12 March 2017.

(6)  The vesting of these restricted share units is service-based only (meaning there are no further performance conditions attached). Three-quarters 

of restricted share units vested on 1 September 2017 and one-quarter will vest on 1 September 2018.

(7)  The vesting of these restricted share units is service-based only (meaning there are no further performance conditions attached). All restricted 

share units will vest on 1 August 2019.

(8)  The vesting of these restricted share units is service-based only (meaning there are no further performance conditions attached). One-third of 

restricted share units vested on 1 August 2017, one-third will vest on 1 August 2018, and one-third will vest on 1 August 2019.

(9)  The vesting of these restricted share units is service-based only (meaning there are no further performance conditions attached). One-half of 

restricted share units vested on 30 November 2016 and one-half vested on 30 November 2017.

(10) These restricted share units lapsed or were reclassified during the year ended 30 November 2017. The reclassification of restricted share units 
was a result of the appointment of Mr. Ng Keng Hooi as Group Chief Executive and President, five executives who were previously categorised as 
“Other eligible employees and participants” becoming “Key Management Personnel” and one executive who was previously categorised as “Key 
Management Personnel” becoming “Other eligible employees and participants” during the year. There were no cancelled restricted share units 
during the year ended 30 November 2017. 

(11) Includes restricted share units outstanding as at 30 November 2017 that, in accordance with the RSU Scheme rules, will lapse on or before the 

respective vesting date.

SHARE OPTION SCHEME
The objective of the SO Scheme is to align the interests of participants with those of the Company’s shareholders 
by allowing eligible participants to share in shareholder value created. 

Under the SO Scheme, the Company may award share options to employees, Directors (excluding Independent 
Non-executive Directors) or officers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. No amount is payable by the eligible 
participants on the acceptance of a share option.

During the year ended 30 November 2017, the Company awarded 9,460,949 share options under the SO Scheme 
to certain employees and officers of the Company and a number of its subsidiaries. The formula for determining 
the exercise price of such share options is set out in the Listing Rules which sets the exercise price as the highest of  
(i) the closing price of the shares on the date of grant, (ii) the average closing price of the shares for the five 
business days immediately preceding the date of grant and (iii) the nominal value of a share. Since the adoption 
of the SO Scheme on 28 September 2010 (SO Scheme Adoption Date) and up to 30 November 2017, a cumulative 
total of 27,535,429 new shares were issued under the SO Scheme, representing approximately 0.229 per cent of 
the shares in issue as at the Company’s listing date.

The total number of shares available for issue for all outstanding share options and share options that can be 
awarded  under  the  scheme  is  301,100,000,  representing  approximately  2.5  per  cent  of  the  number  of  shares 
in issue as at the date of this report. Unless shareholders’ approval is obtained in accordance with the relevant 
procedural  requirements  under  the  Listing  Rules,  the  maximum  number  of  shares  under  option  that  may  be 
awarded to any employee in any 12-month period up to and including a proposed date of grant is 0.25 per cent of 
the number of shares in issue as of the proposed date of grant. No share options have been awarded to substantial 
shareholders or in excess of the individual limit.

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  115

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
REMUNERATION REPORT

Performance Measures and Vesting
Share  options  awarded  under  the  SO  Scheme  have  a  life  of  10  years  before  expiry.  Generally,  share  options 
become exercisable three years after the date of grant and remain exercisable for another seven years, subject 
to the participants’ continued employment in good standing or retirement. There are no performance conditions 
attached to the vesting of share options. Each share option entitles the eligible participant to subscribe for one 
ordinary share. Benefits are realised only to the extent that share price exceeds exercise price.

All share options awarded in 2014 became exercisable on 5 March 2017 and 14 April 2017.

The share options awarded in 2017 will vest in 2020. Details of the valuation of the share options are set out in 
note 38 to the financial statements.

For the share options awarded in 2015, 2016 and 2017, the Remuneration Committee reviewed the change in the 
Group’s financial year end and determined that no changes are required to the terms of the awards.

The table below summarises the movements in share option awards.

Group Chief Executive 
and President, 
Key Management 
Personnel and other 
eligible employees 
and participants

Date of 
grant  
(day / 
month / 

year) (3)

Period during which 
share options  
are exercisable  
(day / month / year)

Share  
options 
outstanding  
as at  
1 December 
2016

Share  
options  
awarded  
during the  
year ended  
30 November 
2017

Share  
options  
vested  
during the  
year ended  
30 November 
2017

Share  
options  
 cancelled /  
lapsed /  
reclassified  
during the  
year ended  
30 November  

2017 (14)

Share  
options 
exercised 
during the  
year ended  
30 November 
2017

Weighted 
average  
closing price 
of shares 
immediately 
before the 
dates on  
which share 
options were 
exercised 
(HK$)

Share 
options 
outstanding  
as at  
30 November 

2017 (15)

Group Chief  
Executive and 
President,  
Director (1)
Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

Retired Group  
Chief Executive  
and President, 
Director (2) 
Mr. Mark Edward 
Tucker

5/3/2014

  5/3/2017 -  4/3/2024 (4)

12/3/2015

  12/3/2018 - 11/3/2025 (5)

9/3/2016

  9/3/2019 -  8/3/2026 (6)

10/3/2017

  10/3/2020 -  9/3/2027 (7)

31/7/2017

  1/6/2020 - 30/7/2027 (8)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

476,786

1/6/2011

  1/4/2014 - 31/5/2021 (9)

2,149,724

1/6/2011

  1/4/2014 - 31/5/2021 (10)

2,418,439

15/3/2012

  15/3/2015 - 14/3/2022 (11)

2,152,263

11/3/2013

  11/3/2016 - 10/3/2023 (12)

2,183,144

5/3/2014

 5/3/2017 -  4/3/2024 (4)

2,169,274

12/3/2015

  12/3/2018 - 11/3/2025 (5)

2,028,555

9/3/2016

  9/3/2019 -  8/3/2026 (6)

3,346,701

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

10/3/2017

  10/3/2020 -  9/3/2027 (7)

–

2,997,884

Key Management 
Personnel  
(Group Chief  
Executive and 
President  
reclassified (1),  
and excluding  
the Retired Group 
Chief Executive  
and President)

1/6/2011

  1/4/2014 - 31/5/2021 (9)

1,121,607

1/6/2011

  1/4/2014 - 31/5/2021 (10)

1,794,570

15/3/2012

  15/3/2015 - 14/3/2022 (11)

1,604,204

11/3/2013

  11/3/2016 - 10/3/2023 (12)

2,112,906

5/3/2014

  5/3/2017 -  4/3/2024 (4)

2,551,368

14/4/2014

  14/4/2017 - 13/4/2024 (13)

332,282

12/3/2015

  12/3/2018 - 11/3/2025 (5)

2,625,207

9/3/2016

  9/3/2019 -  8/3/2026 (6)

4,659,768

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Other eligible 
employees and 
participants

10/3/2017

  10/3/2020 -  9/3/2027 (7)

31/7/2017

  1/6/2020 - 30/7/2027 (8)

–

–

4,200,707

697,732

1/6/2011

  1/4/2014 - 31/5/2021 (9)

889,337

1/6/2011

  1/4/2014 - 31/5/2021 (10)

2,022,136

15/3/2012

  15/3/2015 - 14/3/2022 (11)

1,058,875

11/3/2013

  11/3/2016 - 10/3/2023 (12)

1,068,302

5/3/2014

  5/3/2017 -  4/3/2024 (4)

1,015,354

12/3/2015

  12/3/2018 - 11/3/2025 (5)

862,621

9/3/2016

  9/3/2019 -  8/3/2026 (6)

1,414,396

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

10/3/2017

  10/3/2020 -  9/3/2027 (7)

–

1,087,840

116

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

Exercise 
price 
(HK$)

37.56

47.73

41.90

50.30

61.55

–

–

–

–

–

(2,149,724)

27.35

(2,418,439)

27.35

(2,152,263)

28.40

(2,183,144)

34.35

602,486

541,692

851,026

732,574

476,786

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

37.56

47.73

41.90

50.30

2,169,274

1,859,509

1,952,243

749,471

602,486

541,692

851,026

732,574

–

–

–

–

–

–

(169,046)

(1,394,458)

(2,248,413)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,169,274

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

45,467

(694,328)

27.35

472,746

106,820

(1,353,652)

27.35

547,738

45,978

47,093

(1,131,170)

28.40

519,012

(1,367,319)

34.35

792,680

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,551,368

(510,092)

(1,099,693)

37.56

941,583

332,282

–

(589,897)

(922,070)

(953,895)

–

–

–

–

–

–

39.45

47.73

41.90

50.30

61.55

332,282

2,035,310

3,737,698

3,246,812

697,732

(45,467)

(175,504)

27.35

668,366

(106,820)

(1,284,219)

27.35

631,097

(45,978)

(47,093)

(257,722)

28.40

755,175

(348,360)

34.35

672,849

980,500

(127,248)

(420,460)

37.56

467,646

–

–

–

(243,246)

(377,812)

(68,213)

(17,139)

47.73

602,236

–

–

41.90

50.30

1,036,584

1,019,627

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

54.50

54.53

54.50

54.50

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

50.10

50.13

51.90

51.10

50.20

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

48.55

52.72

52.38

52.91

53.79

48.30

n/a

n/a

 
Notes:
(1)  Share options are not shown as at 1 December 2016 because Mr. Ng Keng Hooi was appointed as the Executive Director, Group Chief Executive 
and President effective 1 June 2017. Mr. Ng’s outstanding share options as of 1 June 2017 are reclassified from “Key Management Personnel”  
to “Group Chief Executive and President, Director”.

(2)  Mr. Mark Edward Tucker stepped down from Group Chief Executive and President and was re-designated as a Non-executive Director effective  
1 June 2017 and retired from the Board effective 1 September 2017. For clarity, all movements to Mr. Tucker’s share options during the year ended 
30 November 2017 are shown under “Retired Group Chief Executive and President, Director”.

(3)  The measurement date (i.e. the date used to determine the value of the awards for accounting purposes) for awards made during the year ended 
30 November 2011 was determined to be 15 June 2011. The measurement date for awards made during the year ended 30 November 2012 was 
determined  to  be  15  March  2012.  The  measurement  date  for  awards  made  during  the  year  ended  30  November  2013  was  determined  to  be  
11 March 2013. The measurement dates for awards made during the year ended 30 November 2014 were determined to be 5 March 2014 and 14 
April  2014.  The  measurement  date  for  awards  made  during  the  year  ended  30  November  2015  was  determined  to  be  12  March  2015.  
The measurement date for awards made during the year ended 30 November 2016 was determined to be 9 March 2016. The measurement dates 
for awards made during the year ended 30 November 2017 were determined to be 10 March 2017 and 31 July 2017. These measurement dates 
were determined in accordance with IFRS 2.

(4)  The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options vested on 5 March 2017.

(5)  The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options will vest on 12 March 2018.

(6)  The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options will vest on 9 March 2019.

(7)  The closing price of the Company’s shares immediately before the date on which share options were awarded was HK$49.60. The vesting of share 

options is service-based only. All share options will vest on 10 March 2020.

(8)  The closing price of the Company’s shares immediately before the date on which share options were awarded was HK$59.50. The vesting of share 

options is service-based only. All share options will vest on 1 June 2020.

(9)  The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options vested on 1 April 2014.

(10) The vesting of share options is service-based only. One-third of share options vested on 1 April 2014, one-third vested on 1 April 2015, and one-

third vested on 1 April 2016.

(11) The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options vested on 15 March 2015.

(12) The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options vested on 11 March 2016.

(13) The vesting of share options is service-based only. All share options vested on 14 April 2017.

(14) These  share  options  lapsed  or  were  reclassified  during  the  year  ended  30  November  2017. The  reclassification  of  share  options  was  a  result  
of  the  appointment  of  Mr.  Ng  Keng  Hooi  as  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President,  three  executives  who  were  previously  categorised  as  
“Other  eligible  employees  and  participants”  becoming  “Key  Management  Personnel”  and  one  executive  who  was  previously  categorised  as  
“Key Management Personnel” becoming “Other eligible employees and participants” during the year. There were no cancelled share options during 
the year ended 30 November 2017. 

(15) Includes share options outstanding as at 30 November 2017 that, in accordance with the SO Scheme rules, will lapse on or before the end of the 

respective periods during which the share options are exercisable.

EMPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE PLAN
The Company adopted the Employee Share Purchase Plan (ESPP) on 25 July 2011 (ESPP Adoption Date). 

Under the ESPP, eligible employees of the Group may elect to purchase the Company’s shares and, after having 
been  in  the  plan  for  three  years,  receive  one  matching  share  for  two  shares  purchased  through  the  award  of 
matching restricted stock purchase units (RSPUs). Each eligible employee’s participation level is currently capped 
at a maximum purchase in any plan year of 8 per cent of his or her basic salary or HK$117,000 (or local equivalent), 
whichever is lower. 

Upon vesting of the matching RSPUs, those employees who are still in employment with the Group will receive one 
share for each RSPU which he or she holds. Such shares can either be purchased on market by the trustee of the 
ESPP or through the issuance of new shares by the Company. 

The aggregate number of shares which can be issued by the Company under the ESPP for the 10-year period shall 
not exceed 2.5 per cent of the number of shares in issue on the ESPP Adoption Date. For further information on 
the ESPP, please refer to note 38 to the financial statements.

During the year ended 30 November 2017, 1,394,227 matching RSPUs were awarded by the Company, 740,819 
matching RSPUs vested and no new shares have been issued pursuant to the ESPP. 

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  117

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
REMUNERATION REPORT

Since the ESPP Adoption Date and up to 30 November 2017, a cumulative total of 2,638,196 matching RSPUs 
vested under the ESPP, representing 0.022 per cent of the shares in issue as at the ESPP Adoption Date, and no 
new shares have been issued under the ESPP.

DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL EMOLUMENTS

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Mr.  Ng  Keng  Hooi,  previously  Regional  Chief  Executive  Officer,  was  appointed  as  Group  Chief  Executive  and 
President as well as Executive Director with effect from 1 June 2017. Mr. Ng Keng Hooi replaced Mr. Mark Edward 
Tucker,  who  stepped  down  from  the  role  of  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President  on  1  June  2017  and  was  on 
garden leave until 30 September 2017.

In  the  role  of  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President,  Mr.  Ng  Keng  Hooi  and  Mr.  Mark  Edward  Tucker  received 
remuneration exclusively for their role and received no separate fees for their role as a Board Director or for acting 
as a director of any subsidiary companies.

The table below provides details of annual target remuneration, excluding benefits and allowances, for the role of 
Group Chief Executive and President during the years ended 30 November 2016 and 2017.

US$

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi
2017

Mr. Mark Edward Tucker
2017
2016

Annual Target Pay Opportunity
Target  
long-term  
incentive 

Target  
short-term  
incentive

Basic salary (1)

Total

 992,841 

1,500,000

3,000,000

5,492,841

1,608,000

1,545,300

2,412,000

2,318,000

6,834,000

10,854,000

6,567,500

10,430,800

Note:
(1)  Mr. Ng Keng Hooi’s basic salary is paid in Hong Kong Dollar, the annual amount is HK$7,752,000. 

The target remuneration levels shown in the table above for 2017 are the annualised amounts for both Mr. Ng Keng Hooi 
and Mr. Mark Edward Tucker. 

In recognition of Mr. Mark Edward Tucker’s significant contribution and performance in leading the Group over the 
past seven years, the Remuneration Committee determined to pay his remuneration and short-term incentive for 
the full 2017 financial year. 

Mr. Mark Edward Tucker’s 2015, 2016 and 2017 unvested awards under the RSU Scheme and SO Scheme were 
pro-rated based on the number of months served from the respective grant date until 30 November 2017, as set 
out on pages 114 and 116. The pro-rated awards will vest on the normal vesting dates subject to the respective 
performance conditions. 

Details of the actual remuneration costs incurred by the Company during the year ended 30 November 2017 in 
relation to the Group Chief Executive and President are included in note 39 to the financial statements.

118

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Remuneration for the Non-executive Directors and Independent Non-executive Directors was paid in respect of 
the year ended 30 November 2017 and included the fees for their services provided to the Board Committees.

All remuneration of the Non-executive Directors and Independent Non-executive Directors was on a flat annual 
fee basis, with no variable component linked to either corporate or individual performance.

Details  of  the  Non-executive  Directors’  remuneration  cost  incurred  by  the  Company  during  the  year  ended  
30 November 2017 are included in note 39 to the financial statements.

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
The total remuneration cost charged to the consolidated income statement for the Key Management Personnel 
during the year ended 30 November 2017 was US$52,744,104. 

Details of remuneration provided during the year are included in note 39 to the financial statements

W
E
I

V
R
E
V
O

W
E
I

V
E
R
G
N

I
T
A
R
E
P
O
D
N
A
L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

N
O

I
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

L
A
N
O

I
T
I

D
D
A

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 |  119

 
 
 
 
 
 
23.  Impairment of financial assets
24.  Cash and cash equivalents
25.  Insurance contract liabilities
26.  Investment contract liabilities
27.  Effect of changes in assumptions and estimates
28.  Borrowings
29.  Obligations under repurchase agreements
30.  Offsetting of financial assets and

financial liabilities

31.  Provisions
32.  Other liabilities
33.  Share capital and reserves
34.  Non-controlling interests 
35.  Group capital structure
36.  Risk management
37.  Employee benefits
38.  Share-based compensation
39.  Remuneration of directors and
key management personnel

40.  Related party transactions
41.  Commitments and contingencies
42.  Subsidiaries
43.  Events after the reporting period
44.  Statement of financial position of the Company
45.  Statement of changes in equity of the Company

240  Independent Auditor’s Report on 
the Supplementary Embedded 
Value Information

244  Supplementary Embedded 

Value Information

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

121  Independent Auditor’s Report

128  Consolidated Income Statement

129  Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

130  Consolidated Statement of 

Financial Position

132  Consolidated Statement of 

Changes in Equity

134  Consolidated Statement of 

Cash Flows

136  Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements and
Significant Accounting Policies

1.  Corporate information
2.  Significant accounting policies
3.  Critical accounting estimates and judgements
4.  Exchange rates
5.  Operating profit after tax
6.  Total weighted premium income and 

annualised new premiums

7.  Segment information
8.  Revenue
9.  Expenses
10.  Income tax
11.  Earnings per share
12.  Dividends
13.  Intangible assets
14.  Investments in associates and joint venture
15.  Property, plant and equipment
16.  Investment property
17.  Reinsurance assets
18.  Deferred acquisition and origination costs
19.  Financial investments
20.  Derivative financial instruments
21.  Fair value measurement
22.  Other assets

120

| AIA GROUP LIMITED

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF AIA GROUP LIMITED
(incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability)

Opinion
What we have audited
The consolidated financial statements of AIA Group Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries 
(the “Group”) set out on pages 128 to 239, which comprise:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 November 2017;

the consolidated income statement for the year then ended;

the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and

the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include a summary of significant 
accounting policies.

Our opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated 
financial  position  of  the  Group  as  at  30  November  2017,  and  of  its  consolidated  financial 
performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with Hong 
Kong Financial Reporting Standards (“HKFRSs”) issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified 
Public Accountants (“HKICPA”) and with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and have been properly prepared 
in compliance with the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.

Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with Hong Kong Standards on Auditing (“HKSAs”) issued 
by the HKICPA. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s 
Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the HKICPA’s Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants (“the Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with the Code.

121

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTSKey Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance 
in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period. These matters were 
addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in 
forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. The key 
audit matters identified relate to the valuation of insurance contract liabilities and the amortisation 
of deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”).

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

a)  Valuation of insurance contract liabilities

Refer to the following notes in the consolidated financial statements: Note 2.4 for related 
accounting policies, Note 3 for critical accounting estimates and judgements, Note 25 and 
Note 27.

We  performed  the  following  audit  procedures 
to address this matter:

(cid:127)  We  assessed  the  valuation  methodologies 
used,  identified  changes  in  methodologies 
from  previous  valuation  and  assessed  the 
reasonableness  and  impact  for  material 
changes identified, by applying our industry 
knowledge  and  experience  to  compare 
whether the methodologies and changes to 
those  are  consistent  with 
recognised 
actuarial practices and expectation derived 
from market experience.

(cid:127)  We assessed the reasonableness of the key 
assumptions  including  those  for  mortality, 
morbidity, persistency, expense, investment 
return and valuation interest rates as well as 
provision 
for  adverse  deviation.  Our 
assessment of the assumptions included:

(cid:127)  Obtaining  an  understanding  of,  and 
to 

the  controls 

in  place 

testing, 
determine the assumptions;

(cid:127)  Examining 

the  approach  used  by 
management to derive the assumptions 
by applying our industry knowledge and 
experience;

As  at  30  November  2017  the  Group  has 
insurance contract liabilities of US$148,897 
million.

uncertain 

liabilities 
about 

The Director’s valuation of these insurance 
involves  significant 
contract 
judgement 
future 
outcomes,  including  mortality,  morbidity, 
investment  return, 
persistency,  expense, 
valuation  interest  rates  and  provision  for 
adverse  deviation,  as  well  as  complex 
valuation methodologies.

The  liabilities  for  traditional  participating 
life  assurance  policies  with  discretionary 
participation features and non-participating 
life  assurance  policies,  annuities  and 
policies related to other protection products 
are  determined  by  a  net  level  premium 
valuation  method  using  best  estimate 
assumptions at policy inception adjusted for 
adverse  deviation.  These  assumptions 
remain  locked  in  thereafter,  subject  to 
meeting  a  liability  adequacy  test  which 
compares the liabilities with a valuation on 
current best estimate assumptions.

122

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTSKey Audit Matters (continued)

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

a)  Valuation of insurance contract liabilities (continued)

Insurance  contract  liabilities  for  universal 
life and unit-linked policies are based on the 
value of the account balance together with 
liabilities 
revenue  and 
additional  insurance  benefits  which  are 
dependent  upon  operating  assumptions 
and  future  investment  return  assumptions 
that are reassessed at each reporting period.

for  unearned 

As part of our consideration of assumptions, 
we  have  focused  on  those 
insurance 
the  assumptions  are 
contracts  where 
reassessed at each reporting date as well as 
how assumptions are set at policy inception 
dates.

in 

to 

valuation 
relation 
We  have, 
methodologies used, focused on changes in 
methodologies from the previous valuation 
as well as methodologies applied to material 
new product types (as applicable).

(cid:127)  Challenging  the  key  assumptions  used 
by management against past experience, 
market  observable  data  (as  applicable) 
and our experience of market practice.

(cid:127)  We  checked  the  calculation  of  the  liability 
adequacy  test  and  assessed  the  related 
results  in  order  to  ascertain  whether  the 
insurance contract liabilities used for the in-
force business are adequate in the context 
of  a  valuation  on  current  best  estimate 
assumptions.

Based upon the work performed, we found the 
methodologies  and  assumptions  used  by 
management to be appropriate, including those 
used in the liability adequacy test.

b)  Amortisation of DAC

Refer to the following notes in the consolidated financial statements: Note 2.4.1 for related 
accounting policies, Note 3.3 for critical accounting estimates and judgements and Note 18.

As  at  30  November  2017,  the  Group  has 
reported DAC of US$21,847 million.

We  performed  the  following  audit  procedures 
to address this matter:

The  amortisation  of  DAC  for  traditional  life 
insurance  policies  and  annuities  are 
amortised  over  the  expected  life  of  the 
policies  as  a  constant  percentage  of 
premiums  and  involve  less  judgement  by 
the Directors compared to universal life and 
unit-linked policies. Expected premiums are 
estimated at the date of policy issue.

and 

accounting  policy 

(cid:127)  Reviewed  and  challenged  the  basis  of 
amortisation  of  DAC  in  the  context  of  the 
Group’s 
the 
appropriateness of the assumptions used in 
determining  the  estimated  gross  profits 
used for amortisation for universal life and 
unit-linked policies. This included those for 
mortality,  morbidity,  persistency,  expense 
and 
investment  returns  by  comparing 
against past experience, market observable 
data  (as  applicable)  and  our  experience  of 
market practice.

123

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTKey Audit Matters (continued)

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

b)  Amortisation of DAC (continued)

Based upon the work performed, we found the 
assumptions used in relation to the amortisation 
of DAC for universal life and unit-linked policies 
to be appropriate.

The  amortisation  of  DAC  for  universal  life 
and  unit-linked  policies  involves  greater 
judgement  by  the  Directors.  For  these 
contracts,  DAC 
is  amortised  over  the 
expected  life  of  the  contracts  based  on  a 
constant percentage of the present value of 
estimated  gross  profits  expected  to  be 
realised over the life of the contract or on a 
straight-line  basis.  Estimated  gross  profits 
regularly  and  significant 
are 
judgement 
in  making 
appropriate estimates of gross profits.

exercised 

revised 

is 

As part of our audit we have focused on DAC 
related  to  universal  life  and  unit-linked 
policies  where 
the  assumptions  are 
reassessed at each reporting date.

Other Information
The  Directors  of  the  Company  are  responsible  for  the  other  information.  The  other  information 
comprises  the  Group  Chief  Executive  and  President’s  Report,  Financial  Review,  Business  Review, 
Regulatory  and  International  Developments,  Supplementary  Embedded  Value  Information  and  our 
auditor’s report thereon and Glossary (but does not include the consolidated financial statements and 
our  auditor’s  report  thereon),  which  we  obtained  prior  to  the  date  of  this  auditor’s  report,  and  the 
Financial  Highlights,  Chairman’s  Statement,  Risk  Management,  Our  People,  Corporate  Social 
Responsibility,  Statement  of  Directors’  Responsibilities,  Board  of  Directors,  Executive  Committee, 
Report  of  the  Directors,  Corporate  Governance  Report,  Remuneration  Report,  Information  for 
Shareholders and Corporate Information, which are expected to be made available to us after that date.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we 
do not and will not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read 
the other information identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the 
date  of  this  auditor’s  report,  we  conclude  that  there  is  a  material  misstatement  of  this  other 
information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

124

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTSOther Information (continued)
When  we  read  the  Financial  Highlights,  Chairman’s  Statement,  Risk  Management,  Our  People, 
Corporate  Social  Responsibility,  Statement  of  Directors’  Responsibilities,  Board  of  Directors, 
Executive  Committee,  Report  of  the  Directors,  Corporate  Governance  Report,  Remuneration 
Report, Information for Shareholders and Corporate Information, if we conclude that there is a 
material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with 
governance and take appropriate action considering our legal rights and obligations.

Other Matter
The  Group  has  prepared  Supplementary  Embedded  Value  Information  as  at  and  for  the  year 
ended 30 November 2017 in accordance with the embedded value basis of preparation set out in 
Sections  4  and  5  of  the  Supplementary  Embedded  Value  Information,  on  which  we  issued  a 
separate auditor’s report to the Board of Directors of the Company dated 27 February 2018.

Responsibilities of Directors and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated 
Financial Statements
The Directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial 
statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with HKFRSs issued by the HKICPA, and 
with IFRSs issued by the IASB and the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance, and for such internal 
control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing 
the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to 
going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend 
to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those  charged  with  governance  are  responsible  for  overseeing  the  Group’s  financial  reporting 
process.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements
Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial 
statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to 
issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. We report our opinion solely to you, as a body, 
in accordance with Section 405 of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance and for no other purpose. 
We do not assume responsibility towards or accept liability to any other person for the contents 
of this report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with HKSAs will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users 
taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

125

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTAuditor’s  Responsibilities  for  the  Audit  of  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements 

(continued)
As part of an audit in accordance with HKSAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain 
professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

(cid:127) 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, 
whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, 
and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 
The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one 
resulting  from  error,  as  fraud  may  involve  collusion,  forgery,  intentional  omissions, 
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

(cid:127)  Obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control  relevant  to  the  audit  in  order  to  design  audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.

(cid:127)  Evaluate  the  appropriateness  of  accounting  policies  used  and  the  reasonableness  of 

accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the Directors.

(cid:127)  Conclude on the appropriateness of the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to 
events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going  concern.  If  we  conclude  that  a  material  uncertainty  exists,  we  are  required  to  draw 
attention  in  our  auditor’s  report  to  the  related  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are 
based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future 
events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.

(cid:127)  Evaluate  the  overall  presentation,  structure  and  content  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements,  including  the  disclosures,  and  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements 
represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

(cid:127)  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities 
or  business  activities  within  the  Group  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group 
audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

126

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAuditor’s  Responsibilities  for  the  Audit  of  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements 

(continued)
We  communicate  with  those  charged  with  governance  regarding,  among  other  matters,  the 
planned  scope  and  timing  of  the  audit  and  significant  audit  findings,  including  any  significant 
deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with 
relevant  ethical  requirements  regarding  independence,  and  to  communicate  with  them  all 
relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and 
where applicable, related safeguards.

From  the  matters  communicated  with  those  charged  with  governance,  we  determine  those 
matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the 
current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s 
report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely 
rare  circumstances,  we  determine  that  a  matter  should  not  be  communicated  in  our  report 
because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the 
public interest benefits of such communication.

The  engagement  partner  on  the  audit  resulting  in  this  independent  auditor’s  report  is  Lars 
Christian Jordy Nielsen.

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Certified Public Accountants

Hong Kong

27 February 2018

127

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTUS$m

REVENUE

Premiums and fee income

Premiums ceded to reinsurers

Net premiums and fee income

Investment return

Other operating revenue

Total revenue

EXPENSES

Insurance and investment contract benefits

Insurance and investment contract benefits ceded

Net insurance and investment contract benefits

Commission and other acquisition expenses

Operating expenses

Finance costs

Other expenses

Total expenses

Profit before share of losses from associates and joint venture

Share of losses from associates and joint venture

Profit before tax

Income tax expense attributable to policyholders’ returns

Profit before tax attributable to shareholders’ profits

Tax expense

Tax attributable to policyholders’ returns

Tax expense attributable to shareholders’ profits

Net profit

Net profit attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group Limited

  Non-controlling interests

EARNINGS PER SHARE (US$)
Basic

Diluted

Year ended
30 November
2017

Year ended
30 November
2016

Notes

26,986

(1,497)

25,489

12,622

219

38,330

26,108

(1,267)

24,841

3,455

1,969

183

567

31,015

7,315

–

7,315

(128)

7,187

(1,128)

128

(1,000)

6,187

6,120

67

0.51

0.51

21,757

(1,313)

20,444

7,555

197

28,196

19,340

(1,119)

18,221

2,735

1,752

149

462

23,319

4,877

(5)

4,872

(62)

4,810

(660)

62

(598)

4,212

4,164

48

0.35

0.35

8

8

9

10

11

11

128

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTSUS$m

Net profit

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Fair value gains on available for sale financial assets 
(net of tax of: 2017: US$297m; 2016: US$8m)

Fair value (gains)/losses on available for sale financial assets transferred to income on 
  disposal and impairment (net of tax of: 2017: US$19m; 2016: US$6m)
Foreign currency translation adjustments

Cash flow hedges

Share of other comprehensive (expense)/income from associates and joint venture

Subtotal

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Revaluation gains on property held for own use 

(net of tax of: 2017: US$(14)m; 2016: US$(66)m)

Effect of remeasurement of net liability of defined benefit schemes 

(net of tax of: 2017: nil; 2016: US$1m)

Subtotal

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Year ended
30 November
2017

Year ended
30 November
2016

6,187

4,212

1,197

(161)

1,028

(11)

(24)

2,029

78

18

96

2,125

8,312

8,250

62

869

2

(412)

1

43

503

309

(21)

288

791

5,003

4,968

35

129

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOMEANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

Notes

13

14

15

16

17

18

19, 21

20

10

22

24

25

26

28

29

20

31

10

32

1,864

642

1,213

4,365

2,481

1,743

650

1,132

3,910

2,046

21,847

18,898

7,973

7,062

105,466

90,092

25,702

36,716

363

23,526

30,211

107

176,220

150,998

9

131

4,630

2,289

7

59

3,989

1,642

215,691

185,074

148,897

128,186

8,082

3,958

1,883

361

234

3,595

421

5,888

7,028

3,460

1,984

644

253

3,276

210

4,723

173,319

149,764

US$m

ASSETS

Intangible assets

Investments in associates and joint venture

Property, plant and equipment

Investment property

Reinsurance assets

Deferred acquisition and origination costs

Financial investments:

  Loans and deposits

  Available for sale

  Debt securities

  At fair value through profit or loss

  Debt securities

  Equity securities

  Derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax assets

Current tax recoverable

Other assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Insurance contract liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

Borrowings

Obligations under repurchase agreements

Derivative financial instruments

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Current tax liabilities

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

130

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
US$m

EQUITY

Share capital

Employee share-based trusts

Other reserves

Retained earnings

  Fair value reserve

  Foreign currency translation reserve

  Property revaluation reserve

  Others

Amounts reflected in other comprehensive income

Total equity attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Total liabilities and equity

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

Notes

33

33

33

33

33

33

34

14,065

(297)

13,998

(351)

(11,948)

(11,954)

34,087

6,336

(751)

527

(25)

6,087

41,994

378

42,372

215,691

29,334

5,352

(1,812)

449

(32)

3,957

34,984

326

35,310

185,074

Approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 27 February 2018.

Ng Keng Hooi

Director

Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

Director

131

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITIONNote

Share 
capital

Employee 
share-
based 
trusts

Other 
reserves

Retained 
earnings

Fair 
value 
reserve

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

Property 
revaluation 
reserve

Non-
controlling 
interests

Others

Total 
equity

Other comprehensive income

13,998

(351) (11,954) 29,334

5,352

(1,812)

449

(32)

326

35,310

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

67

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

79

(10)

–

64

–

(64)

(9)

–

6,120

–

–

1,202

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(161)

–

–

–

1,028

–

(57)

33

–

–

–

–

6,120

984

1,061

(1,376)

–

–

–

–

–

9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

78

–

78

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(11)

–

–

18

7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

67

6,187

(5)

1,197

–

–

–

–

–

–

(161)

1,028

(11)

(24)

78

18

62

8,312

(14)

(1,390)

–

67

4

–

–

–

–

4

79

(10)

–

–

14,065

(297) (11,948) 34,087

6,336

(751)

527

(25)

378

42,372

US$m

Balance at 
  1 December 2016

Net profit

Fair value gains/(losses) 
  on available for sale 

financial assets

Fair value gains on 
  available for sale 
financial assets 
transferred to 
income on disposal

Foreign currency 

translation adjustments

Cash flow hedges

Share of other 
  comprehensive 

(expense)/income 
from associates and 
joint venture

Revaluation gains on 
  property held for 
  own use

Effect of remeasurement 
  of net liability of 
  defined benefit 
  schemes

Total comprehensive 
income for the year

Dividends

12

Shares issued under 
  share option scheme 
  and agency share 
  purchase plan

Capital contributions 

from non-controlling 
interests

Share-based 
  compensation

Purchase of shares 
  held by employee 
  share-based trusts

Transfer of vested 
  shares from employee 
  share-based trusts

Others

Balance at 
  30 November 2017

132

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US$m

Balance at 
  1 December 2015

Opening adjustments 
  on revaluation gains 
  on property held for 
  own use

Net profit

Fair value gains/(losses) 
  on available for sale 

financial assets

Fair value losses on 
  available for sale 
financial assets 
transferred to income 

  on disposal and 
impairment

Foreign currency 

translation adjustments

Cash flow hedges

Share of other 
  comprehensive 

income/(expense) 
from associates and 
joint venture

Revaluation gains on 
  property held for own 
  use

Effect of remeasurement 
  of net liability of 
  defined benefit 
  schemes

Total comprehensive 

income/(expense) for 
the year

Dividends

12

Shares issued under 
  share option scheme 
  and agency share 
  purchase plan

Share-based 
  compensation

Purchase of shares 
  held by employee 
  share-based trusts

Transfer of vested 
  shares from employee 
  share-based trusts

Others

Balance at 
  30 November 2016

Note

Share 
capital

Employee 
share-
based 
trusts

Other 
reserves

Retained 
earnings

Other comprehensive income

Fair 
value 
reserve

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

Property 
revaluation 
reserve

Non-
controlling 
interests

Others

Total 
equity

13,971

(321) (11,978) 26,294

4,414

(1,389)

140

(12)

303

31,422

62

(19)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

27

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

86

(86)

–

56

–

(56)

(6)

–

4,164

–

–

–

874

–

–

–

–

–

–

2

–

–

–

–

4,164

(1,124)

938

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(404)

–

–

–

(423)

–

–

–

–

–

–

259

–

–

–

–

–

–

50

–

–

–

–

–

1

–

–

–

(21)

–

48

259

4,212

(5)

869

–

(8)

–

2

(412)

1

–

–

–

43

50

(21)

309

–

(20)

–

35

5,003

(12)

(1,136)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

27

86

(86)

–

(6)

13,998

(351) (11,954) 29,334

5,352

(1,812)

449

(32)

326

35,310

133

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended
30 November
2017

Year ended
30 November
2016

Notes

7,315

4,872

(18,413)

14,312

(219)

(13,438)

11,794

(1,019)

(7,242)

(6,164)

5,627

703

(50)

(582)

1,451

(151)

(6)

20

(104)

–

(241)

497

(136)

–

(1)

4

5,261

645

(39)

(548)

1,364

(64)

2

–

(181)

(310)

(553)

733

(108)

(150)

(323)

–

(1,390)

(1,136)

(10)

67

(969)

241

1,482

64

1,787

(86)

27

(1,043)

(232)

1,750

(36)

1,482

US$m

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Profit before tax

Adjustments for:

  Financial investments

Insurance and investment contract liabilities

  Obligations under repurchase agreements

  Other non-cash operating items, including investment income 

  and the effect of exchange rate changes on certain operating items 

  Operating cash items:

Interest received

  Dividends received

Interest paid

  Tax paid

Net cash provided by operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Payments for intangible assets

(Contribution to)/distribution or dividend from associates and joint venture

Proceeds for sale of property, plant and equipment

29

13

14

15

Payments for investment property and property, plant and equipment

15, 16

Payments for increase in interest of an associate

Net cash used in investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Issuance of medium-term notes

Interest paid on medium-term notes

Repayment of medium-term notes

Net repayment of other borrowings

Capital contributions from non-controlling interests

Dividends paid during the year

Purchase of shares held by employee share-based trusts

Shares issued under share option scheme and agency share purchase plan

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the financial year

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the financial year

28

28

28

134

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents in the above consolidated statement of cash flows can be further analysed as follows:

US$m

Year ended
30 November
2017

Year ended
30 November
2016

Note

Cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of financial position

24

Bank overdrafts

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS IN THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT 
  OF CASH FLOWS

2,289

(502)

1,642

(160)

1,787

1,482

135

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS1. CORPORATE INFORMATION
AIA Group Limited (the “Company”) was established as a company with limited liability incorporated in Hong Kong on 24 
August 2009. The address of its registered office is 35/F, AIA Central, No. 1 Connaught Road Central, Hong Kong.

AIA Group Limited is listed on the Main Board of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited under the stock code “1299” 
with American Depositary Receipts (Level 1) being traded on the over-the-counter market (ticker symbol: “AAGIY”).

AIA Group Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively “AIA” or the “Group”) is a life insurance based financial services provider 
operating in 18 markets throughout the Asia-Pacific region. The Group’s principal activity is the writing of life insurance 
business,  providing  life  insurance,  accident  and  health  insurance  and  savings  plans  throughout  Asia,  and  distributing 
related investment and other financial services products to its customers.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
2.1 Basis of preparation and statement of compliance
The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  all  applicable  Hong  Kong  Financial 
Reporting  Standards  (HKFRS),  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRS)  and  the  Hong  Kong  Companies 
Ordinance. IFRS is substantially consistent with HKFRS and the accounting policy selections that the Group has made in 
preparing these consolidated financial statements are such that the Group is able to comply with both HKFRS and IFRS. 
References to IFRS, International Accounting Standards (IAS) and Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations 
Committee (IFRS IC) in these consolidated financial statements should be read as referring to the equivalent HKFRS, Hong 
Kong  Accounting  Standards  (HKAS)  and  Hong  Kong  (IFRIC)  Interpretations  (HK(IFRIC)  –  Int)  as  the  case  may  be. 
Accordingly, there are not any differences of accounting practice between HKFRS and IFRS affecting these consolidated 
financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements have been approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 27 February 2018.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  using  the  historical  cost  convention,  as  modified  by  the 
revaluation of available for sale financial assets, certain financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through 
profit or loss, derivative financial instruments, property held for own use and investment properties, all of which are carried 
at fair value.

Items included in the consolidated financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured in the currency of the 
primary economic environment in which that entity operates (the functional currency). The Company’s functional currency 
and the presentation currency of the Company and the Group is the US dollar. The consolidated financial statements are 
presented in millions of US dollars (US$m) unless otherwise stated.

The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year, except as described as follows.

136

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.1 Basis of preparation and statement of compliance (continued)
(a) The following relevant new amendments to standards have been adopted for the first time for the financial year ended 

30 November 2017 and have no material impact to the Group:

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 1, Disclosure Initiative;

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38, Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation;

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 19, Employee Benefits, Discount rate: regional market issue;

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 27, Equity Method in Separate Financial Statements;

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 34, Interim Financial Reporting, Disclosure of Information ‘elsewhere in the interim financial 

report’;

(cid:127)  Amendments to IFRS 5, Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, Changes in methods of 

disposal;

(cid:127)  Amendments to IFRS 7, Financial Instruments: Disclosure, Servicing Contracts and Applicability of the Amendments 

to IFRS 7 to Condensed Interim Financial Statements; and

(cid:127)  Amendments to IFRS 11, Acquisitions of Interests in Joint Operations.

(b) The  following  relevant  new  standard,  interpretation  and  amendments  to  standards  have  been  issued  but  are  not 
effective  for  the  financial  year  ended  30  November  2017  and  have  not  been  early  adopted  (the  financial  years  for 
which the adoption is required for the Group are stated in parentheses). The Group has assessed the full impact of these 
new standards on its financial position and results of operations and they are not expected to have a material impact 
on the financial position or results of operations of the Group but may require additional disclosures:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

IFRIC 22, Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration (2019);

IFRIC 23, Uncertainty Over Income Tax Treatment (2019);

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 7, Disclosure Initiative (2018);

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 12, Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses (2018);

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 12, Income Tax Consequences of Payments on Instruments Classified as Equity (2019);

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 23, Borrowing Costs Eligible for Capitalisation (2019);

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 28, Measuring an Associate or Joint Venture at Fair Value (2019);

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 28, Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures (2019);

(cid:127)  Amendments to IAS 40, Transfers of Investment Property (2019);

(cid:127) 

IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and amendments thereto (2019);

(cid:127)  Amendments to IFRS 2, Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions (2019);

(cid:127)  Amendments to IFRS 3, Business Combinations and IFRS 11, Joint Arrangements – Remeasurement of Previously 

Held Interests (2019); and

(cid:127)  Amendments to IFRS 12, Clarification of the Scope of the Standard (2018).

137

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.1 Basis of preparation and statement of compliance (continued)
(c) The following relevant new standards and requirements have been issued but are not effective for the financial year 

ended 30 November 2017 and have not been early adopted:

(cid:127) 

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, addresses the classification, measurement and recognition of financial assets and 
financial liabilities. IFRS 9 requires financial assets to be classified into separate measurement categories: those 
measured as at fair value with changes either recognised in profit or loss or in other comprehensive income and 
those  measured  at  amortised  cost.  The  determination  is  made  at  initial  recognition  depending  on  the  entity’s 
business  model  for  managing  its  financial  instruments  and  the  contractual  cash  flow  characteristics  of  the 
instrument. In addition, a revised expected credit losses model will replace the incurred loss impairment model in 
IAS 39. The Group is yet to fully assess the impact of the standard on its financial position and results of operations.

For financial liabilities, the standard retains most of the IAS 39 requirements. The main change is that, in cases 
where the fair value option is taken for financial liabilities, part of the fair value change due to an entity’s own credit 
risk  is  recorded  in  other  comprehensive  income  rather  than  profit  or  loss,  unless  this  creates  an  accounting 
mismatch. In addition, the new standard revises the hedge accounting model to more closely align with the entity’s 
risk management strategies. The IASB made further changes to two areas of IFRS 9. Financial assets containing 
prepayment features with negative compensation can be measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other 
comprehensive  income  if  the  cash  flow  represents  solely  payments  of  principal  and  interest.  Non-substantial 
modifications or exchange of financial liabilities that do not result in derecognition will be required to be recognised 
in profit or loss. The Group is yet to fully assess the impact of the above new requirements and changes, but the 
impact is not expected to be material.

The  standard  is  mandatorily  effective  for  financial  periods  beginning  on  or  after  1  January  2018  (except  for 
prepayment features with negative compensation and modifications or exchange of financial liabilities that do not 
result in derecognition which will become effective for financial periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019), but 
the Group qualifies for a temporary exemption as explained below.

(cid:127)  On 12 September 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts, Applying IFRS 9 Financial 
Instruments with IFRS 4, which provides two alternative measures to address the different effective dates of IFRS 
9 and IFRS 17, Insurance Contracts. These measures include a temporary option for companies whose activities are 
predominantly connected with insurance to defer the effective date of IFRS 9 until the earlier of the effective date 
of IFRS 17 and the financial reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021, as well as an approach that 
allows an entity to remove from profit or loss the effects of certain accounting mismatches that may occur before 
IFRS 17 is applied. Based on the amendments to IFRS 4, the Group is eligible for and will elect to apply the temporary 
option to defer the effective date of IFRS 9 in order to implement the changes in parallel with IFRS 17, Insurance 
Contracts.

(cid:127) 

IFRS 17, Insurance Contracts (previously IFRS 4 Phase II) will replace the current IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts. IFRS 
17  includes  some  fundamental  differences  to  current  accounting  in  both  insurance  contract  measurement  and 
profit recognition. The general model is based on a discounted cash flow model with a risk adjustment and deferral 
of unearned profits. A separate approach applies to insurance contracts that are linked to returns on underlying 
items  and  meet  certain  requirements.  Additionally,  IFRS  17  requires  more  granular  information  and  a  new 
presentation format for the statement of comprehensive income as well as extensive disclosures. On 12 December 
2017, the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“HKICPA”) approved the issuance of HKFRS 17, 
Insurance  Contracts. The  Group  is  in  the  midst  of  conducting  a  detailed  assessment  of  the  new  standards. The 
standards are mandatorily effective for financial periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021.

138

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.1 Basis of preparation and statement of compliance (continued)
(c) The following relevant new standards and requirements have been issued but are not effective for the financial year 

ended 30 November 2017 and have not been early adopted: (continued)

(cid:127) 

IFRS 16, Leases, sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases. 
The standard introduces a single lessee accounting model and requires a lessee to recognise assets and liabilities 
for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of low value. A lessee is required 
to  recognise  a  right-of-use  asset  representing  its  right  to  use  the  underlying  leased  asset  and  a  lease  liability 
representing its obligation to make lease payments. IFRS 16 substantially carries forward the lessor accounting 
requirements in IAS 17. Accordingly, a lessor continues to classify its leases as operating leases or finance leases, 
and to account for those two types of leases differently. The Group is yet to assess the full impact of the standard on 
its financial position and results of operations. The standard is mandatorily effective for financial periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2019.

The significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements are set out 
below. These policies have been applied consistently in all periods presented.

2.2 Operating profit
The  long-term  nature  of  much  of  the  Group’s  operations  means  that,  for  management’s  decision-making  and  internal 
performance  management  purposes,  the  Group  evaluates  its  results  and  its  operating  segments  using  a  financial 
performance measure referred to as “operating profit”. Operating profit includes among others the expected long-term 
investment  returns  for  investments  in  equities  and  real  estate  based  on  the  assumptions  applied  by  the  Group  in  the 
Supplementary  Embedded  Value  Information.  The  Group  defines  operating  profit  after  tax  as  net  profit  excluding  the 
following non-operating items:

(cid:127)  short-term fluctuations between expected and actual investment returns related to equities and real estate;

(cid:127)  other investment return (including short-term fluctuations due to market factors); and

(cid:127)  other significant items that management considers to be non-operating income and expenses.

The  Group  considers  that  the  presentation  of  operating  profit  enhances  the  understanding  and  comparability  of  its 
performance and that of its operating segments. The Group considers that trends can be more clearly identified without 
the fluctuating effects of these non-operating items, many of which are largely dependent on market factors.

Operating profit is provided as additional information to assist in the comparison of business trends in different reporting 
periods on a consistent basis and enhance overall understanding of financial performance.

139

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.3 Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. A structured entity is an entity 
that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such 
as when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only, and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual 
arrangements. The Group has determined that the investment funds and structured securities, such as collateralised debt 
obligations,  mortgage-backed  securities  and  other  asset-backed  securities  that  the  Group  has  interest  are  structured 
entities.

The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the 
entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the 
date on which control is transferred to the Group and are excluded from consolidation from the date at which the Group no 
longer has control. Intercompany transactions are eliminated.

The Group utilises the acquisition method of accounting to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries, unless the acquisition 
forms part of the Group reorganisation of entities under common control. Under this method, the cost of an acquisition is 
measured as the fair value of consideration payable, shares issued or liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition. The 
excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired is recorded as goodwill (see 
2.10 below). The Group recognises, separately from goodwill, the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and 
any non-controlling interest in the subsidiary. Any surplus of the acquirer’s interest in the subsidiary’s net assets over the 
cost of acquisition is credited to the consolidated income statement.

The consolidated financial statements of the Group include the assets, liabilities and results of the Company and subsidiaries 
in which AIA Group Limited has a controlling interest, using accounts drawn up to the reporting date.

Investment funds
Investment funds in which the Group has interests and power to direct their relevant activities that affect the return of the 
funds  are  consolidated  in  the  financial  statements.  In  conducting  the  assessment,  the  Group  considers  substantive 
contractual rights as well as de facto control. De facto control of an entity may arise from circumstances where the Group 
does not have more than 50% of the voting power but it has the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the entity. 
If the Group has power to remove or control over the party having the ability to direct the relevant activities of the fund 
based on the facts and circumstances and that the Group has exposure to variable returns of the investment funds, they 
are  consolidated.  Variable  returns  include  both  rights  to  the  profits  or  distributions  as  well  as  the  obligation  to  absorb 
losses of the investees.

Employee share-based trusts
Trusts are set up to acquire shares of the Company for distribution to participants in future periods through the share-
based compensation schemes. The consolidation of these trusts is evaluated in accordance with IFRS 10; where the Group 
is  deemed  to  control  the  trusts,  they  are  consolidated.  Shares  acquired  by  the  trusts  to  the  extent  not  provided  to  the 
participants upon vesting are carried at cost and reported as “employee share-based trusts” in the consolidated statement 
of financial position, and as a deduction from the equity in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

140

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.3 Basis of consolidation (continued)
Non-controlling interests
Non-controlling interests are presented within equity except when they arise through the minority’s interest in puttable 
liabilities  such  as  the  unit  holders’  interest  in  consolidated  investment  funds,  when  they  are  recognised  as  a  liability, 
reflecting the net assets of the consolidated entity.

Acquisitions and disposals of non-controlling interests, except when they arise through the minority’s interest in puttable 
liabilities, are treated as transactions between equity holders. As a result, any difference between the acquisition cost or 
sale price of the non-controlling interest and the carrying value of the non-controlling interest is recognised as an increase 
or decrease in equity.

Associates and joint ventures
Associates  are  entities  over  which  the  Group  has  significant  influence,  but  which  it  does  not  control.  Generally,  it  is 
presumed that the Group has significant influence if it has between 20 per cent and 50 per cent of voting rights. Joint 
ventures are entities whereby the Group and other parties undertake an economic activity which is subject to joint control 
arising from a contractual agreement.

Gains on transactions between the Group and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s 
interest in the associates and joint ventures. Losses are also eliminated, unless the transaction provides evidence of an 
impairment of an asset transferred between entities.

Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under this method, 
the cost of the investment in an associate or joint venture, together with the Group’s share of that entity’s post-acquisition 
changes to equity, is included as an asset in the consolidated statement of financial position. Cost includes goodwill arising 
on acquisition. The Group’s share of post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in the consolidated income statement 
and its share of post-acquisition movement in equity is recognised in other comprehensive income. Equity accounting is 
discontinued when the Group no longer has significant influence over the investment. If the Group’s share of losses in an 
associate or joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in the undertaking, additional losses are provided for, and a liability 
recognised, only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of 
the associate or joint venture. The Group also accounts for investments in joint ventures that are subject to joint control 
using the equity method of accounting.

The Company’s investments
In  the  Company’s  statement  of  financial  position,  subsidiaries,  associates  and  joint  ventures  are  stated  at  cost,  unless 
impaired. The Company’s interests in investment funds such as mutual funds and unit trusts are designated at fair value 
through profit or loss.

141

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts
Consistent accounting policies for the measurement and recognition of insurance and investment contracts have been 
adopted throughout the Group to substantially all of its business.

In a limited number of cases, the Group measures insurance contract liabilities with reference to statutory requirements in 
the applicable jurisdiction, without deferral of acquisition costs.

Product classification
The Group classified its contracts written as either insurance contracts or investment contracts, depending on the level of 
insurance risk. Insurance contracts are those contracts that transfer significant insurance risk, while investment contracts 
are those contracts without significant insurance risk. Some insurance and investment contracts, referred to as participating 
business, have discretionary participation features, “DPF”, which may entitle the customer to receive, as a supplement to 
guaranteed benefits, additional non-guaranteed benefits, such as policyholder dividends or bonuses. The Group applies 
the same accounting policies for the recognition and measurement of obligations arising from investment contracts with 
DPF as it does for insurance contracts.

In  the  event  that  a  scenario  (other  than  those  lacking  commercial  substance)  exists  in  which  an  insured  event  would 
require the Group to pay significant additional benefits to its customers, the contract is accounted for as an insurance 
contract. For investment contracts that do not contain DPF, IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Measurement and Recognition, 
and, if the contract includes an investment management element, IAS 18, Revenue Recognition, are applied. IFRS 4 permits 
the continued use of previously applied accounting policies for insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF, 
and this basis has been adopted by the Group in accounting for such contracts. Once a contract has been classified as an 
insurance or investment contract, reclassification is not subsequently performed unless the terms of the agreement are 
later amended.

Certain  contracts  with  DPF  supplement  the  amount  of  guaranteed  benefits  due  to  policyholders.  These  contracts  are 
distinct from other insurance and investment contracts as the Group has discretion in the amount and/or timing of the 
benefits declared, and how such benefits are allocated between groups of policyholders. Customers may be entitled to 
receive, as a supplement to guaranteed benefits, additional benefits or bonuses:

(cid:127) 

that are likely to be a significant portion of the total contractual benefits;

(cid:127)  whose amount or timing is contractually at the discretion of the Group; and

(cid:127) 

that are contractually based on:

–   the performance of a specified pool of contracts or a specified type of contract;

–   realised and/or unrealised investment returns on a specified pool of assets held by the issuer; or

–   the profit or loss of the Company, fund or other entity that issues the contract.

142

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Product classification (continued)
The Group applies the same accounting policies for the recognition and measurement of obligations and the deferral of 
acquisition costs arising from investment contracts with DPF as it does to insurance contracts. The Group refers to such 
contracts as participating business. In some jurisdictions participating business is written in a participating fund which is 
distinct from the other assets of the Company or branch. The allocation of benefits from the assets held in such participating 
funds is subject to minimum policyholder participation mechanisms which are established by regulation. The extent of 
such policyholder participation may change over time. The current policyholder participation in declared dividends for 
locations with participating funds is set out below:

Country

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Australia

Brunei

Current policyholder participation

90%

90%

70%

80%

80%

In some jurisdictions participating business is not written in a distinct fund and the Group refers to this as other participating 
business.

143

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Product classification (continued)
The Group’s products may be divided into the following main categories:

Basis of accounting for:

Policy type

Description of benefits payable

Insurance contract liabilities

Traditional participating 
life assurance with DPF

Participating funds

Other participating 
business

Non-participating life 
assurance, annuities and 
other protection products

Universal life

Participating products include 
protection and savings elements. The 
basic sum assured, payable on death 
or maturity, may be enhanced by 
dividends or bonuses, the aggregate 
amount of which is determined by 
the performance of a distinct fund of 
assets and liabilities

The timing of dividend and bonus 
declarations is at the discretion of 
the insurer. Local regulations 
generally prescribe a minimum 
proportion of policyholder 
participation in declared dividends

Participating products include 
protection and savings elements. The 
basic sum assured, payable on death 
or maturity, may be enhanced by 
dividends or bonuses, the timing or 
amount of which are at the discretion 
of the insurer taking into account 
factors such as investment 
experience

Benefits payable are not at the 
discretion of the insurer

Benefits are based on an account 
balance, credited with interest at a 
rate set by the insurer, and a death 
benefit, which may be varied by the 
customer

Unit-linked

These may be primarily savings 
products or may combine savings 
with an element of protection

Investment contract 
liabilities

Not applicable, as IFRS 
4 permits contracts 
with DPF to be 
accounted for as 
insurance contracts

Insurance contract liabilities make 
provision for the present value of 
guaranteed benefits less estimated 
future net premiums to be 
collected from policyholders. In 
addition, an insurance liability is 
recorded for the proportion of the 
net assets of the participating 
funds that would be allocated to 
policyholders, assuming all 
performance would be declared as 
a dividend based upon local 
regulations

Insurance contract liabilities make 
provision for the present value of 
guaranteed benefits and non-
guaranteed participation less 
estimated future net premiums to 
be collected from policyholders

Not applicable, as IFRS 
4 permits contracts 
with DPF to be 
accounted for as 
insurance contracts

Insurance contract liabilities reflect 
the present value of future policy 
benefits to be paid less the present 
value of estimated future net 
premiums to be collected from 
policyholders. In addition, deferred 
profit liabilities for limited payment 
contracts are recognised

Insurance contract liabilities reflect 
the accumulation value, 
representing premiums received 
and investment return credited, 
less deductions for front-end loads, 
mortality and morbidity costs and 
expense charges. In addition, 
liabilities for unearned revenue and 
additional insurance benefits are 
recorded

Insurance contract liabilities reflect 
the accumulation value, 
representing premiums received 
and investment return credited, 
less deductions for front-end loads, 
mortality and morbidity costs and 
expense charges. In addition, 
liabilities for unearned revenue and 
additional insurance benefits are 
recorded

Investment contract 
liabilities are 
measured at amortised 
cost

Not applicable as such 
contracts generally 
contain significant 
insurance risk

Investment contract 
liabilities are 
measured at fair value 
(determined with 
reference to the 
accumulation value)

In the notes to the financial statements, unit-linked contracts are presented together with pension contracts for disclosure 
purposes.

144

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Product classification (continued)
The basis of accounting for insurance and investment contracts is discussed in notes 2.4.1 and 2.4.2 below.

2.4.1 Insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF
Premiums
Premiums from life insurance contracts, including participating policies and annuity policies with life contingencies, are 
recognised as revenue when due from the policyholder. Benefits and expenses are provided in respect of such revenue so 
as to recognise profits over the estimated life of the policies. For limited pay contracts, premiums are recognised in profit 
or loss when due, with any excess profit deferred and recognised in income in a constant relationship to the insurance in-
force or, for annuities, the amount of expected benefit payments.

Amounts collected as premiums from insurance contracts with investment features but with sufficient insurance risk to be 
considered  insurance  contracts,  such  as  universal  life,  and  certain  unit-linked  contracts,  are  accumulated  as  deposits. 
Revenue from these contracts consists of policy fees for the cost of insurance, administration, and surrenders during the 
period.

Upfront fees are recognised over the estimated life of the contracts to which they relate. Policy benefits and claims that are 
charged to expenses include benefit claims incurred in the period in excess of related policyholder contract deposits and 
interest credited to policyholder deposits.

Unearned revenue liability
Unearned revenue liability represents upfront fees and other non-level charges that have been collected and released to 
the consolidated income statement over the estimated life of the business. A separate liability for accumulation value is 
established.

Deferred profit liability
Deferred profit liability arising from traditional insurance contracts represents excess profits that have been collected and 
released to the consolidated income statement over the estimated life of the business. A separate liability for future policy 
benefits is established.

Deferred acquisition costs
The costs of acquiring new insurance  contracts,  including commissions and distribution costs, underwriting and other 
policy issue expenses which vary with and are primarily related to the production of new business or renewal of existing 
business, are deferred as an asset. Deferred acquisition costs are assessed for recoverability in the year of policy issue to 
ensure that these costs are recoverable out of the estimated future margins to be earned on the policy. Deferred acquisition 
costs are assessed for recoverability at least annually thereafter. Future investment income is also taken into account in 
assessing recoverability. To the extent that acquisition costs are not considered to be recoverable at inception or thereafter, 
these costs are expensed in the consolidated income statement.

Deferred acquisition costs for life insurance and annuity policies are amortised over the expected life of the contracts as a 
constant  percentage  of  expected  premiums.  Expected  premiums  are  estimated  at  the  date  of  policy  issue  and  are 
consistently  applied  throughout  the  life  of  the  contract  unless  a  deficiency  occurs  when  performing  liability  adequacy 
testing (see below).

Deferred acquisition costs for universal life and unit-linked contracts are amortised over the expected life of the contracts 
based on a constant percentage of the present value of estimated gross profits expected to be realised over the life of the 
contract  or  on  a  straight-line  basis.  Estimated  gross  profits  include  expected  amounts  to  be  assessed  for  mortality, 
administration, investment and surrenders, less benefit claims in excess of policyholder balances, administrative expenses 
and interest credited. Estimated gross profits are revised regularly. The interest rate used to compute the present value of 
revised estimates of expected gross profits is the latest revised rate applied to the remaining benefit period. Deviations of 
actual results from estimated experience are reflected in earnings.

145

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Product classification (continued)
2.4.1 Insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF (continued)
Deferred sales inducements
Deferred sales inducements, consisting of day one bonuses, persistency bonuses and enhanced crediting rates are deferred 
and amortised using the same methodology and assumptions used to amortise acquisition costs when:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

the sales inducements are recognised as part of insurance contract liabilities;

they are explicitly identified in the contract on inception;

they are incremental to amounts credited on similar contracts without sales inducements; and

they are higher than the expected ongoing crediting rates for periods after the inducement.

Unbundling
The deposit component of an insurance contract is unbundled when both of the following conditions are met:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

the deposit component (including any embedded surrender option) can be measured separately (i.e. without taking 
into account the insurance component); and

the Group’s accounting policies do not otherwise require the recognition of all obligations and rights arising from the 
deposit component.

Bifurcation
To the extent that certain of the Group’s insurance contracts include embedded derivatives that are not clearly and closely 
related to the host contract, these are bifurcated from the insurance contracts and accounted for as derivatives.

Benefits and claims
Insurance contract benefits reflect the cost of all maturities, surrenders, withdrawals and claims arising during the year, as 
well as policyholder dividends accrued in anticipation of dividend declarations.

Accident and health claims incurred include all losses occurring during the year, whether reported or not, related handling 
costs, a reduction for recoveries, and any adjustments to claims outstanding from previous years.

Claims handling costs include internal and external costs incurred in connection with the negotiation and settlement of 
claims, and are included in operating expenses.

Insurance contract liabilities (including liabilities in respect of investment contracts with DPF)
Insurance contract liabilities represent the estimated future policyholder benefit liability for life insurance policies.

Future  policy  benefits  for  life  insurance  policies  are  calculated  using  a  net  level  premium  valuation  method  which 
represents the present value of estimated future policy benefits to be paid, less the present value of estimated future net 
premiums to be collected from policyholders.

For contracts with an explicit account balance, such as universal life and unit-linked contracts, insurance contract liabilities 
are equal to the accumulation value, which represents premiums received and investment returns credited to the policy 
less deductions for mortality and morbidity costs and expense charges.

Settlement options are accounted for as an integral component of the underlying insurance or investment contract unless 
they provide annuitisation benefits, in which case an additional liability is established to the extent that the present value 
of expected annuitisation payments at the expected annuitisation date exceeds the expected account balance at that date. 
Where  settlement  options  have  been  issued  with  guaranteed  rates  less  than  market  interest  rates,  the  insurance  or 
investment  contract  liability  does  not  reflect  any  provision  for  subsequent  declines  in  market  interest  rates  unless  a 
deficiency is identified through liability adequacy testing.

146

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Product classification (continued)
2.4.1 Insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF (continued)
Insurance contract liabilities (including liabilities in respect of investment contracts with DPF) (continued)
The Group accounts for insurance contract liabilities for participating business written in participating funds by establishing 
a liability for the present value of guaranteed benefits less estimated future net premiums to be collected from policyholders. 
In addition, an insurance liability is recorded for the proportion of the net assets of the participating funds that would be 
allocated to policyholders assuming all relevant surplus at the date of the consolidated statement of financial position 
were  to  be  declared  as  a  policyholder  dividend  based  upon  applicable  regulations.  The  Group  accounts  for  other 
participating  business  by  establishing  a  liability  for  the  present  value  of  guaranteed  benefits  and  non-guaranteed 
participation, less estimated future net premiums to be collected from policyholders.

Liability adequacy testing
The  adequacy  of  liabilities  is  assessed  by  portfolio  of  contracts,  in  accordance  with  the  Group’s  manner  of  acquiring, 
servicing  and  measuring  the  profitability  of  its  insurance  contracts.  Liability  adequacy  testing  is  performed  for  each 
reportable segment.

For traditional life insurance contracts, insurance contract liabilities reduced by deferred acquisition costs and value of 
business acquired on acquired insurance contracts, are compared to the gross premium valuation calculated on a best 
estimate basis, as of the valuation date. If there is a deficiency, the unamortised balance of deferred acquisition cost and 
value of business acquired on acquired insurance contracts are written down to the extent of the deficiency. If, after writing 
down  the  unamortised  balance  for  the  specific  portfolio  of  contracts  to  nil,  a  deficiency  still  exists,  the  net  liability  is 
increased by the amount of the remaining deficiency.

For universal life and investment contracts, deferred acquisition costs, net of unearned revenue liabilities, are compared to 
estimated gross profits. If a deficiency exists, deferred acquisition costs are written down.

Financial guarantees
Financial guarantees are regarded as insurance contracts. Liabilities in respect of such contracts are recognised as loss is 
incurred by a holder.

2.4.2 Investment contracts
Investment contracts do not contain sufficient insurance risk to be considered insurance contracts and are accounted for 
as a financial liability, other than investment contracts with DPF which are excluded from the scope of IAS 39 and are 
accounted for as insurance contracts.

Revenue from these contracts consists of various charges (policy fees, handling fees, management fees and surrender 
charges) made against the contract for the cost of insurance, expenses and early surrender. First year charges are amortised 
over the life of the contract as the services are provided.

Investment contract fee revenue
Customers are charged fees for policy administration, investment management, surrenders or other contract services. The 
fees may be fixed amounts or vary with the amounts being managed, and will generally be charged as an adjustment to the 
policyholder’s account balance. The fees are recognised as revenue in the period in which they are received unless they 
relate to services to be provided in future periods, in which case they are deferred and recognised as the service is provided.

Origination and other “upfront” fees (fees that are assessed against the account balance as consideration for origination of 
the contract) are charged on some non-participating investment and pension contracts. Where the investment contract is 
recorded at amortised cost, these fees are amortised and recognised over the expected term of the policy as an adjustment 
to the effective yield. Where the investment contract is measured at fair value, the front-end fees that relate to the provision 
of investment management services are amortised and recognised as the services are provided.

147

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Product classification (continued)
2.4.2 Investment contracts (continued)
Deferred origination costs
The  costs  of  acquiring  investment  contracts  with  investment  management  services,  including  commissions  and  other 
incremental expenses directly related to the issue of each new contract, are deferred and amortised over the period that 
services are provided. Deferred origination costs are tested for recoverability at each reporting date.

The costs of acquiring new investment contracts without investment management services are included as part of the 
effective interest rate used to calculate the amortised cost of the related investment contract liabilities.

Investment contract liabilities
Deposits received in respect of investment contracts are not accounted for through the consolidated income statement, 
except  for  the  investment  income  and  fees  attributable  to  those  contracts,  but  are  accounted  for  directly  through  the 
consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  as  an  adjustment  to  the  investment  contract  liability,  which  reflects  the 
account balance.

The  majority  of  the  Group’s  contracts  classified  as  investment  contracts  are  unit-linked  contracts,  with  measurement 
directly  linked  to  the  underlying  investment  assets. These  represent  investment  portfolios  maintained  to  meet  specific 
investment objectives of policyholders who generally bear the credit and market risks on those investments. The liabilities 
are carried at fair value determined with reference to the accumulation value (current unit value) with changes recognised 
in profit or loss. The costs of policy administration, investment management, surrender charges and certain policyholder 
taxes  assessed  against  customers’  account  balances  are  included  in  revenue,  and  accounted  for  as  described  under 
“Investment contract fee revenue” above.

Non unit-linked investment contract liabilities are carried at amortised cost, being the fair value of consideration received 
at the date of initial recognition, less the net effect of principal payments such as transaction costs and front-end fees, plus 
or minus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest method of any difference between that initial amount and 
the maturity value, and less any write-down for surrender payments. The effective interest rate equates the discounted 
cash payments to the initial amount. At each reporting date, the unearned revenue liability is determined as the value of 
the future best estimate cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate. Any adjustment is immediately recognised as 
income or expense in the consolidated income statement.

The amortised cost of the financial liability is never recorded at less than the amount payable on surrender, discounted for 
the time value of money where applicable, if the investment contract is subject to a surrender option.

Deferred fee income liability
Deferred fee income liability represents upfront fees and other non-level charges that have been collected and released to 
the consolidated income statement over the estimated life of the business. A separate liability for accumulation value is 
established.

148

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.4 Insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Product classification (continued)
2.4.3 Insurance and investment contracts
Reinsurance
The Group cedes reinsurance in the normal course of business, with retentions varying by line of business. The cost of 
reinsurance is accounted for over the life of the underlying reinsured policies, using assumptions consistent with those 
used to account for such policies.

Premiums  ceded  and  claims  reimbursed  are  presented  on  a  gross  basis  in  the  consolidated  income  statement  and 
statement of financial position.

Reinsurance  assets  consist  of  amounts  receivable  in  respect  of  ceded  insurance  liabilities.  Amounts  recoverable  from 
reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with the reinsured insurance or investment contract liabilities or benefits 
paid and in accordance with the relevant reinsurance contract.

To the extent that reinsurance contracts principally transfer financial risk (as opposed to insurance risk) they are accounted 
for directly through the consolidated statement of financial position and are not included in reinsurance assets or liabilities. 
A deposit asset or liability is recognised, based on the consideration paid or received less any explicitly identified premiums 
or fees to be retained by the reinsured.

If a reinsurance asset is impaired, the Group reduces the carrying amount accordingly and recognises that impairment loss 
in the consolidated income statement. A reinsurance asset is impaired if there is objective evidence, as a result of an event 
that occurred after initial recognition of the reinsurance asset, that the Group may not receive all amounts due to it under 
the terms of the contract, and the impact on the amounts that the Group will receive from the reinsurer can be reliably 
measured.

Value of business acquired (VOBA)
The VOBA in respect of a portfolio of long-term insurance and investment contracts, either directly or through the purchase 
of  a  subsidiary,  is  recognised  as  an  asset.  If  this  results  from  the  acquisition  of  an  investment  in  a  joint  venture  or  an 
associate, the VOBA is held within the carrying amount of that investment. In all cases, the VOBA is amortised over the 
estimated life of the contracts in the acquired portfolio on a systematic basis. The rate of amortisation reflects the profile 
of  the  value  of  in-force  business  acquired.  The  carrying  value  of  VOBA  is  reviewed  annually  for  impairment  and  any 
reduction is charged to the consolidated income statement.

Shadow accounting
Shadow  accounting  is  applied  to  insurance  and  certain  investment  contracts  with  discretionary  participation  feature 
where financial assets backing insurance and investment contract liabilities are classified as available for sale. Shadow 
accounting  is  applied  to  deferred  acquisition  costs,  VOBA,  deferred  origination  costs  and  the  contract  liabilities  for 
investment contracts with DPF to take into account the effect of unrealised gains or losses on insurance liabilities or assets 
that  are  recognised  in  other  comprehensive  income  in  the  same  way  as  for  a  realised  gain  or  loss  recognised  in  the 
consolidated income statement. Such assets or liabilities are adjusted with corresponding charges or credits recognised 
directly in shareholders’ equity as a component of the related unrealised gains and losses.

Other assessments and levies
The  Group  is  potentially  subject  to  various  periodic  insurance-related  assessments  or  guarantee  fund  levies.  Related 
provisions  are  established  where  there  is  a  present  obligation  (legal  or  constructive)  as  a  result  of  a  past  event.  Such 
amounts  are  not  included  in  insurance  or  investment  contract  liabilities  but  are  included  under  “Provisions”  in  the 
consolidated statement of financial position.

149

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.5 Financial instruments
2.5.1 Classification of and designation of financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss comprise two categories:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

financial assets or liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss upon initial recognition; and

financial assets or liabilities classified as held for trading.

Management designates financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss if this eliminates a measurement 
inconsistency or if the related assets and liabilities are actively managed on a fair value basis, including:

(cid:127) 

financial assets held to back unit-linked contracts and participating funds;

(cid:127)  other financial assets managed on a fair value basis; consisting of the Group’s equity portfolio and investments held by 

the Group’s fully consolidated investment funds; and

(cid:127)  compound instruments containing an embedded derivative, where the embedded derivative would otherwise require 

bifurcation.

Financial assets and liabilities classified as held for trading include financial assets acquired principally for the purpose of 
selling them in the near future and those that form part of a portfolio of financial assets in which there is evidence of short-
term profit taking, as well as derivative assets and liabilities.

Dividend income from equity instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss is recognised in investment income 
in the consolidated income statement, generally when the security becomes ex-dividend. Interest income is recognised on 
an accrued basis. For all financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss, changes in fair value are recognised 
in investment experience.

Transaction costs in respect of financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are expensed as they are 
incurred.

Available for sale financial assets
Financial assets, other than those at fair value through profit or loss, and loans and receivables, are classified as available 
for sale.

The available for sale category is used where the relevant investments backing insurance and investment contract liabilities 
and shareholders’ equity are not managed on a fair value basis. These principally consist of the Group’s debt securities 
(other than those backing participating funds and unit-linked contracts). Available for sale financial assets are initially 
recognised at fair value plus attributable transaction costs. For available for sale debt securities, the difference between 
their cost and par value is amortised. Available for sale financial assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Interest 
income from debt securities classified as available for sale is recognised in investment income in the consolidated income 
statement using the effective interest method.

Unrealised gains and losses on securities classified as available for sale are analysed between differences resulting from 
foreign currency translation, and other fair value changes. Foreign currency translation differences on monetary available 
for sale investments, such as debt securities are calculated as if they were carried at amortised cost and so are recognised 
in the consolidated income statement as investment experience. For impairments of available for sale financial assets, 
reference is made to the section “Impairment of financial assets”.

Changes in the fair value of securities classified as available for sale, except for impairment losses and relevant foreign 
exchange  gains  and  losses,  are  recognised  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  accumulated  in  a  separate  fair  value 
reserve within equity. Impairment losses and relevant foreign exchange gains and losses are recognised in the income 
statement.

Realised gains and losses on financial assets
Realised gains and losses on available for sale financial assets are determined as the difference between the sale proceeds 
and amortised cost. Amortised cost is determined by specific identification.

150

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.5 Financial instruments (continued)
2.5.1 Classification of and designation of financial instruments (continued)
Recognition of financial instruments
Purchases  and  sales  of  financial  instruments  are  recognised  on  the  trade  date,  which  is  the  date  at  which  the  Group 
commits to purchase or sell the assets.

Derecognition and offset of financial assets
Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or where 
the  Group  has  transferred  substantially  all  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership.  If  the  Group  neither  transfers  nor  retains 
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset, it derecognises the financial asset if it no longer 
has control over the asset. In transfers where control over the asset is retained, the Group continues to recognise the asset 
to the extent of its continuing involvement. The extent of continuing involvement is determined by the extent to which the 
Group is exposed to changes in the fair value of the asset.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the consolidated statement of financial position 
only when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net 
basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an 
active market. They are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently, they are carried at amortised 
cost  using  the  effective  interest  method  less  any  impairment  losses.  Interest  income  from  loans  and  receivables  is 
recognised in investment income in the consolidated income statement using the effective interest method.

Term deposits
Deposits include time deposits with financial institutions which do not meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents as 
their maturity at acquisition exceeds three months. Certain of these balances are subject to regulatory or other restriction 
as disclosed in note 19 Loans and deposits. Deposits are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  in  hand,  deposits  held  at  call  with  banks  and  other  short-term  highly  liquid 
investments with maturities at acquisition of three months or less, which are held for cash management purposes. Cash 
and  cash  equivalents  also  include  cash  received  as  collateral  for  derivative  transactions,  and  repo  and  reverse  repo 
transactions,  as  well  as  cash  and  cash  equivalents  held  for  the  benefit  of  policyholders  in  connection  with  unit-linked 
products. Cash and cash equivalents are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

2.5.2 Fair values of non-derivative financial instruments
The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in 
an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, having regard to the specific characteristics 
of the asset or liability concerned, assuming that the transfer takes place in the most advantageous market to which the 
Group has access. The fair values of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as financial instruments at fair 
value  through  profit  or  loss  and  available  for  sale  securities)  are  based  on  quoted  market  prices  at  the  date  of  the 
consolidated statement of financial position. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the 
current bid price, which is considered to be the price within the bid-ask spread that is most representative of the fair value 
in the circumstances. The fair values of financial instruments that are not traded in active markets are determined using 
valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions at 
the date of each consolidated statement of financial position. The objective of using a valuation technique is to estimate 
the price at which an orderly transaction would take place between market participants at the date of the consolidated 
statement of financial position.

Financial instruments carried at fair value are measured using a fair value hierarchy described in note 21.

151

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.5 Financial instruments (continued)
2.5.3 Impairment of financial assets
General
Financial assets are assessed for impairment on a regular basis. The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there 
is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset, or group of financial 
assets, is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one 
or more events that have occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a loss event) and that loss event (or events) has 
an  impact  on  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  of  the  financial  asset  or  group  of  financial  assets  that  can  be  reliably 
estimated.

For loans and receivables, the Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists for financial assets 
that  are  individually  significant.  If  the  Group  determines  that  objective  evidence  of  impairment  does  not  exist  for  an 
individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with 
similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for 
impairment and for which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognised are not included in a collective assessment 
of impairment.

Available for sale financial instruments
When a decline in the fair value of an available for sale asset has been recognised in other comprehensive income and 
there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired, the cumulative loss already recognised directly in other comprehensive 
income is recognised in current period profit or loss.

If the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available for sale increases in a subsequent period, and the increase can 
be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised in profit or loss, the impairment loss 
is reversed through profit or loss. Where, following the recognition of an impairment loss in respect of an available for sale 
debt security, the asset suffers further falls in value, such further falls are recognised as an impairment only in the case 
when objective evidence exists of a further impairment event to which the losses can be attributed.

Loans and receivables
For loans and receivables, impairment is considered to have taken place if it is probable that the Group will not be able to 
collect principal and/or interest due according to the contractual terms of the instrument. When impairment is determined 
to have occurred, the carrying amount is decreased through a charge to profit or loss. The carrying amount of mortgage 
loans or receivables is reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the amount of any allowance is recognised 
as an impairment loss in profit or loss.

2.5.4 Derivative financial instruments
Derivative  financial  instruments  primarily  include  foreign  exchange  contracts  and  interest  rate  swaps  that  derive  their 
value  mainly  from  underlying  foreign  exchange  rates  and  interest  rates.  All  derivatives  are  initially  recognised  in  the 
consolidated statement of financial position at their fair value, which represents their cost excluding transaction costs, 
which are expensed, giving rise to a day one loss. They are subsequently remeasured at their fair value, with movements in 
this value recognised in profit or loss. Fair values are obtained from quoted market prices or, if these are not available, by 
using valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow models or option pricing models. All derivatives are carried as 
assets when the fair values are positive and as liabilities when the fair values are negative.

Derivative instruments for economic hedging
Whilst  the  Group  enters  into  derivative  transactions  to  provide  economic  hedges  under  the  Group’s  risk  management 
framework,  it  adopts  hedge  accounting  to  these  transactions  only  in  limited  circumstances. This  is  either  because  the 
transactions would not meet the specific IFRS rules to be eligible for hedge accounting or the documentation requirements 
to meet hedge accounting criteria would be unduly onerous. Where hedge accounting does not apply, these transactions 
are treated as held for trading and fair value movements are recognised immediately in investment experience.

152

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.5 Financial instruments (continued)
2.5.4 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Embedded derivatives
Embedded derivatives are derivatives embedded within other non-derivative host financial instruments to create hybrid 
instruments.  Where  the  economic  characteristics  and  risks  of  the  embedded  derivatives  are  not  closely  related  to  the 
economic characteristics and risks of the host instrument, and where the hybrid instrument is not measured at fair value 
with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss, the embedded derivative is bifurcated and carried at fair value as a 
derivative in accordance with IAS 39.

2.6 Segment reporting
An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activity from which it earns revenues and 
incurs  expenses  and,  for  which,  discrete  financial  information  is  available,  and  whose  operating  results  are  regularly 
reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision-maker, considered to be the Executive Committee of the Group (ExCo).

2.7 Foreign currency translation
Income  statements  and  cash  flows  of  foreign  entities  are  translated  into  the  Group’s  presentation  currency  at  average 
exchange rates for the year as this approximates to the exchange rates prevailing at the transaction date. Their statements 
of financial position are translated at year or period end exchange rates. Exchange differences arising from the translation 
of the net investment in foreign operations, are taken to the currency translation reserve within equity. On disposal of a 
foreign operation, such exchange differences are transferred out of this reserve and are recognised in the consolidated 
income statement as part of the gain or loss on sale.

Foreign currency transactions are accounted for at the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transactions. Gains and 
losses  resulting  from  the  settlement  of  such  transactions,  and  from  the  translation  of  monetary  assets  and  liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies into functional currency, are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Translation  differences  on  financial  assets  designated  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  are  included  in  investment 
experience. For monetary financial assets classified as available for sale, translation differences are calculated as if they 
were carried at amortised cost and so are recognised in the consolidated income statement. Foreign exchange movements 
on non-monetary equities that are accounted for as available for sale are included in the fair value reserve.

2.8 Property, plant and equipment
Property held for own use is carried at fair value at last valuation date less accumulated depreciation. When an asset is 
adjusted for the latest fair value, any accumulated depreciation at the date of valuation is eliminated against the gross 
carrying amount of the asset. The movement of fair values is generally recognised in other comprehensive income. When 
such properties are sold, the amounts accumulated in other comprehensive income are transferred to retained earnings.

The Group records its interest in leasehold land and land use rights associated with property held for own use separately 
as operating leases or finance leases depending on whether substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership 
of the land are transferred to the Group. Those interests classified as finance leases are reported as a component of the 
property  held  for  own  use  and  carried  at  fair  value  at  last  valuation  date.  The  prepayments  to  acquire  leasehold  land 
classified as operating leases are recorded at original cost within “Other assets” and amortised over the term of the lease 
(see note 2.19).

Plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. 
Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

153

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.8 Property, plant and equipment (continued)
Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate cost less any residual value over the estimated useful 
life, generally:

Fixtures, fittings and office equipment

Buildings

Computer hardware and other assets

Freehold land

5 years

20-40 years

3-5 years

No depreciation

Subsequent costs are included in the carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, when it is probable 
that future economic benefits will flow to the Group. Repairs and maintenance are charged to the consolidated income 
statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted, if applicable, at each reporting date. An asset is written down 
to its recoverable amount if the carrying value is greater than the estimated recoverable amount.

Any gain and loss arising on disposal of property, plant and equipment is measured as the difference between the net sale 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the relevant asset, and is recognised in the consolidated income statement.

2.9 Investment property
Property  held  for  long-term  rental  or  capital  appreciation  or  both  that  is  not  occupied  by  the  Group  is  classified  as 
investment property. Investment property, including land and buildings, is initially recognised at cost with changes in fair 
values in subsequent periods recognised in the consolidated income statement.

If an investment property becomes held for own use, it is reclassified as property, plant and equipment. Where a property 
is partly used as an investment property and partly for the use by the Group, these elements are recorded separately within 
investment property and property, plant and equipment respectively, where the component used as investment property 
would be capable of separate sale or finance lease.

2.10 Goodwill and other intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable 
assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions prior to 1 
December 2006 (the date of transition to IFRS) is carried at book value (original cost less cumulative amortisation) on that 
date, less any impairment subsequently incurred. Goodwill arising on the Group’s investment in subsidiaries since that date 
is shown as a separate asset and is carried at cost less any accumulated impairment losses, whilst that on associates and 
joint ventures is included within the carrying value of those investments. All acquisition-related costs are expensed as 
incurred.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets consist primarily of acquired computer software and contractual relationships, such as access to 
distribution networks, and are amortised over their estimated useful lives. The amortisation charge for rights to access 
distribution  networks  is  included  in  the  consolidated  income  statement  under  “Commission  and  other  acquisition 
expenses”.

Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the 
specific software. Costs directly associated with the internal production of identifiable and unique software by the Group 
that will generate economic benefits exceeding those costs over a period greater than a year, are recognised as intangible 
assets. All other costs associated with developing or maintaining computer software programmes are recognised as an 
expense as incurred. Costs of acquiring computer software licences and incurred in the internal production of computer 
software  are  amortised  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  life  of  the  software,  which  does  not 
generally exceed a period of 3 to 15 years. The amortisation charge for the year is included in the consolidated income 
statement under “Operating expenses”.

154

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.11 Impairment of non-financial assets
Property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other non-financial assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised to 
the extent that the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of the fair value of the 
asset less cost to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped into cash-generating 
units  at  the  level  of  the  Group’s  operating  segments,  the  lowest  level  for  which  separately  identifiable  cash  flows  are 
reported. The carrying values of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are reviewed at least annually 
or when circumstances or events indicate that there may be uncertainty over this value.

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is any objective evidence that its investments in 
associates  and  joint  ventures  are  impaired.  Such  objective  evidence  includes  whether  there  has  been  any  significant 
adverse changes in the technological, market, economic or legal environment in which the associates and joint ventures 
operate or whether there has been a significant or prolonged decline in value below their cost. If there is an indication that 
an interest in an associate or a joint venture is impaired, the Group assesses whether the entire carrying amount of the 
investment (including goodwill) is recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss for the amount by which 
the carrying amount is lower than the higher of the investment’s fair value less costs to sell or value in use. Any reversal of 
such impairment loss in subsequent periods is reversed through profit or loss.

In the statement of financial position of the Company, impairment testing of the investments in subsidiaries, associates and 
joint ventures is required upon receiving dividends from these investments if the dividend exceeds the total comprehensive 
income of the subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures in the period the dividend is declared or if the carrying amount of 
the relevant investment in the Company’s statement of financial position exceeds its carrying amount in the consolidated 
financial statements of the investees’ net assets including goodwill.

2.12 Securities lending including repurchase agreements
The Group has been a party to various securities lending agreements under which securities are loaned to third parties on 
a short-term basis. The loaned securities are not derecognised and so they continue to be recognised within the appropriate 
investment classification.

Assets sold under repurchase agreements (repos)
Assets sold under repurchase agreements continue to be recognised and a liability is established for the consideration 
received. The Group may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying assets, and 
such collateral assets remain on the consolidated statement of financial position.

Assets purchased under agreements to resell (reverse repos)
The Group enters into purchases of assets under agreements to resell (reverse repos). Reverse repos are initially recorded 
at the cost of the loan or collateral advanced within the caption “Loans and deposits” in the consolidated statement of 
financial position. In the event of failure by the counterparty to repay the loan, the Group has the right to the underlying 
assets.

155

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.13 Collateral
The Group receives and pledges collateral in the form of cash or non-cash assets in respect of derivative transactions and 
repo and reverse repo transactions, in order to reduce the credit risk of these transactions. The amount and type of collateral 
depends on an assessment of the credit risk of the counterparty. Collateral received in the form of cash, which is not legally 
segregated from the Group, is recognised as an asset in the consolidated statement of financial position with a corresponding 
liability  for  the  repayment.  Non-cash  collateral  received  is  not  recognised  on  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial 
position unless the Group either sells or repledges these assets in the absence of default, at which point the obligation to 
return this collateral is recognised as a liability. To further minimise credit risk, the financial condition of counterparties is 
monitored on a regular basis.

Collateral pledged in the form of cash which is legally segregated from the Group is derecognised from the consolidated 
statement of financial position and a corresponding receivable established for its return. Non-cash collateral pledged is not 
derecognised (except in the event of default) and therefore continues to be recognised in the consolidated statement of 
financial position within the appropriate financial instrument classification.

2.14 Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at their issue proceeds less transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are 
stated at amortised cost, and any difference between net proceeds and redemption value is recognised in the consolidated 
income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. All borrowing costs are expensed 
as they are incurred, except for borrowing costs directly attributable to the development of investment properties and other 
qualifying assets, which are capitalised as part of the cost of the asset.

2.15 Income taxes
The current tax expense is based on the taxable profits for the year, including any adjustments in respect of prior years. Tax 
is allocated to profit or loss before taxation and amounts charged or credited to equity as appropriate.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements, except as described below.

The principal temporary differences arise from the basis of recognition of insurance and investment contract liabilities, 
revaluation  of  certain  financial  assets  and  liabilities  including  derivative  contracts,  deferred  acquisition  costs  and  the 
future taxes arising on the surplus in life funds where the relevant local tax regime is distributions-based. The rates enacted 
or substantively enacted at the date of the consolidated statement of financial position are used to determine deferred tax.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which 
the temporary differences can be utilised. In countries where there is a history of tax losses, deferred tax assets are only 
recognised in excess of deferred tax liabilities if there is evidence that future profits will be available.

Deferred taxes are not provided in respect of temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of goodwill or from 
goodwill for which amortisation is not deductible for tax purposes, or from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a 
transaction which is not a business combination and which affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss at the time 
of the transaction.

Deferred tax related to fair value remeasurement of available for sale investments and other amounts taken directly to 
equity, is recognised initially within the applicable component of equity. It is subsequently recognised in the consolidated 
income statement, together with the gain or loss arising on the underlying item.

In addition to paying tax on shareholders’ profits, certain of the Group’s life insurance businesses pay tax on policyholders’ 
investment returns (policyholder tax) at policyholder tax rates. Policyholder tax is accounted for as an income tax and is 
included in the total tax expense and disclosed separately.

156

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.16 Revenue
Investment return
Investment income consists of dividends, interest and rents receivable for the reporting period. Investment experience 
comprises  realised  gains  and  losses,  impairments  and  unrealised  gains  and  losses  on  investments  held  at  fair  value 
through profit or loss. Interest income is recognised as it accrues, taking into account the effective yield on the investment. 
Rental income on investment property is recognised on an accrual basis. Investment return consists of investment income 
and investment experience.

The realised gain or loss on disposal of an investment is the difference between the proceeds received, net of transaction 
costs, and its original cost or amortised cost as appropriate. Unrealised gains and losses represent the difference between 
the carrying value at the year end and the carrying value at the previous year end or purchase price if purchased during the 
year, less the reversal of previously recognised unrealised gains and losses in respect of disposals made during the year.

Other fee and commission income
Other fee and commission income consists primarily of fund management fees, income from any incidental non-insurance 
activities, distribution fees from mutual funds, commissions on reinsurance ceded and commission revenue from the sale 
of mutual fund shares. Reinsurance commissions receivable are deferred in the same way as acquisition costs. All other 
fee and commission income is recognised as the services are provided.

2.17 Employee benefits
Annual leave and long service leave
Employee entitlements to annual leave and long service leave are recognised when they accrue to employees. A provision 
is made for the estimated liability for annual leave and long service leave as a result of services rendered by employees up 
to the reporting date.

Post-retirement benefit obligations
The  Group  operates  a  number  of  funded  and  unfunded  post-retirement  employee  benefit  schemes,  whose  members 
receive benefits on either a defined benefit basis (generally related to salary and length of service) or a defined contribution 
basis (generally related to the amount invested, investment return and annuity rates), the assets of which are generally 
held in separate trustee-administered funds. The defined benefit plans provide life and medical benefits for employees 
after retirement and a lump sum benefit on cessation of employment, and the defined contribution plans provide post-
retirement pension benefits.

For defined benefit plans, the costs are assessed using the projected unit credit method. Under this method, the cost of 
providing benefits is charged to the consolidated income statement so as to spread the regular cost over the service lives 
of employees, in accordance with the advice of qualified actuaries. The obligation is measured as the present value of the 
estimated future cash outflows, using a discount rate based on market yields for high-quality corporate bonds that are 
denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms 
of the related liability. The resulting scheme surplus or deficit appears as an asset or liability in the consolidated statement 
of financial position.

Remeasurements  arising  from  defined  benefit  plans  comprise  actuarial  gains  and  losses,  the  return  on  plan  assets 
(excluding interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling (if any, excluding interest). The Group recognises them immediately 
in other comprehensive income and all other expenses related to defined benefit plans in staff costs in the consolidated 
income statement.

When the benefits of a plan are changed, or when a plan is curtailed, the portion of the changed benefit related to past 
service  by  employees,  or  the  gain  or  loss  on  curtailment,  is  recognised  immediately  in  consolidated  income  statement 
when the plan amendment or curtailment occurs.

For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension plans. Once the 
contributions  have  been  paid,  the  Group,  as  employer,  does  not  have  any  further  payment  obligations.  The  Group’s 
contributions  are  charged  to  the  consolidated  income  statement  in  the  reporting  period  to  which  they  relate  and  are 
included in staff costs.

157

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.17 Employee benefits (continued)
Share-based compensation and cash incentive plans
The Group launched a number of share-based compensation plans, under which the Group receives services from the 
employees,  directors,  officers  and  agents  as  consideration  for  the  shares  and/or  share  options  of  the  Company. These 
share-based compensation plans comprise the Share Option Scheme (SO Scheme), the Restricted Share Unit Scheme 
(RSU Scheme), the Employee Share Purchase Plan (ESPP) and the Agency Share Purchase Plan (ASPP).

The Group’s share-based compensation plans are predominantly equity-settled plans. Under equity-settled share-based 
compensation plan, the fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the award of shares and/or share 
options is recognised as an expense in profit or loss over the vesting period with a corresponding amount recorded in 
equity.

The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the share and/or 
share options awarded. Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of shares and/or 
share options that are expected to be vested. At each period end, the Group revises its estimates of the number of shares 
and/or share options that are expected to be vested. Any impact of the revision to original estimates is recognised in profit 
or  loss  with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to  equity.  Where  awards  of  share-based  payment  arrangements  have  graded 
vesting terms, each tranche is recognised as a separate award, and therefore the fair value of each tranche is recognised 
over the applicable vesting period.

The Group estimates the fair value of share options using a binomial lattice model. This model requires inputs such as 
share price, implied volatility, risk-free interest rate, expected dividend rate and the expected life of the share option.

Where modification or cancellation of an equity-settled share-based compensation plan occurs, the grant date fair value 
continues to be recognised, together with any incremental value arising on the date of modification if non-market conditions 
are met.

For cash-settled share-based compensation plans, the fair value of the employee services in exchange for the award of 
cash-settled award is recognised as an expense in profit or loss, with a corresponding amount recognised in liability. At the 
end of each reporting period, any unsettled award is remeasured based on the change in fair value of the underlying asset 
and the liability and expense are adjusted accordingly.

2.18 Provisions and contingencies
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is 
probable that an outflow of economic resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the 
amount  of  the  obligation  can  be  made.  Where  the  Group  expects  a  provision  to  be  reimbursed,  for  example  under  an 
insurance contract held, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset only when the reimbursement is virtually 
certain.

The Group recognises a provision for onerous contracts when the expected benefits to be derived from a contract are less 
than the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract.

Contingencies are disclosed if material and if there is a possible future obligation as a result of a past event, or if there is a 
present  obligation  as  a  result  of  a  past  event,  but  either  a  payment  is  not  probable  or  the  amount  cannot  be  reliably 
estimated.

158

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.19 Leases
Leases, where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership is retained by the Group as a lessor, are classified 
as operating leases. Assets subject to such leases are included in property, plant and equipment or investment property, 
and are depreciated to their residual values over their estimated useful lives. Rentals from such leases are credited to the 
consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the relevant lease.

Payments made by the Group as lessee under operating leases are classified either as an operating lease prepayment or 
as  a  component  of  investment  property  depending  on  whether  the  property  interest  is  used  as  investment  property. 
Operating leases held for long-term rental or capital appreciation or both that are not occupied by the Group are classified 
as investment property. They are initially recognised at cost with changes in fair values in subsequent periods recognised 
in the consolidated income statement. The Group classifies amounts paid to acquire leasehold land which are held for the 
Group’s own occupancy as an operating lease prepayment or as a component of property, plant and equipment depending 
on whether substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to the ownership of the land are transferred to the Group. 
Prepayments for land use rights under operating leases that are held for the Group’s own occupancy (net of any incentives 
received  from  the  lessor)  are  included  within  “Other  assets”  and  charged  to  the  consolidated  income  statement  on  a 
straight-line basis over the period of the relevant lease. There are not any freehold land interests in Hong Kong.

2.20 Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified in equity when there is not any obligation to transfer cash or other assets to the holders.

Share issue costs
Incremental external costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, 
from the proceeds of the issue.

Dividends
Interim dividends on ordinary shares are recognised when they have been paid. Final dividends on ordinary shares are 
recognised when they have been approved by shareholders.

2.21 Presentation of the consolidated statement of financial position
The Group’s insurance and investment contract liabilities and related assets are realised and settled over periods of several 
years, reflecting the long-term nature of the Group’s products. Accordingly, the Group presents the assets and liabilities in 
its consolidated statement of financial position in approximate order of liquidity, rather than distinguishing current and 
non-current assets and liabilities. The Group regards its intangible assets, investments in associates and joint ventures, 
property, plant and equipment, investment property and deferred acquisition and origination costs as non-current assets 
as these are held for the longer-term use of the Group.

2.22 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net profit available to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

Earnings  per  share  has  also  been  calculated  on  the  operating  profit  before  adjusting  items,  attributable  to  ordinary 
shareholders, as the Directors believe this figure provides a better indication of operating performance.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion 
of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, such as share options awarded to employees.

Potential or contingent share issuances are treated as dilutive when their conversion to shares would decrease net earnings 
per share.

2.23 Fiduciary activities
Assets and income arising from fiduciary activities, together with related undertakings to return such assets to customers, 
are excluded from these consolidated financial statements where the Group does not have contractual rights to the assets 
and acts in a fiduciary capacity such as nominee, trustee or agent.

159

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.24 Consolidated statement of cash flow
The consolidated statement of cash flow presents movements in cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts as shown 
in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Purchases and sales of financial investments are included in operating cash flows as the purchases are funded from cash 
flows  associated  with  the  origination  of  insurance  and  investment  contracts,  net  of  payments  of  related  benefits  and 
claims. Purchases and sales of investment property are included within cash flows from investing activities.

2.25 Related party transactions
Transactions  with  related  parties  are  recorded  at  amounts  mutually  agreed  and  transacted  between  the  parties  to  the 
arrangement.

3. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
The  Group  makes  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  and  revenue  and 
expenses. All estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current facts and circumstances, assumptions based on 
that knowledge and predictions of future events and actions. Actual results can always differ from those estimates, possibly 
significantly.

Items that are considered particularly sensitive to changes in estimates and assumptions, and the relevant accounting 
policies are those which relate to product classification, insurance contract liabilities (including liabilities in respect of 
investment  contracts  with  DPF),  deferred  acquisition  and  origination  costs,  liability  adequacy  testing,  fair  value 
measurement, impairment of financial assets and impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.

3.1 Product classification
The Group issues contracts that transfer insurance risk or financial risk or both. Insurance contracts are those contracts 
that transfer significant insurance risk, while investment contracts are those contracts without significant insurance risk. 
The Group exercises significant judgement to determine whether there is a scenario (other than those lacking commercial 
substance) in which an insured event would require the Group to pay significant additional benefits to its customers. In the 
event the Group has to pay significant additional benefits to its customers, the contract is accounted for as an insurance 
contract. The judgements exercised in determining the level of insurance risk in product classification affect the amounts 
recognised  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  insurance  and  investment  contract  liabilities  and  deferred 
acquisition and origination costs. The accounting policy on product classification is described in note 2.4.

3.2 Insurance contract liabilities (including liabilities in respect of investment contracts with DPF)
The Group calculates the insurance contract liabilities for traditional life insurance using a net level premium valuation 
method, whereby the liability represents the present value of estimated future policy benefits to be paid, less the present 
value of estimated future net premiums to be collected from policyholders. This method uses best estimate assumptions 
at inception adjusted for a provision for the risk of adverse deviation for mortality, morbidity, expected investment yields, 
policyholder dividends (for other participating business), surrenders and expenses set at the policy inception date. These 
assumptions remain locked in thereafter, unless a deficiency arises on liability adequacy testing. Interest rate assumptions 
can vary by geographical market, year of issuance and product. Mortality, surrender and expense assumptions are based 
on actual experience by each geographical market, modified to allow for variations in policy form. The Group exercises 
significant judgement in making appropriate assumptions.

For contracts with an explicit account balance, such as universal life and unit-linked contracts, insurance contract liabilities 
represent the accumulation value, which represents premiums received and investment returns credited to the policy less 
deductions for mortality and morbidity costs and expense charges. Significant judgement is exercised in making appropriate 
estimates of gross profits which are based on historical and anticipated future experiences, these estimates are regularly 
reviewed by the Group.

160

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS3. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS (continued)
3.2 Insurance contract liabilities (including liabilities in respect of investment contracts with DPF) (continued)
The Group accounts for insurance contract liabilities for participating business written in participating funds by establishing 
a liability for the present value of guaranteed benefits less estimated future net premiums to be collected from policyholders. 
In addition, an insurance liability is recorded for the proportion of the net assets of the participating funds that would be 
allocated to policyholders assuming all relevant surplus at the date of the consolidated statement of financial position 
were to be declared as a policyholder dividend based upon applicable regulations. Establishing these liabilities requires 
the exercise of significant judgement. In addition, the assumption that all relevant performance is declared as a policyholder 
dividend may not be borne out in practice. The Group accounts for other participating business by establishing a liability 
for the present value of guaranteed benefits and non-guaranteed participation, less estimated future net premiums to be 
collected from policyholders.

The  judgements  exercised  in  the  valuation  of  insurance  contract  liabilities  (including  investment  contracts  with  DPF) 
affect  the  amounts  recognised  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  insurance  contract  benefits  and  insurance 
contract  liabilities.  Further  details  of  the  related  accounting  policy,  key  risk  and  variables,  and  the  sensitivities  of 
assumptions to the key variables in respect of insurance contract liabilities are provided in notes 2.4, 25 and 27.

3.3 Deferred acquisition and origination costs
The judgements exercised in the deferral and amortisation of acquisition and origination costs affect amounts recognised 
in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  deferred  acquisition  and  origination  costs  and  insurance  and  investment 
contract benefits.

As noted in note 2.4.1, deferred acquisition costs for traditional life insurance and annuity policies are amortised over the 
expected life of the contracts as a constant percentage of expected premiums. Expected premiums are estimated at the 
date  of  policy  issue  and  are  applied  consistently  throughout  the  life  of  the  contract  unless  a  deficiency  occurs  when 
performing liability adequacy testing.

As noted in note 2.4.1, deferred acquisition costs for universal life and unit-linked contracts are amortised over the expected 
life of the contracts based on a constant percentage of the present value of estimated gross profits expected to be realised 
over the life of the contract or on a straight-line basis. As noted in note 3.2, significant judgement is exercised in making 
appropriate  estimates  of  gross  profits. The  expensing  of  acquisition  costs  is  accelerated  following  adverse  investment 
performance.  Likewise,  in  periods  of  favourable  investment  performance,  previously  expensed  acquisition  costs  are 
reversed, not exceeding the amount initially deferred.

Additional details of deferred acquisition and origination costs are provided in notes 2.4 and 18.

3.4 Liability adequacy testing
The Group evaluates the adequacy of its insurance and investment contract liabilities with DPF at least annually. Significant 
judgement is exercised in determining the level of aggregation at which liability adequacy testing is performed and in 
selecting  best  estimate  assumptions.  Liability  adequacy  is  assessed  by  portfolio  of  contracts  in  accordance  with  the 
Group’s  manner  of  acquiring,  servicing  and  measuring  the  profitability  of  its  insurance  contracts. The  Group  performs 
liability adequacy testing separately for each reportable segment.

The judgements exercised in liability adequacy testing affect amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements 
as commission and other acquisition expenses, deferred acquisition costs, insurance contract benefits and insurance and 
investment contract liabilities.

161

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES3. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS (continued)
3.5 Fair value measurement
3.5.1 Fair value of financial assets
The  Group  determines  the  fair  values  of  financial  assets  traded  in  active  markets  using  quoted  bid  prices  as  of  each 
reporting date. The fair values of financial assets that are not traded in active markets are typically determined using a 
variety of other valuation techniques, such as prices observed in recent transactions and values obtained from current bid 
prices of comparable investments. More judgement is used in measuring the fair value of financial assets for which market 
observable prices are not available or are available only infrequently.

The degree of judgement used in measuring the fair value of financial assets generally correlates with the level of pricing 
observability. Pricing observability is affected by a number of factors, including the type of financial instrument, whether 
the financial instrument is new to the market and not yet established, the characteristics specific to the transaction and 
general market conditions.

Changes in the fair value of financial assets held by the Group’s participating funds affect not only the value of financial 
assets, but are also reflected in corresponding movements in insurance and investment contract liabilities. This is due to 
an insurance liability being recorded for the proportion of the net assets of the participating funds that would be allocated 
to policyholders if all relevant surplus at the date of the consolidated statement of financial position were to be declared 
as a policyholder dividend based on current local regulations. Both of the foregoing changes are reflected in the consolidated 
income statement.

Changes in the fair value of financial assets held to back the Group’s unit-linked contracts result in a corresponding change 
in  insurance  and  investment  contract  liabilities.  Both  of  the  foregoing  changes  are  also  reflected  in  the  consolidated 
income statement.

Further  details  of  the  fair  value  of  financial  assets  and  the  sensitivity  analysis  to  interest  rates  and  equity  prices  are 
provided in notes 21 and 36.

3.5.2 Fair value of property held for own use and investment property
The Group uses independent professional valuers to determine the fair value of properties on the basis of the highest and 
best use of the properties that is physically possible, legally permissible and financially feasible. In most cases, current use 
of the properties is considered to be the highest and best use for determining the fair value. Different valuation techniques 
may be adopted to reach the fair value of the properties. Under the Market Data Approach, records of recent sales and 
offerings  of  similar  property  are  analysed  and  comparisons  are  made  for  factors  such  as  size,  location,  quality  and 
prospective use. For investment properties, the discounted cash flow approach may be used by reference to net rental 
income allowing for reversionary income potential to estimate the fair value of the properties. On some occasions, the cost 
approach is used as well to calculate the fair value which reflects the cost that would be required to replace the service 
capacity of the property.

Further details of the fair value of property held for own use and investment property are provided in note 21.

162

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS3. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS (continued)
3.6 Impairment of financial assets
Financial assets, other than those at fair value through profit or loss, are assessed for impairment regularly. This requires 
the exercise of significant judgement. The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is objective evidence that 
a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. Objective evidence that a financial asset, or group of assets, is 
impaired includes observable data that comes to the attention of the Group about the following events:

(cid:127)  significant financial difficulty of the issuer or debtor;

(cid:127)  a breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in payments;

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

it becomes probable that the issuer or debtor will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation;

the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties; or

(cid:127)  observable  data,  including  market  prices,  indicating  that  there  is  a  potential  decrease  in  the  estimated  future  cash 

flows since the initial recognition of those assets, including:

–  adverse changes in the payment status of issuers; or

–  national or local economic conditions that correlate with increased default risk.

For loans and receivables, impairment loss is determined using an analytical method based on knowledge of each loan 
group or receivable. The method is usually based on historical statistics, adjusted for trends in the group of financial assets 
or individual accounts.

Further details of the impairment of financial assets during the year are provided in note 23.

3.7 Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill and other intangible assets are grouped into cash-generating units. These 
assets are tested for impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit, including goodwill, to the 
recoverable  amount  of  that  cash-generating  unit.  The  determination  of  the  recoverable  amount  requires  significant 
judgement regarding the selection of appropriate valuation techniques and assumptions. Further details of the impairment 
of goodwill during the year are provided in note 13.

163

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES4. EXCHANGE RATES
The Group’s principal overseas operations during the reporting period were located within the Asia-Pacific region. The 
results and cash flows of these operations have been translated into US dollars at the following average rates:

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Assets and liabilities have been translated at the following year-end rates:

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Exchange rates are expressed in units of local currency per US$1.

US dollar exchange rates

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

7.79

34.15

1.39

4.33

6.78

7.76

35.30

1.38

4.13

6.60

US dollar exchange rates

As at 
30 November
2017

As at 
30 November
2016

7.81

32.62

1.35

4.09

6.61

7.76

35.61

1.43

4.47

6.89

164

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS5. OPERATING PROFIT AFTER TAX
Operating profit after tax may be reconciled to net profit as follows:

US$m

Operating profit after tax

Non-operating items, net of related changes in insurance and 

investment contract liabilities:

  Short-term fluctuations in investment return related to equities and 
real estate (net of tax of 2017: US$(117)m; 2016: US$(4)m)

  Other non-operating investment return and other items 
(net of tax of 2017: US$40m; 2016: US$169m)

Net profit

Operating profit after tax attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Net profit attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

4,682

4,013

Note

7

1,764

(259)

6,187

4,647

35

6,120

67

97

102

4,212

3,981

32

4,164

48

Operating profit is determined using, among others, expected long-term investment return for equities and real estate. 
Short-term  fluctuations  between  expected  long-term  investment  return  and  actual  investment  return  for  these  asset 
classes  are  excluded  from  operating  profit. The  investment  return  assumptions  used  to  determine  expected  long-term 
investment  return  are  based  on  the  same  assumptions  used  by  the  Group  in  determining  its  embedded  value  and  are 
disclosed in the Supplementary Embedded Value Information.

6. TOTAL WEIGHTED PREMIUM INCOME AND ANNUALISED NEW PREMIUMS
For  management  decision-making  and  internal  performance  management  purposes,  the  Group  measures  business 
volumes during the year using a performance measure referred to as total weighted premium income (TWPI). The Group 
measures  new  business  activity  using  a  performance  measure  referred  to  as  annualised  new  premiums  (ANP).  The 
presentation of this note is consistent with our reportable segment presentation in note 7.

TWPI consists of 100 per cent of renewal premiums, 100 per cent of first year premiums and 10 per cent of single premiums, 
before  reinsurance  ceded,  and  includes  deposits  and  contributions  for  contracts  that  are  accounted  for  as  deposits  in 
accordance with the Group’s accounting policies.

Management  considers  that TWPI  provides  an  indicative  volume  measure  of  transactions  undertaken  in  the  reporting 
period that have the potential to generate profits for shareholders. The amounts shown are not intended to be indicative of 
premiums and fee income recorded in the consolidated income statement.

165

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
 
 
6. TOTAL WEIGHTED PREMIUM INCOME AND ANNUALISED NEW PREMIUMS (continued)
ANP is a key internal measure of new business activities, which consists of 100 per cent of annualised first year premiums 
and 10 per cent of single premiums, before reinsurance ceded. ANP excludes new business of pension business, personal 
lines and motor insurance.

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

9,434

3,517

2,421

1,823

3,092

5,860

6,873

3,327

2,276

1,795

2,384

5,478

26,147

22,133

2,586

2,065

477

277

286

928

925

439

261

276

585

872

5,479

4,498

2,417

194

1,433

187

150

622

1,761

163

1,443

167

194

619

5,003

4,347

6,606

3,021

2,001

1,518

2,149

4,873

4,632

2,872

1,871

1,502

1,779

4,544

20,168

17,200

TWPI
US$m

TWPI by geography

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Other Markets

Total

First year premiums by geography

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Other Markets

Total

Single premiums by geography

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Other Markets

Total

Renewal premiums by geography

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Other Markets

Total

166

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS6. TOTAL WEIGHTED PREMIUM INCOME AND ANNUALISED NEW PREMIUMS (continued)

ANP
US$m

ANP by geography

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Other Markets

Total

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

2,849

2,294

518

433

348

968

976

471

427

341

621

969

6,092

5,123

7. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Group’s operating segments, based on the reports received by the ExCo, are each of the geographical markets in which 
the  Group  operates.  Each  of  the  reportable  segments,  other  than  the  “Group  Corporate  Centre”  segment,  writes  life 
insurance business, providing life insurance, accident and health insurance and savings plans to customers in its local 
market, and distributes related investment and other financial services products. The reportable segments are Hong Kong 
(including Macau), Thailand, Singapore (including Brunei), Malaysia, China, Other Markets and Group Corporate Centre. 
Other  Markets  includes  the  Group’s  operations  in  Australia  (including  New  Zealand),  Cambodia,  Indonesia,  Korea,  the 
Philippines, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Vietnam and India. The activities of the Group Corporate Centre segment consist of the 
Group’s corporate functions, shared services and eliminations of intragroup transactions.

As each reportable segment other than the Group Corporate Centre segment focuses on serving the life insurance needs 
of its local market, there are limited transactions between reportable segments. The key performance indicators reported 
in respect of each segment are:

(cid:127)  ANP;

(cid:127)  TWPI;

(cid:127) 

investment return;

(cid:127)  operating expenses;

(cid:127)  operating profit after tax attributable to shareholders of AIA Group Limited;

(cid:127)  expense ratio, measured as operating expenses divided by TWPI;

(cid:127)  operating margin, measured as operating profit after tax expressed as a percentage of TWPI; and

(cid:127)  operating return on shareholders’ allocated equity measured as operating profit after tax attributable to shareholders 
of AIA Group Limited expressed as a percentage of the simple average of opening and closing shareholders’ allocated 
segment equity (being the segment assets less segment liabilities in respect of each reportable segment less non-
controlling interests and fair value reserve).

In presenting net capital in/(out) flows to reportable segments, capital outflows consist of dividends and profit distributions 
to the Group Corporate Centre segment and capital inflows consist of capital injections into reportable segments by the 
Group Corporate Centre segment. For the Group, net capital in/(out) flows reflect the net amount received from shareholders 
by way of capital contributions less amounts distributed by way of dividends.

Business volumes in respect of the Group’s five largest customers are less than 30 per cent of premiums and fee income.

167

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES7. SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

US$m

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Other 
Markets

Group 
Corporate 
Centre

Total

Total expenses

11,191

3,646

3,377

1,824

2,893

3,949

2,849

9,434

518

433

348

968

976

3,517

2,421

1,823

3,092

5,860

–

–

6,092

26,147

10,828

2,148

12,976

3,532

1,189

4,721

2,837

1,083

3,920

1,610

3,006

547

734

2,157

3,740

3,888

1,057

4,945

7

25,708

338

345

7,096

32,804

9,454

2,659

2,822

1,439

2,406

2,603

1,213

407

117

739

199

49

347

181

27

210

164

11

181

278

28

752

552

42

–

–

1,785

1,075

(137)

1,648

(210)

865

–

543

(39)

504

–

333

(59)

274

–

847

(208)

639

–

996

(217)

779

1,636

12

865

–

504

–

272

2

639

–

758

21

4.3%

5.7%

7.5%

9.0%

9.0%

9.4%

17.5%

24.6%

20.8%

15.0%

20.7%

13.3%

23.6%

17.5%

18.5%

19.1%

20.4%

12.8%

4

1

188

126

319

–

26

(53)

(27)

21,387

3,443

1,969

400

27,199

–

5,605

(923)

4,682

(27)

4,647

–

–

–

–

35

7.5%

17.9%

14.2%

29

37

6

10

–

16

–

17

16

17

2

40

104

12

157

149

Year ended 30 November 2017

ANP

TWPI

Net premiums, fee income and 
  other operating revenue 

(net of reinsurance ceded)

Investment return

Total revenue

Net insurance and investment 
  contract benefits

Commission and other acquisition 
  expenses

Operating expenses

Finance costs and other expenses

Share of profit from associates 
  and joint venture

Operating profit before tax

Tax on operating profit before tax

Operating profit after tax

Operating profit after tax 
  attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group 

  Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Key operating ratios:

Expense ratio

Operating margin

Operating return on shareholders’ 
  allocated equity

Operating profit before tax includes:

Finance costs

Depreciation and amortisation

168

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
7. SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

US$m

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Other 
Markets

Group 
Corporate 
Centre

Total

30 November 2017

Total assets

Total liabilities

Total equity

Shareholders’ allocated equity

65,485

31,319

35,922

14,347

19,915

37,145

11,558 215,691

54,023

24,358

32,501

12,806

16,789

29,172

3,670 173,319

11,462

7,909

6,961

5,510

3,421

2,961

1,541

1,524

3,126

3,391

7,973

6,430

7,888

7,933

42,372

35,658

Net capital (out)/in flows

(952)

(467)

(238)

(192)

(207)

(50)

866

(1,240)

Total assets include:

Investments in associates and 

joint venture

–

–

1

6

–

635

–

642

Segment information may be reconciled to the consolidated income statement as shown below:

Short-term 
fluctuations in 
investment 
return related 
to equities and 
real estate

Segment 
information

Other 
non-operating 

items(1)

Consolidated 
income 
statement

25,708

7,096

32,804

21,387

5,812

27,199

–

5,605

–

2,314

2,314

433

–

433

–

1,881

Net premiums, fee income 
  and other operating 

–

25,708

revenue

3,212

3,212

3,021

362

3,383

–

(171)

12,622

Investment return

38,330

Total revenue

24,841

Net insurance and investment 
  contract benefits

6,174 Other expenses

31,015

Total expenses

Share of profit from 
  associates and joint venture

–

7,315 Profit before tax

US$m

Year ended 30 November 2017

Net premiums, 

fee income and 

  other operating revenue

Investment return

Total revenue

Net insurance and investment 
  contract benefits

Other expenses

Total expenses

Share of profit from associates 
  and joint venture

Operating profit before tax

Note:
(1)  Include unit-linked contracts.

169

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
7. SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

US$m

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Other 
Markets

Group 
Corporate 
Centre

Total

Year ended 30 November 2016

ANP

TWPI

Net premiums, fee income and 
  other operating revenue 

(net of reinsurance ceded)

Investment return

Total revenue

Net insurance and investment 
  contract benefits

Commission and other acquisition 
  expenses

Operating expenses

Finance costs and other expenses

2,294

6,873

471

3,327

427

2,276

341

1,795

621

2,384

969

5,478

–

–

5,123

22,133

7,172

1,788

8,960

3,271

1,056

4,327

2,659

1,024

3,683

1,621

541

2,162

2,267

663

2,930

3,655

1,025

4,680

(4) 20,641

327

323

6,424

27,065

6,311

2,541

2,672

1,474

1,937

2,588

(11) 17,512

790

310

104

609

184

38

303

161

16

183

163

11

146

235

12

655

515

43

–

184

110

283

–

40

(10)

30

2,686

1,752

334

22,284

(5)

4,776

(763)

4,013

30

–

–

–

–

86

15

3,981

32

7.9%

18.1%

14.1%

149

127

Total expenses

7,515

3,372

3,152

1,831

2,330

3,801

Share of losses from associates 
  and joint venture

Operating profit before tax

Tax on operating profit before tax

Operating profit after tax

Operating profit after tax 
  attributable to:

  Shareholders of AIA Group 

  Limited

  Non-controlling interests

Key operating ratios:

Expense ratio

Operating margin

Operating return on shareholders’ 
  allocated equity

Operating profit before tax includes:

–

1,445

(101)

1,344

–

955

(187)

768

–

531

(78)

453

–

331

(64)

267

–

600

(131)

469

(5)

874

(192)

682

1,334

10

768

–

453

–

265

2

469

–

662

20

4.5%

5.5%

7.1%

9.1%

9.9%

9.4%

19.6%

23.1%

19.9%

14.9%

19.7%

12.4%

22.9%

19.0%

19.1%

19.7%

17.0%

13.5%

Finance costs

Depreciation and amortisation

28

23

5

9

7

13

2

17

19

13

2

37

170

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
7. SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

US$m

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Other 
Markets

Group 
Corporate 
Centre

Total

30 November 2016

Total assets

Total liabilities

Total equity

Shareholders’ allocated equity

52,916

26,800

31,087

12,409

18,672

33,011

10,179 185,074

45,166

21,163

28,345

11,079

15,064

25,881

3,066 149,764

7,750

5,935

5,637

4,400

2,742

2,502

1,330

1,331

3,608

2,864

7,130

5,369

175

7,113

7,231

35,310

29,632

608

(1,103)

Net capital (out)/in flows

(1,034)

(411)

(209)

(186)

(46)

Total assets include:

Investments in associates and 

joint venture

–

–

1

6

–

643

–

650

Segment information may be reconciled to the consolidated income statement as shown below:

Short-term 
fluctuations in 
investment 
return related to 
equities and 
real estate

Segment 
information

Other 
non-operating 

items(1)

Consolidated 
income 
statement

20,641

6,424

27,065

17,512

4,772

22,284

(5)

4,776

–

42

42

(59)

–

(59)

–

101

Net premiums, fee income 
  and other operating 

–

20,641

revenue

1,089

1,089

768

326

7,555

Investment return

28,196

Total revenue

18,221

Net insurance and investment 
  contract benefits

5,098 Other expenses

1,094

23,319

Total expenses

–

(5)

Share of losses from 
  associates and joint venture

(5)

4,872 Profit before tax

US$m

Year ended 30 November 2016

Net premiums, 

fee income and 

  other operating revenue

Investment return

Total revenue

Net insurance and investment 
  contract benefits

Other expenses

Total expenses

Share of losses from associates 
  and joint venture

Operating profit before tax

Note:
(1)  Include unit-linked contracts.

171

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
8. REVENUE
Investment return

US$m

Interest income

Dividend income

Rental income

Investment income

Available for sale

Net realised gains from debt securities

Impairment of debt securities

Net gains of available for sale financial assets reflected in the consolidated 

income statement

At fair value through profit or loss

Net gains of financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

Net (losses)/gains of debt securities

Net gains of equity securities

Net gains of financial instruments held for trading

Net losses of debt investments

Net fair value movement on derivatives

Net gains in respect of financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

Net fair value movement of investment property

Net foreign exchange (losses)/gains

Other net realised (losses)/gains

Investment experience

Investment return

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

5,599

695

151

6,445

180

–

180

(89)

5,789

–

513

6,213

367

(560)

(23)

6,177

12,622

5,290

654

140

6,084

25

(22)

3

125

934

(1)

39

1,097

288

75

8

1,471

7,555

Foreign currency movements resulted in the following (losses)/gains recognised in the consolidated income statement 
(other than gains and losses arising on items measured at fair value through profit or loss):

US$m

Foreign exchange (losses)/gains

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

(238)

36

Other operating revenue
The balance of other operating revenue largely consists of asset management fees.

172

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
9. EXPENSES

US$m

Insurance contract benefits

Change in insurance contract liabilities

Investment contract benefits

Insurance and investment contract benefits

Insurance and investment contract benefits ceded

Insurance and investment contract benefits, net of reinsurance ceded

Commission and other acquisition expenses incurred

Deferral and amortisation of acquisition costs

Commission and other acquisition expenses

Employee benefit expenses

Depreciation

Amortisation

Operating lease rentals

Other operating expenses

Operating expenses

Investment management expenses and others

Depreciation on property held for own use

Restructuring and other non-operating costs(1)

Change in third-party interests in consolidated investment funds

Other expenses

Finance costs

Total

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

11,530

13,366

1,212

26,108

(1,267)

24,841

5,696

(2,241)

3,455

1,243

65

53

147

461

1,969

397

22

142

6

567

183

10,501

8,594

245

19,340

(1,119)

18,221

4,786

(2,051)

2,735

1,168

64

37

122

361

1,752

340

21

82

19

462

149

31,015

23,319

Other  operating  expenses  include  auditors’  remuneration  of  US$20m  (2016:  US$15m),  an  analysis  of  which  is  set  out 
below:

US$m

Audit services

Non-audit services, including:

  Audit-related services(2)

  Tax services

  Other services

Total

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

14

4

1

1

20

12

1

1

1

15

Notes:
(1)  Restructuring costs represent costs related to restructuring programmes and are primarily comprised of redundancy and contract termination 

costs. Other non-operating costs primarily consist of acquisition-related and integration expenses.

(2)  Audit-related services for 2017 include the audit of the Supplementary Embedded Value Information as at and for the year ended 30 November 

2017 (2016: nil).

173

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES9. EXPENSES (continued)
Finance costs may be analysed as:

US$m

Repurchase agreements (see note 29 for details)

Medium-term notes

Other loans

Total

Employee benefit expenses consist of:

US$m

Wages and salaries

Share-based compensation

Pension costs – defined contribution plans

Pension costs – defined benefit plans

Other employee benefit expenses

Total

10. INCOME TAX

US$m

Tax charged in the consolidated income statement

Current income tax – Hong Kong Profits Tax

Current income tax – overseas

Deferred income tax on temporary differences

Total

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

47

132

4

183

35

111

3

149

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

1,012

73

72

7

79

936

79

67

11

75

1,243

1,168

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

124

526

478

1,128

87

392

181

660

The  tax  benefit  or  expense  attributable  to  life  insurance  policyholder  returns  in  Singapore,  Brunei,  Malaysia,  Australia, 
Indonesia, the Philippines and Sri Lanka is included in the tax charge or credit and is analysed separately in the consolidated 
income statement in order to permit comparison of the underlying effective rate of tax attributable to shareholders from 
year to year. The tax attributable to policyholders’ returns included above is US$128m (2016: US$62m).

174

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS10. INCOME TAX (continued)
The provision for Hong Kong Profits Tax is calculated at 16.5 per cent. Taxation for overseas subsidiaries and branches is 
charged  at  the  appropriate  current  rates  of  taxation  ruling  in  the  relevant  jurisdictions  of  which  the  most  significant 
jurisdictions are outlined below.

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Others

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

16.5%

16.5%

20%

17%

24%

25%

20%

17%

24%

25%

12% – 30% 12% – 30%

The table above reflects the principal rate of corporate income tax as at the end of each year. The rates reflect enacted or 
substantively enacted corporate tax rates throughout the year in each jurisdiction.

The table above does not include prospective changes in corporate income tax rates for Korea and Taiwan, which were 
enacted after 30 November 2017. For Korea, the corporate income tax rate for the portion of taxable income that exceeds 
300 billion Korean Won will increase from 24.2% to 27.5% for fiscal year 2018 and onwards. For Taiwan, the corporate 
income tax rate will increase from 17% to 20% for fiscal year 2018 and onwards. Accordingly, the financial impact of these 
changes in corporate income tax rate have not been reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

During the year of 2016, Thailand enacted a permanent change in the corporate income tax rate from 30 per cent to 20 per 
cent from assessment year 2016 onwards. The decrease in tax rate resulted in a reduction in deferred tax liabilities of 
US$314m, of which US$181m was recognised in profit or loss and US$133m was recognised in other comprehensive 
income for the year ended 30 November 2016.

175

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES10. INCOME TAX (continued)

US$m

Income tax reconciliation

Profit before income tax

Tax calculated at domestic tax rates applicable to profits in the respective jurisdictions

Reduction in tax payable from:

  Life insurance tax(1)

  Exempt investment income

  Amount over-provided in prior years

  Changes in tax rate and law

  Others

Increase in tax payable from:

  Life insurance tax (1)

  Withholding taxes

  Disallowed expenses

  Unrecognised deferred tax assets

  Provisions for uncertain tax positions

Total income tax expense

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

7,315

1,361

(108)

(266)

(10)

–

(83)

(467)

–

17

132

19

66

234

1,128

4,872

935

–

(166)

(23)

(181)

(65)

(435)

18

1

81

30

30

160

660

Note:
(1)  Life insurance tax refers to the permanent differences which arise where the tax regime specific to the life insurance business does not adopt net 

income as the basis for calculating taxable profit, for example Hong Kong, where life business taxable profit is derived from life premiums.

176

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS10. INCOME TAX (continued)
The movement in net deferred tax liabilities in the period may be analysed as set out below:

US$m

30 November 2017

Revaluation of financial instruments

Deferred acquisition costs

Insurance and investment contract liabilities

Withholding taxes

Provision for expenses

Losses available for offset against future 

taxable income

Life surplus (1)

Others

Total

30 November 2016

Revaluation of financial instruments

Deferred acquisition costs

Insurance and investment contract liabilities

Withholding taxes

Provision for expenses

Losses available for offset against future 

taxable income

Life surplus (1)

Others

Total

Net deferred 
tax asset/
(liability) at 
1 December

Credited/
(charged) to 
the income 
statement

Credited/(charged) to other 
comprehensive income

Fair value 

reserve(2)

Foreign 
exchange 

Others

Net deferred 
tax asset/
(liability) 
at year end

(1,387)

(2,196)

1,094

(132)

110

69

(534)

(293)

(3,269)

(1,429)

(2,409)

1,477

(148)

139

23

(525)

(228)

(52)

(214)

(78)

(16)

29

(39)

(100)

(8)

(478)

26

196

(392)

(1)

(29)

47

(24)

(4)

316

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

316

14

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(3,100)

(181)

14

(33)

(136)

70

1

7

1

(40)

(11)

(141)

2

17

9

17

(1)

(1)

15

5

63

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(14)

(14)

–

–

–

–

1

–

–

(66)

(65)

(1,156)

(2,546)

1,086

(147)

146

31

(674)

(326)

(3,586)

(1,387)

(2,196)

1,094

(132)

110

69

(534)

(293)

(3,269)

Notes:
(1)  Life surplus relates to the temporary difference which arises where the taxable profits are based on actual distributions from the long-term fund. 

This primarily relates to Singapore and Malaysia.

(2)  Of the fair value reserve deferred tax credit of US$316m for 2017 (2016: US$14m), US$297m (2016: US$8m) relates to fair value gains and losses 
on available for sale financial assets and US$19m (2016: US$6m) relates to fair value gains and losses on available for sale financial assets 
transferred to income on disposal and impairment.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that sufficient future taxable profits will be available for realisation. The 
Group has not recognised deferred tax assets of US$52m (2016: US$59m) on tax losses and the temporary difference on 
insurance and investment contract liabilities arising from different accounting and statutory/tax reserving methodology 
for certain branches and subsidiaries on the basis that they have histories of tax losses and there is insufficient evidence 
that future profits will be available.

The  Group  has  not  provided  deferred  tax  liabilities  of  US$62m  (2016:  US$156m)  in  respect  of  unremitted  earnings  of 
operations in two jurisdictions (2016: three jurisdictions) from which a withholding tax charge would be incurred upon 
distribution as the Group does not consider it probable that this portion of accumulated earnings will be remitted in the 
foreseeable future.

The Group has unused income tax losses carried forward in Hong Kong, Macau, Thailand, Malaysia, China, Korea, New 
Zealand, the Philippines, Sri Lanka and Taiwan. The tax losses of Hong Kong, Malaysia, New Zealand and Sri Lanka can be 
carried forward indefinitely. The tax losses of remaining branches and subsidiaries are due to expire within the periods 
ending 2020 (Macau and the Philippines), 2022 (Thailand and China), 2025 (Taiwan) and 2027 (Korea).

177

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
11. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to shareholders of AIA Group Limited by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year. The shares held by employee share-based trusts are 
not considered to be outstanding from the date of the purchase for purposes of computing basic and diluted earnings per 
share.

Net profit attributable to shareholders of AIA Group Limited (US$m)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (million)

Basic earnings per share (US cents per share)

Year ended
30 November
2017

Year ended
30 November
2016

6,120

12,000

51.00

4,164

11,972

34.78

Diluted
Diluted  earnings  per  share  is  calculated  by  adjusting  the  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary  shares  outstanding  to 
assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. As of 30 November 2017 and 2016, the Group has potentially 
dilutive  instruments  which  are  the  share  options,  restricted  share  units,  restricted  stock  purchase  units  and  restricted 
stock  subscription  units  awarded  to  eligible  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents  under  various  share-based 
compensation plans as described in note 38.

Net profit attributable to shareholders of AIA Group Limited (US$m)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (million)

Adjustment for share options, restricted share units, restricted stock purchase units 
  and restricted stock subscription units awarded under share-based compensation 
  plans (million)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share (million)

Diluted earnings per share (US cents per share)

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

6,120

12,000

37

12,037

50.84

4,164

11,972

34

12,006

34.68

At 30 November 2017, 5,340,052 share options (2016: 14,937,248) were excluded from the diluted weighted average 
number of ordinary shares calculation as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Operating profit after tax per share
Operating  profit  after  tax  (see  note  5)  per  share  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  operating  profit  after  tax  attributable  to 
shareholders of AIA Group Limited by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year. As of 30 
November 2017 and 2016, the Group has potentially dilutive instruments which are the share options, restricted share 
units,  restricted  stock  purchase  units  and  restricted  stock  subscription  units  awarded  to  eligible  directors,  officers, 
employees and agents under various share-based compensation plans as described in note 38.

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

38.73

38.61

33.25

33.16

Basic (US cents per share)

Diluted (US cents per share)

178

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS12. DIVIDENDS
Dividends to shareholders of the Company attributable to the year:

US$m

Interim dividend declared and paid of 25.62 Hong Kong cents per share 

(2016: 21.90 Hong Kong cents per share)

Final dividend proposed after the reporting date of 74.38 Hong Kong cents per share 

(2016: 63.75 Hong Kong cents per share) (1)

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

393

1,144

1,537

338

985

1,323

Note:
(1)  Based upon shares outstanding at 30 November 2017 and 2016 that are entitled to a dividend, other than those held by employee share-based 

trusts.

The above final dividend was proposed by the Board on 27 February 2018 subject to shareholders’ approval at the AGM to 
be held on 18 May 2018. The proposed final dividend has not been recognised as a liability at the reporting date.

Dividends to shareholders of the Company attributable to the previous financial year, approved and paid during the year:

US$m

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

Final dividend in respect of the previous financial year, approved and paid during 

the year of 63.75 Hong Kong cents per share (2016: 51.00 Hong Kong cents per share)

983

786

179

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
13. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

US$m

Cost

At 1 December 2015

  Additions

  Disposals

  Foreign exchange movements and others

At 30 November 2016

  Additions

  Disposals

  Foreign exchange movements

At 30 November 2017

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 December 2015

  Amortisation charge for the year

  Disposals

  Foreign exchange movements

At 30 November 2016

  Amortisation charge for the year

  Foreign exchange movements

At 30 November 2017

Net book value

At 30 November 2016

At 30 November 2017

Goodwill

Computer 
software

Distribution 
and other 
rights

808

–

–

(33)

775

–

–

60

835

(4)

–

–

–

(4)

–

–

(4)

771

831

405

61

(4)

(4)

458

53

(2)

17

526

(199)

(36)

2

1

(232)

(51)

(14)

(297)

226

229

870

3

(1)

(57)

815

77

–

15

907

(46)

(27)

1

3

(69)

(33)

(1)

(103)

746

804

Total

2,083

64

(5)

(94)

2,048

130

(2)

92

2,268

(249)

(63)

3

4

(305)

(84)

(15)

(404)

1,743

1,864

The Group holds intangible assets for its long-term use and the annual amortisation charge of US$84m (2016: US$63m) 
approximates the amount that is expected to be recovered through consumption within 12 months after the end of the 
reporting period.

Impairment tests for goodwill
Goodwill arises primarily in respect of the Group’s insurance business in Malaysia. Goodwill is tested for impairment by 
comparing the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit, including goodwill, to the recoverable amount of that cash-
generating unit. If the recoverable amount of the unit exceeds the carrying amount of the unit, the goodwill allocated to 
that unit shall be regarded as not impaired. The recoverable amount is the value in use of the cash-generating unit unless 
otherwise stated. The value in use is determined by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows plus a 
multiple of the present value of the new business generated.

Value in use is calculated as an actuarially determined appraisal value, based on the embedded value of the business and 
the value from future new business.

The key assumptions used in the embedded value calculations include investment returns, mortality, morbidity, persistency, 
expenses  and  inflation. The  value  from  future  new  business  is  calculated  based  on  a  combination  of  indicators  which 
include, among others, a multiple of the projected one-year value of new business (VONB), taking into account recent 
production mix, business strategy and market trends. The Group may apply alternative method to estimate the value of 
future new business if the described method is not appropriate under the circumstances.

180

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS14. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURE

US$m

Group

Investments in associates

Investment in joint venture

Total

Year ended 
30 November
2017

Year ended 
30 November
2016

636

6

642

650

–

650

Investments in associates and joint venture are held for their long-term contribution to the Group’s performance and so all 
amounts are expected to be realised more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period.

The Group’s interests in its principal associates and joint venture are as follows:

Place of 
incorporation

Principal 
activity

Type of 
shares held

Group’s interest %

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

Tata AIA Life Insurance Company Limited

India

Insurance

Ordinary

49%

49%

On 25 April 2016, the Group increased its shareholding of Tata AIA Life Insurance Company Limited from 26 per cent to 49 
per cent.

All associates and joint venture are unlisted.

Aggregated financial information of associates and joint venture
The investments in the associates and joint venture are measured using the equity method. The following table analyses, 
in  aggregate,  the  carrying  amount  and  share  of  profit  and  other  comprehensive  income  of  these  associates  and  joint 
venture.

US$m

Carrying amount in the statement of financial position

Losses from continuing operations

Other comprehensive (expenses)/income

Total comprehensive (expenses)/income

Year ended
30 November
2017

Year ended
30 November
2016

642

–

(24)

(24)

650

(5)

43

38

181

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES15. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

US$m

Cost or revaluation

At 1 December 2015

  Additions

  Disposals

  Net transfers from investment property

Increase from valuation

  Foreign exchange movements

At 30 November 2016

  Additions

  Disposals

  Net transfers to investment property

Increase from valuation

  Foreign exchange movements

At 30 November 2017

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 December 2015

  Depreciation charge for the year

  Disposals

  Revaluation adjustment

  Foreign exchange movements

At 30 November 2016

  Depreciation charge for the year

  Disposals

  Revaluation adjustment

  Foreign exchange movements

At 30 November 2017

Net book value

At 30 November 2016

At 30 November 2017

Property 
held for 
own use

Computer 
hardware

Fixtures and 
fittings and 
others

615

3

(34)

19

312

(10)

905

1

(7)

(24)

62

42

979

(200)

(15)

11

209

(5)

–

(16)

5

10

1

–

905

979

207

19

(36)

–

–

(2)

188

23

(21)

–

–

11

201

(172)

(19)

28

–

3

(160)

(18)

19

–

(9)

(168)

28

33

357

131

(13)

–

–

(11)

464

66

(58)

–

–

18

490

(228)

(45)

–

–

8

(265)

(47)

37

–

(14)

(289)

199

201

Total

1,179

153

(83)

19

312

(23)

1,557

90

(86)

(24)

62

71

1,670

(600)

(79)

39

209

6

(425)

(81)

61

10

(22)

(457)

1,132

1,213

Properties held for own use are carried at fair value at the reporting date less accumulated depreciation. The fair value at 
the  reporting  date  is  determined  by  independent  professional  valuers.  Details  of  valuation  techniques  and  process  are 
disclosed in notes 3 and 21.

During the reporting period, no expenditure (2016: nil) recognised in the carrying amount of property held for own use was 
in the course of its construction. Increases from revaluation on property held for own use of US$72m (2016: US$521m) 
were taken to other comprehensive income.

If property held for own use were stated on a historical cost basis, the carrying value would be US$373m (2016: US$393m). 
The Group holds property, plant and equipment for its long-term use and, accordingly, the annual depreciation charge 
approximates to the amount expected to be recovered through consumption within 12 months after the end of the reporting 
period.

182

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
16. INVESTMENT PROPERTY

US$m

Fair value

At 1 December 2015

  Additions and capitalised subsequent expenditures

  Disposals

  Net transfers to property, plant and equipment

  Net transfers to other assets

  Fair value gain

  Foreign exchange movements

At 30 November 2016

  Additions and capitalised subsequent expenditures

  Disposals

  Net transfers from property, plant and equipment

  Fair value gain

  Foreign exchange movements

At 30 November 2017

3,659

60

(3)

(19)

(40)

288

(35)

3,910

10

(12)

24

367

66

4,365

Investment properties are carried at fair value at the reporting date as determined by independent professional valuers. 
Details of valuation techniques and process are disclosed in notes 3 and 21.

The Group leases out its investment property under operating leases. The leases typically run for an initial period of one to 
twelve years, with an option to renew the lease based on future negotiations. Lease payments are usually negotiated every 
one to three years to reflect market rentals. There were not any material contingent rentals earned as income for the year. 
Rental income generated from investment property amounted to US$151m (2016: US$140m). Direct operating expenses 
(including repair and maintenance) on investment property that generates rental income amounted to US$31m (2016: 
US$32m).

The Group owns investment property in the form of freehold land outside Hong Kong and leasehold land under finance 
lease. Leasehold land under operating leases which is held for long-term rental or capital appreciation or both that is not 
occupied by the Group is classified as investment property. They are initially recognised at cost with changes in fair values 
in subsequent periods recognised in the consolidated income statement. The Group does not hold freehold land in Hong 
Kong.

The  future  minimum  operating  lease  rental  income  under  non-cancellable  operating  leases  that  the  Group  expects  to 
receive in future periods may be analysed as follows:

US$m

Leases of investment property

Expiring no later than one year

Expiring later than one year and no later than five years

Expiring after five years or more

Total

As at
30 November
2017

As at
30 November
2016

135

241

31

407

121

143

8

272

183

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES17. REINSURANCE ASSETS

US$m

Amounts recoverable from reinsurers

Ceded insurance and investment contract liabilities

Total

18. DEFERRED ACQUISITION AND ORIGINATION COSTS

US$m

Carrying amount

Deferred acquisition costs on insurance contracts

Deferred origination costs on investment contracts

Value of business acquired

Total

Movements in the year

At beginning of financial year

Deferral and amortisation of acquisition and origination costs

Foreign exchange movements

Impact of assumption changes

Other movements

At end of financial year

As at
30 November
2017

As at
30 November
2016

506

1,975

2,481

335

1,711

2,046

As at
30 November
2017

As at
30 November
2016

21,345

18,351

373

129

418

129

21,847

18,898

Year ended
30 November 
2017

Year ended
30 November 
2016

18,898

2,318

833

(77)

(125)

17,092

2,057

(172)

(6)

(73)

21,847

18,898

Deferred acquisition and origination costs are expected to be recoverable over the mean term of the Group’s insurance and 
investment  contracts,  and  liability  adequacy  testing  is  performed  at  least  annually  to  confirm  their  recoverability. 
Accordingly, the annual amortisation charge, which varies with investment performance for certain universal life and unit-
linked products, approximates to the amount which is expected to be realised within 12 months of the end of the reporting 
period.

184

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS19. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS
The  following  tables  analyse  the  Group’s  financial  investments  by  type  and  nature.  The  Group  manages  its  financial 
investments  in  two  distinct  categories:  Unit-linked  Investments  and  Policyholder  and  Shareholder  Investments.  The 
investment risk in respect of Unit-linked Investments is generally wholly borne by our customers, and does not directly 
affect the profit for the year before tax. Furthermore, unit-linked contract holders are responsible for allocation of their 
policy values amongst investment options offered by the Group. Although profit for the year before tax is not affected by 
Unit-linked Investments, the investment return from such financial investments is included in the Group’s profit for the 
year before tax, as the Group has elected the fair value option for all Unit-linked Investments with corresponding changes 
in  insurance  and  investment  contract  liabilities  for  unit-linked  contracts.  Policyholder  and  Shareholder  Investments 
include all financial investments other than Unit-linked Investments. The investment risk in respect of Policyholder and 
Shareholder Investments is partially or wholly borne by the Group.

Policyholder  and  Shareholder  Investments  are  further  categorised  as  Participating  Funds  and  Other  Policyholder  and 
Shareholder.  The  Group  has  elected  to  separately  analyse  financial  investments  held  by  Participating  Funds  within 
Policyholder and Shareholder Investments as they are subject to local regulations that generally prescribe a minimum 
proportion of policyholder participation in declared dividends. The Group has elected the fair value option for debt and 
equity securities of Participating Funds. The Group’s accounting policy is to record an insurance liability for the proportion 
of  net  assets  of  the  Participating  Funds  that  would  be  allocated  to  policyholders  assuming  all  performance  would  be 
declared as a dividend based upon local regulations as at the date of the statement of financial position. As a result the 
Group’s net profit for the year before tax is impacted by the proportion of investment return that would be allocated to 
shareholders as described above.

Other  Policyholder  and  Shareholder  Investments  are  distinct  from  Unit-linked  Investments  and  Participating  Funds  as 
there is not any direct contractual or regulatory requirement governing the amount, if any, for allocation to policyholders. 
The  Group  has  elected  to  apply  the  fair  value  option  for  equity  securities  in  this  category  and  the  available  for  sale 
classification in respect of the majority of debt securities in this category. The investment risk from investments in this 
category directly impacts the Group’s financial statements. Although a proportion of investment return may be allocated to 
policyholders through policyholder dividends, the Group’s accounting policy for insurance and certain investment contract 
liabilities utilises a net level premium methodology that includes best estimates as at the date of issue for non-guaranteed 
participation. To the extent investment return from these investments either is not allocated to participating contracts or 
varies from the best estimates, it will impact the Group’s profit before tax.

In the following tables, “FVTPL” indicates financial investments classified at fair value through profit or loss and “AFS” 
indicates financial investments classified as available for sale.

Debt securities
In compiling the tables, external ratings have been used where available. Where external ratings are not readily available 
an internal rating methodology has been adopted, if applicable. External ratings for government bonds are based on issuers 
as well as currencies of issuances. The following conventions have been adopted to conform the various ratings.

External ratings

Internal ratings

Reported as

Standard and Poor’s

AAA

AA+ to AA-

A+ to A-

BBB+ to BBB-

BB+ and below

Moody’s

Aaa

Aa1 to Aa3

A1 to A3

Baa1 to Baa3

Ba1 and below

Note:
(1)  Unless otherwise identified individually.

1

2+ to 2-

3+ to 3-

4+ to 4-

AAA

AA

A

BBB

5+ and below

Below investment grade(1)

185

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES19. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS (continued)
Debt securities (continued)
Debt securities by type comprise the following:

US$m

Rating

FVTPL

FVTPL

AFS

Subtotal

FVTPL

Policyholder and shareholder

Participating 
funds

Other policyholder and 
shareholder

Unit-linked

Consolidated 
investment 

funds(3)

FVTPL

Total

A

A

AA

AAA

BBB

A

AA

BBB

30 November 2017

Government bonds 
  – issued in local currency

Thailand

China

Korea

Singapore

Philippines

Malaysia

United States

Indonesia

Other(1)

Subtotal

Government bonds 
  – foreign currency

AAA

AA

A

BBB

Below investment grade

Subtotal

Government agency 
  bonds(2)

AAA

AA

A

BBB

Below investment grade

Subtotal

–

1,520

–

2,440

–

1,249

168

77

6

5,460

–

36

90

95

–

221

1,184

367

2,084

198

71

3,904

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

25

–

25

–

–

–

45

12

57

–

–

3

10

1

14

13,141

13,141

6,821

5,439

1,230

2,346

562

3,100

379

744

8,341

5,439

3,670

2,346

1,811

3,268

481

750

–

27

272

476

55

25

1

55

2

33,762

39,247

913

–

799

831

–

835

921

1,677

1,817

53

65

3,360

3,638

908

3,517

3,051

1,493

260

2,092

3,884

5,138

1,701

332

8

25

16

185

–

234

90

63

38

5

14

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

263

56

–

–

13,141

8,368

5,711

4,146

2,401

1,836

3,269

536

752

40,160

8

860

937

2,002

65

3,872

2,182

4,210

5,232

1,706

346

9,229

13,147

210

319

13,676

Notes:
(1)  Of the total government bonds issued in local currency listed as “Other” at 30 November 2017, 44 per cent are rated as investment grade and a 

further 38 per cent are rated BB- and above. The remaining are rated below BB-.

(2)  Government agency bonds comprise bonds issued by government-sponsored institutions such as national, provincial and municipal authorities; 

government-related entities; multilateral development banks and supranational organisations.
(3)  Consolidated investment funds reflect 100 per cent of assets and liabilities held by such funds.

186

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS19. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS (continued)
Debt securities (continued)

US$m

30 November 2017

Corporate bonds

AAA

AA

A

BBB

Below investment grade

Not rated

Subtotal

Structured securities(4)

AAA

AA

A

BBB

Below investment grade

Not rated

Subtotal

Total(5)

Policyholder and shareholder

Participating 
funds

Other policyholder and 
shareholder

Unit-linked

FVTPL

FVTPL

AFS

Subtotal

FVTPL

Consolidated 
investment 

funds(3)

FVTPL

46

475

5,185

4,510

679

–

–

17

43

106

19

2

431

4,021

26,150

25,461

2,421

–

477

4,513

31,378

30,077

3,119

2

5

11

377

598

191

177

–

349

1,139

181

–

–

Total

482

4,873

32,894

30,856

3,310

179

10,895

187

58,484

69,566

1,359

1,669

72,594

–

–

18

165

–

11

194

–

–

–

–

–

41

41

9

64

301

250

6

1

631

9

64

319

415

6

53

866

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9

64

319

415

6

53

866

20,674

324

105,466

126,464

2,716

1,988

131,168

Notes:
(3)  Consolidated investment funds reflect 100 per cent of assets and liabilities held by such funds.
(4)  Structured securities include collateralised debt obligations, mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities.
(5)  Debt securities of US$4,900m are restricted due to local regulatory requirements.

187

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES19. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS (continued)
Debt securities (continued)

US$m

Rating

FVTPL

FVTPL

AFS

Subtotal

FVTPL

Policyholder and shareholder

Participating 
funds

Other policyholder and 
shareholder

Unit-linked

Consolidated 
investment 

funds(3)

FVTPL

Total

A

AA

AA

AAA

BBB

A

AA

BB

30 November 2016

Government bonds 
  – issued in local currency

Thailand

China

Korea

Singapore

Philippines

Malaysia

United States

Indonesia

Other(1)

Subtotal

Government bonds 
  – foreign currency

AAA

AA

A

BBB

Below investment grade

Subtotal

Government agency 
  bonds(2)

AAA

AA

A

BBB

Below investment grade

Not rated

Subtotal

–

1,635

–

1,552

–

1,185

16

57

–

4,445

–

25

73

10

77

185

1,107

945

898

220

30

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

10

–

10

–

–

–

28

29

57

–

–

3

9

–

–

11,313

11,313

6,510

4,171

950

2,527

414

1,587

387

639

8,145

4,171

2,502

2,527

1,599

1,603

454

639

–

19

280

387

68

22

2

37

2

28,498

32,953

817

–

713

576

710

717

–

738

649

748

823

2,716

2,958

782

5,327

1,245

1,245

121

–

1,889

6,272

2,146

1,474

151

–

3

26

17

126

50

222

105

75

26

6

3

8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

34

182

15

–

–

–

11,313

8,164

4,451

2,889

2,595

1,621

1,605

491

641

33,770

3

764

666

874

873

3,180

2,028

6,529

2,187

1,480

154

8

3,200

12

8,720

11,932

223

231

12,386

Notes:
(1)  Of the total government bonds issued in local currency listed as “Other” at 30 November 2016, 49 per cent are rated as investment grade and a 

further 35 per cent are rated BB- and above. The remaining are rated below BB-.

(2)  Government agency bonds comprise bonds issued by government-sponsored institutions such as national, provincial and municipal authorities; 

government-related entities; multilateral development banks and supranational organisations.
(3)  Consolidated investment funds reflect 100 per cent of assets and liabilities held by such funds.

188

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS19. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS (continued)
Debt securities (continued)

US$m

30 November 2016

Corporate bonds

AAA

AA

A

BBB

Below investment grade

Not rated

Subtotal

Structured securities(4)

AAA

AA

A

BBB

Below investment grade

Not rated

Subtotal

Total(5)

Policyholder and shareholder

Participating 
funds

Other policyholder and 
shareholder

Unit-linked

FVTPL

FVTPL

AFS

Subtotal

FVTPL

Consolidated 
investment 

funds(3)

FVTPL

48

573

4,863

4,251

876

–

–

22

13

125

8

–

237

4,087

21,654

20,382

3,044

1

285

4,682

26,530

24,758

3,928

1

4

21

426

566

140

138

46

351

983

270

3

14

Total

335

5,054

27,939

25,594

4,071

153

10,611

168

49,405

60,184

1,295

1,667

63,146

–

13

20

223

–

10

266

18,707

–

–

20

–

50

46

116

363

20

79

381

270

–

3

20

92

421

493

50

59

753

1,135

–

–

–

1

–

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

20

92

421

494

50

59

1,136

90,092

109,162

2,558

1,898

113,618

Notes:
(3)  Consolidated investment funds reflect 100 per cent of assets and liabilities held by such funds.
(4)  Structured securities include collateralised debt obligations, mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities.
(5)  Debt securities of US$3,964m are restricted due to local regulatory requirements.

The Group’s debt securities classified at fair value through profit or loss can be analysed as follows:

US$m

Debt securities – FVTPL

Designated at fair value through profit or loss

Held for trading

Total

As at
30 November
2017

As at
30 November
2016

25,702

–

25,702

23,509

17

23,526

189

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES19. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS (continued)
Equity securities
Equity securities by type comprise the following:

Policyholder and shareholder

Participating 
funds

Other 
policyholder 
and 
shareholder

Unit-linked

US$m

FVTPL

FVTPL

Subtotal

FVTPL

Consolidated 
investment 

funds(1)

FVTPL

30 November 2017

Equity shares

Interests in investment funds

Total

US$m

4,631

2,191

6,822

9,267

1,674

10,941

13,898

3,865

17,763

4,610

14,343

18,953

–

–

–

Policyholder and shareholder

Participating 
funds

Other 
policyholder 
and 
shareholder

Unit-linked

FVTPL

FVTPL

Subtotal

FVTPL

Consolidated 
investment 

funds(1)

FVTPL

30 November 2016

Equity shares

Interests in investment funds

Total

3,705

1,746

5,451

6,967

2,295

9,262

10,672

4,041

14,713

3,608

11,886

15,494

1

3

4

Note:
(1)  Consolidated investment funds reflect 100 per cent of assets and liabilities held by such funds.

Total

18,508

18,208

36,716

Total

14,281

15,930

30,211

Debt and equity securities

US$m

Debt securities

Listed

Unlisted

Total

Equity securities

Listed

Unlisted(1)

Total

Note:
(1)  Including US$15,375m (2016: US$13,067m) of investment funds which can be redeemed daily.

As at
30 November
2017

As at
30 November
2016

100,647

30,521

131,168

20,205

16,511

36,716

86,105

27,513

113,618

16,394

13,817

30,211

190

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS19. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS (continued)
Interests in structured entities
The Group has determined that the investment funds and structured securities, such as collateralised debt obligations, 
mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities that the Group has interest are structured entities.

The Group has consolidated certain investment funds for which the Group provides guarantee on capital or rate of return 
to the investors and deemed to have control based on an analysis of the guidance in IFRS 10. For these investment funds, 
the Group has the ability to reduce the guaranteed rates of return, subject to obtaining approvals of applicable regulators. 
The Group has an obligation to absorb losses in the event that the returns of the funds are insufficient to cover the capital 
or rate of return guarantee provided to the investors.

The following table summarises the Group’s interest in unconsolidated structured entities:

US$m

As at 30 November 2017

As at 30 November 2016

Investment 
funds

Structured 
securities(1)

Investment 
funds

Structured 
securities(1)

Available for sale debt securities

Debt securities at fair value through profit or loss

Equity securities at fair value through profit or loss

Total

1,250(2)

520(2)

18,208

19,978

631

235

–

866

939(2)

489(2)

15,930

17,358

753

383

–

1,136

Notes:
(1)  Structured securities include collateralised debt obligation, mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities.
(2)  Balance represents the Group’s interests in debt securities issued by real estate investment trusts.

The Group’s maximum exposure to loss arising from its interests in these unconsolidated structured entities is limited to 
the carrying amount of the assets. Dividend income and interest income are received during the reporting period from 
these interests in unconsolidated structured entities.

In  addition,  the  Group  receives  management  fees  and  trustee  fees  in  respect  of  providing  trustee,  management  and 
administrative  services  to  certain  retirement  scheme  funds  and  investment  funds.  These  funds  are  not  held  and  the 
associated investment risks are not borne by the Group, the Group does not have exposure to loss in these funds.

191

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES19. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS (continued)
Loans and deposits

US$m

Policy loans

Mortgage loans on residential real estate

Mortgage loans on commercial real estate

Other loans

Allowance for loan losses

Loans

Term deposits

Promissory notes(1)

Total

Note:
(1)  The promissory notes are issued by a government.

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

2,726

2,448

600

53

889

(12)

4,256

2,138

1,579

7,973

546

51

737

(13)

3,769

1,847

1,446

7,062

Certain term deposits with financial institutions and promissory notes are restricted due to local regulatory requirements 
or other pledge restrictions. The restricted balance held within term deposits and promissory notes is US$1,749m (2016: 
US$1,638m).

Other  loans  include  receivables  from  reverse  repurchase  agreements  under  which  the  Group  does  not  take  physical 
possession  of  securities  purchased  under  the  agreements.  Sales  or  transfers  of  securities  are  not  permitted  by  the 
respective  clearing  house  on  which  they  are  registered  while  the  loan  is  outstanding.  In  the  event  of  default  by  the 
counterparty  to  repay  the  loan,  the  Group  has  the  right  to  the  underlying  securities  held  by  the  clearing  house.  At  30 
November 2017, the carrying value of such receivables is US$326m (2016: US$224m).

192

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS20. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Group’s non-hedge derivative exposure was as follows:

US$m

30 November 2017

Foreign exchange contracts

  Cross-currency swaps

  Forwards

  Foreign exchange futures

  Currency options

Total foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate contracts

Interest rate swaps

Other

  Warrants and options

Netting

Total

30 November 2016

Foreign exchange contracts

  Cross-currency swaps

  Forwards

  Foreign exchange futures

  Currency options

Total foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate contracts

Interest rate swaps

Other

  Warrants and options

Netting

Total

Notional amount

Assets

Liabilities

Fair value

7,569

5,921

139

7

13,636

3,157

161

(139)

16,815

7,660

1,710

192

13

9,575

1,851

1,520

(192)

12,754

249

47

–

–

296

51

16

–

363

28

36

–

–

64

30

13

–

107

(164)

(142)

–

–

(306)

(55)

–

–

(361)

(567)

(6)

–

–

(573)

(35)

(36)

–

(644)

The column “notional amount” in the above table represents the pay leg of derivative transactions other than equity index 
option. For certain equity-index call and put options with same notional amount that are purchased to hedge the downside 
risk of the underlying equities by means of a collar strategy, the notional amount represents the exposure of the hedged 
equities.

Of the total derivatives, US$8m (2016: US$12m) are listed in exchange or dealer markets and the rest are over-the-counter 
(OTC) derivatives. OTC derivative contracts are individually negotiated between contracting parties and not cleared through 
an  exchange.  OTC  derivatives  include  forwards,  swaps  and  options.  Derivatives  are  subject  to  various  risks  including 
market, liquidity and credit risks, similar to those related to the underlying financial instruments.

Derivative assets and derivative liabilities are recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position as financial 
assets at fair value through profit or loss and derivative financial liabilities respectively. The Group’s derivative contracts 
are established to economic hedge financial exposures. The Group adopts hedge accounting in limited circumstances. The 
notional or contractual amounts associated with derivative financial instruments are not recorded as assets or liabilities in 
the consolidated statement of financial position as they do not represent the fair value of these transactions. The notional 
amounts  in  the  previous  table  reflect  the  aggregate  of  individual  derivative  positions  on  a  gross  basis  and  so  give  an 
indication of the overall scale of derivative transactions.

193

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
20. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)
Foreign exchange contracts
Foreign exchange forward and futures contracts represent agreements to exchange the currency of one country for the 
currency of another country at an agreed price and settlement date. Currency options are agreements that give the buyer 
the right to exchange the currency of one country for the currency of another country at agreed prices and settlement 
dates. Currency swaps are contractual agreements that involve the exchange of both periodic and final amounts in two 
different currencies. Exposure to gains and losses on the foreign exchange contracts will increase or decrease over their 
respective lives as a function of maturity dates, interest and foreign exchange rates, implied volatilities of the underlying 
indices and the timing of payments.

Interest rate swaps
Interest rate swaps are contractual agreements between two parties to exchange periodic payments in the same currency, 
each  of  which  is  computed  on  a  different  interest  rate  basis,  on  a  specified  notional  amount.  Most  interest  rate  swaps 
involve the net exchange of payments calculated as the difference between the fixed and floating rate interest payments.

Other derivatives
Warrants and options are option agreements that give the owner the right to buy or sell securities at an agreed price and 
settlement date.

Netting adjustment
The netting adjustment is related to futures contracts executed through clearing house where the settlement arrangement 
satisfied the netting criteria under IFRS.

Collateral under derivative transactions
At 30 November 2017, the Group had posted cash collateral of US$10m (2016: US$188m) and pledged debt securities 
with carrying value of US$227m (2016: US$440m) for liabilities and held cash collateral of US$141m (2016: US$6m), 
debt securities collateral with carrying value of US$15m (2016: US$5m) for assets in respect of derivative transactions. 
The Group did not sell or repledge the collateral received. These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and 
customary to collateralised transactions including, where relevant, standard repurchase agreements.

194

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS21. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT
Fair value of financial instruments
The Group classifies all financial assets as either at fair value through profit or loss, or as available for sale, which are 
carried at fair value, or as loans and receivables, which are carried at amortised cost. Financial liabilities are classified as 
either at fair value through profit or loss or at amortised cost, except for investment contracts with DPF which are accounted 
for under IFRS 4.

The following tables present the fair values of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities:

US$m

30 November 2017

Financial investments

  Loans and deposits

  Debt securities

  Equity securities

  Derivative financial instruments

Reinsurance receivables

Other receivables

Accrued investment income

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

  Borrowings

  Obligations under repurchase agreements

  Derivative financial instruments

  Other liabilities

Financial liabilities

Fair value

Fair value 
through 
profit or loss

Available 
for sale

Cost/
amortised 
cost

Total 
carrying 
value

Total fair 
value

Notes

19

20

17

22

22

24

–

25,702

36,716

363

–

–

–

–

–

7,973

7,973

7,977

105,466

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

506

2,150

1,541

2,289

131,168

131,168

36,716

36,716

363

506

2,150

1,541

2,289

363

506

2,150

1,541

2,289

62,781

105,466

14,459

182,706

182,710

Fair value 
through 
profit or loss

Cost/
amortised 
cost

Total 
carrying 
value

Total fair 
value

Notes

26

28

29

20

32

7,502

–

–

361

1,225

9,088

580

3,958

1,883

–

4,663

11,084

8,082

3,958

1,883

361

5,888

8,082

4,144

1,883

361

5,888

20,172

20,358

195

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
21. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

US$m

30 November 2016

Financial investments

  Loans and deposits

  Debt securities

  Equity securities

  Derivative financial instruments

Reinsurance receivables

Other receivables

Accrued investment income

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

  Borrowings

  Obligations under repurchase agreements

  Derivative financial instruments

  Other liabilities

Financial liabilities

Fair value

Fair value 
through 
profit or loss

Available 
for sale

Cost/
amortised 
cost

Total 
carrying 
value

Total fair 
value

Notes

19

20

17

22

22

24

–

23,526

30,211

107

–

–

–

–

–

7,062

7,062

7,066

90,092

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

335

1,934

1,383

1,642

113,618

113,618

30,211

30,211

107

335

1,934

1,383

1,642

107

335

1,934

1,383

1,642

53,844

90,092

12,356

156,292

156,296

Fair value 
through 
profit or loss

Cost/
amortised 
cost

Total 
carrying 
value

Total fair 
value

Notes

26

28

29

20

32

6,499

–

–

644

1,239

8,382

529

3,460

1,984

–

3,484

9,457

7,028

3,460

1,984

644

4,723

7,028

3,479

1,984

644

4,723

17,839

17,858

The carrying amount of assets included in the above tables represents the maximum credit exposure.

Foreign currency exposure, including the net notional amount of foreign currency derivative positions, is shown in note 36 
for the Group’s key foreign exchange exposures.

The fair value of investment contract liabilities measured at amortised cost is not considered to be materially different from 
the amortised cost carrying value.

The carrying value of financial instruments expected to be settled within 12 months (after taking into account valuation 
allowances, where applicable) is not considered to be materially different from the fair value.

196

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
21. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Fair value measurements on a recurring basis
The Group measures at fair value property held for own use, investment property, financial instruments classified at fair 
value through profit or loss, available for sale securities portfolios, derivative assets and liabilities, investments held by 
investment  funds  which  are  consolidated,  investments  in  non-consolidated  investment  funds  and  certain  investment 
contract liabilities on a recurring basis.

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received on sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability 
in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The degree of judgement used in measuring the fair value of financial instruments generally correlates with the level of 
pricing observability. Financial instruments with quoted prices in active markets generally have more pricing observability 
and less judgement is used in measuring fair value. Conversely, financial instruments traded in other than active markets 
or that do not have quoted prices have less observability and are measured at fair value using valuation models or other 
pricing techniques that require more judgement. An active market is one in which transactions for the asset or liability 
being valued occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

An other than active market is one in which there are few transactions, the prices are not current, price quotations vary 
substantially either over time or among market makers, or in which little information is released publicly for the asset or 
liability being valued. Pricing observability is affected by a number of factors, including the type of financial instrument, 
whether the financial instrument is new to the market and not yet established, the characteristics specific to the transaction 
and general market conditions.

Fair value of properties is based on valuation by independent professional valuers.

The Group does not have assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the year ended 30 
November 2017.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Group to estimate the fair value of financial instruments and 
properties.

Determination of fair value
Loans and receivables
For  loans  and  advances  that  are  repriced  frequently  and  have  not  had  any  significant  changes  in  credit  risk,  carrying 
amounts represent a reasonable estimate of fair values. The fair values of other loans are estimated by discounting expected 
future cash flows using interest rates offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings.

The  fair  values  of  mortgage  loans  are  estimated  by  discounting  future  cash  flows  using  interest  rates  currently  being 
offered in respect of similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. The fair values of fixed rate policy loans are 
estimated by discounting cash flows at the interest rates charged on policy loans of similar policies currently being issued. 
Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations. The carrying values of policy loans with 
variable rates approximate to their fair values.

Debt securities and equity securities
The fair values of equity securities are based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimated market values generally 
based on quoted prices for similar securities. Fair values for fixed interest securities are based on quoted market prices, 
where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated using values obtained from brokers, 
private pricing services or by discounting expected future cash flows using a current market rate applicable to the yield, 
credit quality and maturity of the investment. Priority is given to values from independent sources when available, but 
overall the source of pricing and/or valuation technique is chosen with the objective of arriving at the price at which an 
orderly transaction would take place between market participants on the measurement date. The inputs to determining 
fair value that are relevant to fixed interest securities include, but not limited to risk-free interest rates, the obligor’s credit 
spreads, foreign exchange rates and credit default rates. For holdings in hedge funds and limited partnerships, fair values 
are determined based on the net asset values provided by the general partner or manager of each investment, the accounts 
of  which  are  generally  audited  on  an  annual  basis.  The  transaction  price  is  used  as  the  best  estimate  of  fair  value  at 
inception.

197

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES21. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Determination of fair value (continued)
Derivative financial instruments
The  Group  values  its  derivative  financial  assets  and  liabilities  using  market  transactions  and  other  market  evidence 
whenever possible, including market-based inputs to models, model calibration to market clearing transactions, broker or 
dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. When models are used, the 
selection of a particular model to value a derivative depends on the contract terms of, and specific risks inherent in, the 
instrument as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. The Group generally uses similar models to value 
similar instruments. Valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices and rates, 
yield curves, credit curves, measures of volatility, prepayment rates and correlations of such inputs. For derivatives that 
trade in liquid markets, such as generic forwards, swaps and options, model inputs can generally be verified and model 
selection does not involve significant management judgement. Examples of inputs that are generally observable include 
foreign  exchange  spot  and  forward  rates,  benchmark  interest  rate  curves  and  volatilities  for  commonly  traded  option 
products. Examples of inputs that may be unobservable include volatilities for less commonly traded option products and 
correlations between market factors.

When the Group holds a group of derivative assets and derivative liabilities entered into with a particular counterparty, the 
Group takes into account the arrangements that mitigate credit risk exposure in the event of default (e.g. International 
Swap and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreements and Credit Support Annex (CSA) that require the exchange of 
collateral on the basis of each party’s net credit risk exposure). The Group measures the fair value of the group of financial 
assets and financial liabilities on the basis of its net exposure to the credit risk of that counterparty or the counterparty’s 
net exposure to our credit risk that reflects market participants’ expectations about the likelihood that such an arrangement 
would be legally enforceable in the event of default.

Property held for own use and investment property
The Group engaged external, independent and qualified valuers to determine the fair value of the Group’s properties at 
least  on  an  annual  basis.  The  valuation  on  open  market  value  basis  by  independent  professional  valuer  for  certain 
investment properties was calculated by reference to net rental income allowing for reversionary income potential. The fair 
values of other properties were derived using the Market Data Approach. In this approach, the values are based on sales 
and listing of comparable property registered in the vicinity.

The properties held for own use and investment properties, in most cases, are valued on the basis of the highest and best 
use of the properties that is physically possible, legally permissible and financially feasible. The current use of the properties 
are considered to be its highest and best use; records of recent sales and offerings of similar property are analysed and 
comparison  made  for  such  factors  as  size,  location,  quality  and  prospective  use.  On  limited  occasions,  potential 
redevelopment  of  the  properties  in  use  would  be  taken  into  account  when  they  would  maximise  the  fair  value  of  the 
properties; the Group is occupying these properties for operational purposes.

Cash and cash equivalents
The carrying amount of cash approximates its fair value.

Reinsurance receivables
The carrying amount of amounts receivable from reinsurers is not considered materially different to their fair value.

Fair value of securities sold under repurchase agreements and the associated payables
The contract values of payables under repurchase agreements approximate their fair value as these obligations are short-
term in nature.

Other assets
The carrying amount of other financial assets is not materially different to their fair value. The fair values of deposits with 
banks are generally based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimates based on discounting future cash flows 
using available market interest rates offered for receivables with similar characteristics.

198

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS21. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Determination of fair value (continued)
Investment contract liabilities
For investment contract liabilities, the fair values have been estimated using a discounted cash flow approach based on 
interest rates currently being offered for similar contracts with maturities consistent with those remaining for the contracts 
being valued. For investment contracts where the investment risk is borne by the policyholder, the fair value generally 
approximates to the fair value of the underlying assets.

Investment contracts with DPF enable the contract holder to receive additional benefits as a supplement to guaranteed 
benefits. These are referred to as participating business and are measured and classified according to the Group practice 
for insurance contract liabilities and hence are disclosed within note 25. These are not measured at fair value as there is 
currently not an agreed definition of fair value for investment and insurance contracts with DPF under IFRS. In the absence 
of any agreed methodology, it is not possible to provide a range of estimates within which fair value is likely to fall. The 
IASB is expecting to address this issue in Phase II of its insurance contracts project.

Borrowings
The fair values of borrowings with stated maturities have been estimated based on discounting future cash flows using the 
interest rates currently applicable to deposits of similar maturities or prices obtained from brokers.

Other liabilities
The fair values of other unquoted financial liabilities is estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using current 
market  rates  applicable  to  their  yield,  credit  quality  and  maturity,  except  for  those  without  stated  maturity,  where  the 
carrying value approximates to fair value.

Fair value hierarchy for fair value measurement on a recurring basis
Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial position are measured and classified 
in  a  hierarchy  for  disclosure  purposes  consisting  of  three  “levels”  based  on  the  observability  of  inputs  available  in  the 
marketplace used to measure their fair values as discussed below:

(cid:127)  Level 1: Fair value measurements that are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities 
that  the  Group  has  the  ability  to  access  as  of  the  measurement  date.  Market  price  data  is  generally  obtained  from 
exchange or dealer markets. The Group does not adjust the quoted price for such instruments. Assets measured at fair 
value on a recurring basis and classified as Level 1 are actively traded equities. The Group considers that government 
debt securities issued by G7 countries (the United States, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the United Kingdom) 
and  traded  in  a  dealer  market  to  be  Level  1,  until  they  no  longer  trade  with  sufficient  frequency  and  volume  to  be 
considered actively traded.

(cid:127)  Level 2: Fair value measurements based on inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for 
the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices). Level 2 inputs include quoted prices 
for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets 
that are not active and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset and liability, such as interest 
rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value 
on a recurring basis and classified as Level 2 generally include government securities issued by non-G7 countries, most 
investment grade corporate bonds, hedge fund investments and derivative contracts.

(cid:127)  Level 3: Fair value measurements based on valuation techniques that use significant inputs that are unobservable. 
Unobservable inputs are only used to measure fair value to the extent that relevant observable inputs are not available, 
allowing for circumstances in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. Assets and liabilities 
measured at fair value on a recurring basis and classified as Level 3 include properties held for own use, investment 
properties,  certain  classes  of  structured  securities,  certain  derivative  contracts,  private  equity  and  real  estate  fund 
investments, and direct private equity investments.

199

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES21. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Fair value hierarchy for fair value measurement on a recurring basis (continued)
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, 
the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the 
lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Group’s assessment of the significance 
of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgement. In making the assessment, the Group 
considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

A summary of assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis according to fair value hierarchy is given below:

US$m

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Fair value hierarchy

30 November 2017

Recurring fair value measurements

Non-financial assets

Property held for own use

Investment property

Financial assets

Available for sale

  Debt securities

At fair value through profit or loss

  Debt securities

  Participating funds

  Unit-linked and consolidated investment funds

  Other policyholder and shareholder

  Equity securities

  Participating funds

  Unit-linked and consolidated investment funds

  Other policyholder and shareholder

Derivative financial instruments

  Foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate contracts

  Other contracts

Total assets on a recurring fair value 
  measurement basis

% of Total

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

  Foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate contracts

Other liabilities

Total liabilities on a recurring fair value 
  measurement basis

% of Total

200

–

–

–

–

–

–

6,034

18,803

9,625

–

–

8

–

–

979

4,365

979

4,365

104,318

1,148

105,466

20,255

4,604

259

355

149

690

296

51

8

419

100

65

433

1

626

–

–

–

20,674

4,704

324

6,822

18,953

10,941

296

51

16

34,470

19.9

130,985

75.4

8,136

4.7

173,591

100.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

7,502

7,502

306

55

1,225

1,586

17.5

–

–

–

7,502

82.5

306

55

1,225

9,088

100.0

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Fair value hierarchy for fair value measurement on a recurring basis (continued)

Fair value hierarchy

US$m

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

30 November 2016

Recurring fair value measurements

Non-financial assets

Property held for own use

Investment property

Financial assets

Available for sale

  Debt securities

At fair value through profit or loss

  Debt securities

  Participating funds

  Unit-linked and consolidated investment funds

  Other policyholder and shareholder

  Equity securities

  Participating funds

  Unit-linked and consolidated investment funds

  Other policyholder and shareholder

Derivative financial instruments

  Foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate contracts

  Other contracts

Total assets on a recurring fair value 
  measurement basis

% of Total

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

  Foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate contracts

  Other contracts

Other liabilities

Total liabilities on a recurring fair value 
  measurement basis

% of Total

–

–

–

–

905

3,910

905

3,910

24

88,819

1,249

90,092

–

–

–

18,366

4,239

223

4,856

15,434

8,117

–

–

12

324

64

728

64

30

1

341

217

140

271

–

417

–

–

–

18,707

4,456

363

5,451

15,498

9,262

64

30

13

28,443

19.1

112,858

75.9

7,450

5.0

148,751

100.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6,499

6,499

573

35

36

1,239

1,883

22.5

–

–

–

–

6,499

77.5

573

35

36

1,239

8,382

100.0

The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers of assets and liabilities between Level 1 and Level 2 at their fair values as at 
the end of each reporting period, consistent with the date of the determination of fair value. Assets are transferred out of 
Level 1 when they are no longer transacted with sufficient frequency and volume in an active market. During the year 
ended 30 November 2017, the Group transferred US$50m (2016: US$241m) of assets measured at fair value from Level 
1  to  Level  2.  Conversely,  assets  are  transferred  from  Level  2  to  Level  1  when  transaction  volume  and  frequency  are 
indicative of an active market. The Group transferred US$148m (2016: US$463m) of assets from Level 2 to Level 1 during 
the year ended 30 November 2017.

The Group’s Level 2 financial instruments include debt securities, equity securities and derivative instruments. The fair 
values  of  Level  2  financial  instruments  are  estimated  using  values  obtained  from  private  pricing  services  and  brokers 
corroborated with internal review as necessary. When the quotes from third-party pricing services and brokers are not 
available, internal valuation techniques and inputs will be used to derive the fair value for the financial instruments.

201

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Fair value hierarchy for fair value measurement on a recurring basis (continued)
The tables below set out a summary of changes in the Group’s Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a 
recurring basis for the year ended 30 November 2017 and 2016. The tables reflect gains and losses, including gains and 
losses on assets and liabilities categorised as Level 3 as at 30 November 2017 and 2016.

Level 3 assets and liabilities

US$m

At 1 December 2016

Net movement on investment 
  contract liabilities

Total gains/(losses)

  Reported under investment return and 
  other expenses in the consolidated 

income statement

  Reported under fair value reserve, 

foreign currency translation reserve 

  and property revaluation reserve 
in the consolidated statement of 

  comprehensive income

Transfer to investment property

Purchases

Sales

Settlements

Transfer into Level 3

Transfer out of Level 3

At 30 November 2017

Change in unrealised gains or losses 

included in the consolidated income 

  statement for assets and liabilities 
  held at the end of the reporting period, 
  under investment return

Property 
held for 
own use

Investment 
property

Debt 
securities

Equity 
securities

Derivative 
financial 
assets/
(liabilities)

905

3,910

1,947

688

–

–

–

–

(16)

367

(56)

31

115

(24)

1

(2)

–

–

–

66

24

10

(12)

–

–

–

55

–

216

(20)

(410)

–

–

979

4,365

1,732

18

–

369

(35)

–

2

(13)

1,060

(16)

367

(61)

31

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Investment 
contracts

(6,499)

(1,003)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(7,502)

–

202

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Fair value hierarchy for fair value measurement on a recurring basis (continued)
Level 3 assets and liabilities (continued)

US$m

At 1 December 2015

Net movement on investment 
  contract liabilities

Total gains/(losses)

  Reported under investment return and 
  other expenses in the consolidated 

income statement

  Reported under fair value reserve, 

foreign currency translation reserve 

  and property revaluation reserve 
in the consolidated statement of 

  comprehensive income

Transfer to other assets

Transfer from investment property

Purchases

Sales

Settlements

Transfer into Level 3

Transfer out of Level 3

At 30 November 2016

Change in unrealised gains or losses 

included in the consolidated income 

  statement for assets and liabilities 
  held at the end of the reporting period, 
  under investment return

Property 
held for 
own use

Investment 
property

Debt 
securities

Equity 
securities

Derivative 
financial 
assets/
(liabilities)

415

3,659

1,780

674

–

–

(15)

288

506

–

19

3

(23)

–

–

–

(35)

(40)

(19)

60

(3)

–

–

–

–

5

(49)

–

–

539

(165)

(84)

–

(79)

905

3,910

1,947

–

(45)

(8)

–

–

119

(43)

–

11

(20)

688

(15)

288

(25)

(26)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Investment 
contracts

(6,573)

74

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(6,499)

–

Movements in investment contract liabilities at fair value are offset by movements in the underlying portfolio of matching 
assets. Details of the movement in investment contract liabilities are provided in note 26.

Assets transferred out of Level 3 mainly relate to corporate debt instruments of which market-observable inputs became 
available during the year and were used in determining the fair value.

There are not any differences between the fair values on initial recognition and the amounts determined using valuation 
techniques since the models adopted are calibrated using initial transaction prices.

203

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Significant unobservable inputs for level 3 fair value measurements
As at 30 November 2017 and 2016, the valuation techniques and applicable unobservable inputs used to measure the 
Group’s Level 3 financial instruments are summarised as follows:

Description

Fair value at  
30 November 2017 (US$m) Valuation techniques

Unobservable inputs

Range

Debt securities

943

Discounted cash flows Discount rate for liquidity

5.29% – 11.89%

Description

Fair value at  
30 November 2016 (US$m) Valuation techniques

Unobservable inputs

Range

Debt securities

861

Discounted cash flows Discount rate for liquidity

4.07% – 17.58%

Fair value of the Group’s properties are determined based on appropriate valuation techniques which may consider among 
others income projection, value of comparable property and adjustments for factors such as size, location, quality and 
prospective use. These valuation inputs are deemed unobservable.

Valuation processes
The Group has the valuation policies, procedures and analyses in place to govern the valuation of financial assets required 
for financial reporting purposes, including Level 3 fair values. In determining the fair values of financial assets, the Group 
in general uses third-party pricing providers and, only in rare cases when third-party prices do not exist, will use prices 
derived  from  internal  models.  The  Chief  Investment  Officers  of  each  of  the  business  units  are  required  to  review  the 
reasonableness of the prices used and report price exceptions, if any. The Group Investment team analyses reported price 
exceptions and reviews price challenge responses from third-party pricing providers and provides the final recommendation 
on the appropriate price to be used. Any changes in valuation policies are reviewed and approved by the Group Valuations 
Advisory Committee which is part of the Group’s wider financial risk governance processes. Changes in Level 2 and 3 fair 
values are analysed at each reporting date.

The main Level 3 input used by the Group pertains to the discount rate for the fixed income securities and investment 
contracts. The unobservable inputs for determining the fair value of these instruments include the obligor’s credit spread 
and/or the liquidity spread. A significant increase/(decrease) in any of the unobservable input may result in a significantly 
lower/(higher)  fair  value  measurement.  The  Group  has  subscriptions  to  private  pricing  services  for  gathering  such 
information. If the information from private pricing services is not available, the Group uses the proxy pricing method based 
on internally-developed valuation inputs.

204

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS21. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)
Fair value of financial and insurance assets and liabilities for which the fair value is disclosed at reporting 
date
A summary of fair value hierarchy of assets and liabilities not carried at fair value but for which the fair value is disclosed 
as at 30 November 2017 and 2016 is given below.

US$m

30 November 2017

Assets for which the fair value is disclosed

Financial assets

Loans and deposits

Reinsurance receivables

Other receivables

Accrued investment income

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets for which the fair value is disclosed

Liabilities for which the fair value is disclosed

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

Borrowings

Obligations under repurchase agreements

Other liabilities

Total liabilities for which the fair value is disclosed

US$m

30 November 2016

Assets for which the fair value is disclosed

Financial assets

Loans and deposits

Reinsurance receivables

Other receivables

Accrued investment income

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets for which the fair value is disclosed

Liabilities for which the fair value is disclosed

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

Borrowings

Obligations under repurchase agreements

Other liabilities

Total liabilities for which the fair value is disclosed

Fair value hierarchy

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

1,112

–

–

21

2,289

3,422

–

3,630

–

692

4,322

2,680

506

2,109

1,520

–

6,815

–

514

1,883

3,938

6,335

4,185

–

41

–

–

7,977

506

2,150

1,541

2,289

4,226

14,463

580

–

–

33

613

580

4,144

1,883

4,663

11,270

Fair value hierarchy

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

744

–

–

73

1,642

2,459

–

3,478

–

312

3,790

2,817

335

1,885

1,310

–

6,347

–

–

1,984

3,126

5,110

3,505

–

49

–

–

7,066

335

1,934

1,383

1,642

3,554

12,360

529

1

–

46

576

529

3,479

1,984

3,484

9,476

205

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES22. OTHER ASSETS

US$m

Accrued investment income

Pension scheme assets

  Defined benefit pension scheme surpluses

Insurance receivables due from insurance and investment contract holders

Prepayments – operating lease of leasehold land

Others

Total

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

1,541

1,383

44

1,223

357

1,465

4,630

24

1,004

345

1,233

3,989

All amounts other than certain prepayments are generally expected to be recovered within 12 months after the end of the 
reporting period.

23. IMPAIRMENT OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
In accordance with the Group’s accounting policies, impairment reviews were performed for available for sale securities 
and loans and receivables.

Available for sale debt securities
During the year ended 30 November 2017, no impairment loss (2016: US$22m) was recognised in respect of available for 
sale debt securities.

The carrying amounts of available for sale debt securities that are individually determined to be impaired at 30 November 
2017 was nil (2016: US$18m).

Loans and receivables
The Group’s primary potential credit risk exposure in respect of loans and receivables arises in respect of policy loans and 
a portfolio of mortgage loans on residential and commercial real estate (see note 19 Financial investments for further 
details). The Group’s credit exposure on policy loans is mitigated because, if and when the total indebtedness on any policy, 
including interest due and accrued, exceeds the cash surrender value, the policy terminates and becomes void. The Group 
has a first lien on all policies which are subject to policy loans.

The carrying amounts of loans and receivables that are individually determined to be impaired at 30 November 2017 was 
US$12m (2016: US$18m).

The Group has a portfolio of residential and commercial mortgage loans which it originates. To the extent that any such 
loans  are  past  their  due  dates  specific  allowance  is  made,  together  with  a  collective  allowance,  based  on  historical 
delinquency. Insurance receivables are short-term in nature and cover is not provided if consideration is not received. An 
ageing of accounts receivable is not provided as all amounts are due within one year and cover is cancelled if consideration 
is not received.

206

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS24. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

US$m

Cash

Cash equivalents

Total(1)

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

1,735

554

2,289

1,120

522

1,642

Note:
(1)  Of cash and cash equivalents, US$385m (2016: US$412m) are held to back unit-linked contracts and US$71m (2016: US$92m) are held by 

consolidated investment funds.

Cash comprises cash at bank and cash in hand. Cash equivalents comprise bank deposits and highly liquid short-term 
investments with maturities at acquisition of three months or less and money market funds. Accordingly, all such amounts 
are expected to be realised within 12 months after the end of the reporting period.

25. INSURANCE CONTRACT LIABILITIES
The movement of insurance contract liabilities (including liabilities in respect of investment contracts with DPF) is shown 
as follows:

US$m

At beginning of financial year

Valuation premiums and deposits

Liabilities released for policy termination or other policy benefits paid and related 
  expenses

Fees from account balances

Accretion of interest

Foreign exchange movements

Change in net asset values attributable to policyholders

Other movements

At end of financial year

Year ended 
30 November 
2017

Year ended 
30 November 
2016

128,186

25,586

115,969

23,962

(14,929)

(1,817)

4,417

5,232

2,762

(540)

(13,647)

(1,491)

3,810

(1,733)

1,434

(118)

148,897

128,186

Insurance contract liabilities (including liabilities in respect of investment contracts with DPF) can also be analysed as 
follows:

US$m

Deferred profit

Unearned revenue

Policyholders’ share of participating surplus

Liabilities for future policyholder benefits

Total

Year ended 
30 November 
2017

Year ended 
30 November 
2016

7,046

2,674

7,935

131,242

148,897

5,761

2,906

6,731

112,788

128,186

207

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES25. INSURANCE CONTRACT LIABILITIES (continued)
Business description
The table below summarises the key variables on which insurance and investment contract cash flows depend.

Nature of benefits and 
compensation for claims

Minimum guaranteed benefits 
may be enhanced based on 
investment experience and 
other considerations

Factors affecting 
contract cash 
flows

Key reportable 
segments

(cid:127) Investment 
performance

Singapore, 
China, Malaysia

(cid:127) Expenses
(cid:127) Mortality
(cid:127) Surrenders

Minimum guaranteed benefits 
may be enhanced based on 
investment experience and 
other considerations

Hong Kong, 
Thailand, Other 
Markets

(cid:127) Investment 
performance

(cid:127) Expenses
(cid:127) Mortality
(cid:127) Surrenders
(cid:127) Morbidity

Benefits, defined in the 
insurance contract, are 
determined by the contract and 
are not affected by investment 
performance or the 
performance of the contract as 
a whole

Benefits, defined in the 
insurance contract, are 
determined by the contract and 
are not affected by investment 
performance or the 
performance of the contract as 
a whole

Benefits are based on the value 
of the unitised funds and death 
benefits

Benefits are based on the 
account balance and death 
benefit

All(1)

All(1)

(cid:127) Mortality
(cid:127) Morbidity
(cid:127) Lapses
(cid:127) Expenses

(cid:127) Mortality
(cid:127) Morbidity
(cid:127) Lapses
(cid:127) Expenses

(cid:127) Investment 
performance

All(1)

(cid:127) Lapses
(cid:127) Expenses
(cid:127) Mortality

All(1)

(cid:127) Investment 
performance
(cid:127) Crediting rates 
(cid:127) Lapses
(cid:127) Expenses
(cid:127) Mortality

Type of contract

Material terms and conditions

Participating 
funds

Traditional 
participating 
life assurance 
with DPF

Other 
participating 
business

Traditional non-participating 
life assurance

Participating products include 
protection and savings elements. The 
basic sum assured, payable on death or 
maturity, may be enhanced by 
dividends or bonuses, the aggregate 
amount of which is determined by the 
performance of a distinct fund of assets 
and liabilities. The timing of dividend 
and bonus declarations is at the 
discretion of the insurer. Local 
regulations generally prescribe a 
minimum proportion of policyholder 
participation in declared dividends

Participating products include 
protection and savings elements. The 
basic sum assured, payable on death or 
maturity, may be enhanced by 
dividends or bonuses, the timing or 
amount of which are at the discretion of 
the insurer taking into account factors 
such as investment experience

Benefits paid on death, maturity, 
sickness or disability that are fixed and 
guaranteed and not at the discretion of 
the insurer

Accident and health

These products provide morbidity or 
sickness benefits and include health, 
disability, critical illness and accident 
cover

Unit-linked

Universal life

Unit-linked contracts combine savings 
with protection, the cash value of the 
policy depending on the value of 
unitised funds

The customer pays flexible premiums 
subject to specified limits accumulated 
in an account balance which are 
credited with interest at a rate set by 
the insurer, and a death benefit which 
may be varied by the customer

Note:
(1)  Other than the Group Corporate Centre segment.

208

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS25. INSURANCE CONTRACT LIABILITIES (continued)
Methodology and assumptions
The most significant items to which profit for the year and shareholders’ equity are sensitive are market, insurance and 
lapse risks which are shown in the table below. Indirect exposure indicates that there is a second order impact. For example, 
whilst the profit for the year attributable to shareholders is not directly affected by investment income earned where the 
investment risk is borne by policyholders (for example, in respect of unit-linked contracts), there is a second-order effect 
through the investment management fees which the Group earns by managing such investments. The distinction between 
direct and indirect exposure is not intended to indicate the relative sensitivity to each of these items. Where the direct 
exposure is shown as being “net neutral”, this is because the exposure to market and credit risk is offset by a corresponding 
movement in insurance contract liabilities.

Market and credit risk

Direct exposure

Type of contract

Traditional 
participating 
life assurance 
with DPF

Participating 
funds

Insurance and investment 
contract liabilities

Risks associated with 
related investment portfolio Indirect exposure

Significant insurance and 
lapse risks

(cid:127) Net neutral except for 
the insurer’s share of 
participating 
investment 
performance

(cid:127) Net neutral except for 
the insurer’s share of 
participating 
investment 
performance

(cid:127) Guarantees

(cid:127) Guarantees

(cid:127) Investment 

performance subject  
to smoothing through 
dividend declarations

(cid:127) Impact of persistency 
on future dividends

(cid:127) Mortality

Other 
participating 
business

(cid:127) Net neutral except for 
the insurer’s share of 
participating 
investment 
performance

(cid:127) Net neutral except for 
the insurer’s share of 
participating 
investment 
performance

(cid:127) Guarantees

(cid:127) Guarantees

(cid:127) Investment 

performance subject  
to smoothing through 
dividend declarations

(cid:127) Impact of persistency 
on future dividends

(cid:127) Mortality
(cid:127) Morbidity

Traditional non-participating  
life assurance

(cid:127) Guarantees
(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

Accident and health

(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

Pension

(cid:127) Net neutral
(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

(cid:127) Investment 
performance
(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

(cid:127) Credit risk

(cid:127) Investment 
performance

(cid:127) Credit risk
(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

(cid:127) Net neutral
(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

(cid:127) Not applicable

(cid:127) Mortality
(cid:127) Persistency
(cid:127) Morbidity 

(cid:127) Not applicable

(cid:127) Morbidity
(cid:127) Persistency

(cid:127) Performance-related 

(cid:127) Persistency

investment 
management fees

Unit-linked

(cid:127) Net neutral

(cid:127) Net neutral

(cid:127) Performance-related 

Universal life

(cid:127) Guarantees
(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

(cid:127) Investment 
performance

(cid:127) Credit risk
(cid:127) Asset-liability 
mismatch risk

investment 
management fees

(cid:127) Spread between  
earned rate and 
crediting rate to 
policyholders

(cid:127) Persistency
(cid:127) Mortality

(cid:127) Mortality
(cid:127) Persistency
(cid:127) Withdrawals

The Group is also exposed to foreign exchange rate risk in respect of its operations, and to interest rate risk, credit risk and 
equity price risk on assets representing net shareholders’ equity, and to expense risk to the extent that actual expenses 
exceed those that can be charged to insurance and investment contract holders on non-participating business. Expense 
assumptions applied in the Group’s actuarial valuation models assume a continuing level of business volumes.

209

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES25. INSURANCE CONTRACT LIABILITIES (continued)
Methodology and assumptions (continued)
Valuation interest rates
As at 30 November 2017 and 2016, the ranges of applicable valuation interest rates for traditional insurance contracts, 
which vary by operating segment, year of issuance and products, within the first 20 years are as follows:

Hong Kong

Thailand

Singapore

Malaysia

China

Australia

Indonesia

Korea

Philippines

Sri Lanka

Taiwan

Vietnam

26. INVESTMENT CONTRACT LIABILITIES

US$m

At beginning of financial year

Effect of foreign exchange movements

Investment contract benefits

Fees charged

Net withdrawals and other movements

At end of financial year(1)

Note:
(1)  Of investment contract liabilities, US$482m (2016: US$558m) represents deferred fee income.

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

3.50% – 7.50%

3.50% – 7.50%

3.13% – 9.00%

3.25% – 9.00%

2.00% – 7.00%

2.00% – 7.00%

3.70% – 5.43%

3.70% – 5.43%

2.75% – 7.00%

2.75% – 7.00%

2.97% – 7.11%

2.97% – 7.11%

3.01% – 9.00%

3.02% – 9.00%

2.85% – 6.50%

2.85% – 6.50%

2.20% – 9.20%

2.20% – 9.20%

7.10% – 10.78%

7.10% – 10.78%

1.75% – 6.50%

1.75% – 6.50%

5.53% – 11.48%

5.07% – 12.25%

Year ended 
30 November 
2017

Year ended 
30 November 
2016

7,028

123

1,212

(145)

(136)

8,082

7,116

(56)

245

(138)

(139)

7,028

210

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS27. EFFECT OF CHANGES IN ASSUMPTIONS AND ESTIMATES
The table below sets out the sensitivities of the assumptions in respect of insurance and investment contracts with DPF to 
key variables. This disclosure only allows for the impact on liabilities and related assets, such as reinsurance, and deferred 
acquisition costs and does not allow for offsetting movements in the fair value of financial assets backing those liabilities.

US$m

(Increase)/decrease in insurance contract liabilities, increase/(decrease) in equity 
  and profit before tax

0.5 pps increase in investment return

0.5 pps decrease in investment return

10% increase in expenses

10% increase in mortality rates

10% increase in lapse/discontinuance rates

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

20

(39)

(7)

(42)

(32)

20

(27)

(7)

(36)

(22)

Future policy benefits for traditional life insurance policies (including investment contracts with DPF) are calculated using 
a net level premium valuation method with reference to best estimate assumptions set at policy inception date unless a 
deficiency arises on liability adequacy testing. There is not any impact of the above assumption sensitivities on the carrying 
amount of traditional life insurance liabilities as the sensitivities presented would not have triggered a liability adequacy 
adjustment. During the years presented there were not any effect of changes in assumptions and estimates on the Group’s 
traditional life products.

For interest sensitive insurance contracts, such as universal life products and unit-linked contracts, assumptions are made 
at each reporting date including mortality, persistency, expenses, future investment earnings and future crediting rates.

The impact of changes in assumptions on the valuation of insurance and investment contracts with DPF was US$16m 
(2016: US$20m) increase in profit.

211

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES28. BORROWINGS

US$m

Other loans

Medium-term notes

Total

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

–

3,958

3,958

1

3,459

3,460

Interest expense on borrowings is shown in note 9. Further information relating to interest rates and the maturity profile of 
borrowings is presented in note 36.

The following table summarises the Company’s outstanding medium-term notes at 30 November 2017:

Issue date

13 March 2013(1)

13 March 2013(1)

11 March 2014(1)

11 March 2014(1)

11 March 2015(1)

16 March 2016(1)

23 May 2017(2)

Nominal amount

Interest rate

Tenor

US$500m
US$500m
US$500m
US$500m
US$750m
US$750m
US$500m

1.750%

3.125%

2.250%

4.875%

3.200%

4.500%

4.470%

5 years

10 years

5 years

30 years

10 years

30 years

30 years

Notes:
(1)  These medium-term notes are listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.
(2)  These medium-term notes are listed on The Taipei Exchange, Taiwan. The Company has the right to redeem these notes at par on 23 May of each 

year beginning on 23 May 2022.

The  net  proceeds  from  issuance  during  the  year  ended  30  November  2017  and  2016  are  used  for  general  corporate 
purposes.

The Group has access to an aggregate of US$2,226m unsecured committed credit facilities, which includes a US$300m 
revolving three-year credit facility expiring in 2020 and a US$1,926m five-year credit facility expiring in 2022. The credit 
facilities will be used for general corporate purposes. There were nil outstanding borrowings under these credit facilities 
as of 30 November 2017 (2016: nil).

29. OBLIGATIONS UNDER REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
The Group has entered into repurchase agreements whereby securities are sold to third parties with a concurrent agreement 
to repurchase the securities at a specified date.

The securities related to these agreements are not de-recognised from the Group’s consolidated statement of financial 
position, but are retained within the appropriate financial asset classification. During the term of the repurchase agreements, 
the Group is restricted from selling or pledging the transferred debt securities. The following table specifies the amounts 
included within financial investments subject to repurchase agreements which do not qualify for de-recognition at each 
year end:

US$m

Debt securities – AFS

Debt securities – FVTPL

Total

212

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

1,854

12

1,866

2,045

98

2,143

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS29. OBLIGATIONS UNDER REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS (continued)
Collateral
At 30 November 2017, the Group had pledged debt securities with carrying value of US$1m (2016: US$6m). Cash collateral 
of US$1m (2016: US$1m) were held based on the market value of the securities transferred. In the absence of default, the 
Group does not sell or repledge the debt securities collateral received and they are not recognised in the consolidated 
statement of financial position.

At 30 November 2017, the obligations under repurchase agreements were US$1,883m (2016: US$1,984m).

30. OFFSETTING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Offsetting, enforceable master netting agreements and similar agreements
The following table shows the assets that are subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting agreements and similar 
arrangements at each year end:

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
liabilities 
set off in the 
consolidated 
statement 
of financial 
position

Net amount 
of financial 
assets 
presented 
in the 
consolidated 
statement of 
financial 
position

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
assets

Related amounts 
not set off in the 
consolidated statement 
of financial position

Financial 
instruments

Cash 
collateral 
received

Net 
amount

363

326

689

–

–

–

363

326

689

(15)

(326)

(341)

(141)

–

(141)

207

–

207

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
liabilities 
set off in the 
consolidated 
statement 
of financial 
position

Net amount 
of financial 
assets 
presented 
in the 
consolidated 
statement of 
financial 
position

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
assets

Related amounts 
not set off in the 
consolidated statement 
of financial position

Financial 
instruments

Cash collateral 
received

Net 
amount

107

224

331

–

–

–

107

224

331

(5)

(224)

(229)

(6)

–

(6)

96

–

96

US$m

30 November 2017

Financial assets:

  Derivative assets

  Reverse repurchase agreements

Total

US$m

30 November 2016

Financial assets:

  Derivative assets

  Reverse repurchase agreements

Total

213

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES30. OFFSETTING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (continued)
Offsetting, enforceable master netting agreements and similar agreements (continued)
The following table shows the liabilities that are subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting agreements and similar 
arrangements at each year end:

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
assets 
set off in the 
consolidated 
statement 
of financial 
position

Net amount 
of financial 
liabilities 
presented 
in the 
consolidated 
statement of 
financial 
position

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
liabilities

Related amounts 
not set off in the 
consolidated statement 
of financial position

Financial 
instruments

Cash 
collateral 
pledged

Net 
amount

361

1,883

2,244

–

–

–

361

1,883

2,244

(227)

(1,883)

(2,110)

(10)

–

(10)

124

–

124

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
assets 
set off in the 
consolidated 
statement 
of financial 
position

Net amount 
of financial 
liabilities 
presented 
in the 
consolidated 
statement of 
financial 
position

Gross 
amount of 
recognised 
financial 
liabilities

Related amounts 
not set off in the 
consolidated statement 
of financial position

Financial 
instruments

Cash 
collateral 
pledged

Net 
amount

644

1,984

2,628

–

–

–

644

1,984

2,628

(440)

(1,984)

(2,424)

(188)

–

(188)

16

–

16

US$m

30 November 2017

Financial liabilities:

  Derivative liabilities

  Repurchase agreements

Total

US$m

30 November 2016

Financial liabilities:

  Derivative liabilities

  Repurchase agreements

Total

The  Group  entered  into  enforceable  master  netting  agreements  for  derivative  transactions,  as  well  as  the  repurchase 
agreements  for  debt  instruments  with  various  counterparties.  Except  for  certain  futures  contracts  executed  through 
clearing house mechanism where the settlement arrangement satisfied the IFRS netting criteria, the transactions under 
the enforceable master netting agreements and similar agreements involving the exchange of financial instruments or 
cash  as  collateral  do  not  satisfy  the  IFRS  netting  criteria.  The  provision  in  the  master  netting  agreement  and  similar 
agreements enables a party to terminate transactions early and settle at a net amount if a default or termination event 
occurs.

214

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS31. PROVISIONS

US$m

At 1 December 2015

Charged to the consolidated income statement

Charged to other comprehensive income

Released during the year

Utilised during the year

Other movements

At 30 November 2016

Charged to the consolidated income statement

Charged to other comprehensive income

Exchange differences

Released during the year

Utilised during the year

Other movements

At 30 November 2017

Employee benefits

Other

117

11

22

–

(3)

(2)

145

7

(23)

9

–

(12)

17

143

128

52

–

(18)

(54)

–

108

94

–

–

(29)

(83)

1

91

Total

245

63

22

(18)

(57)

(2)

253

101

(23)

9

(29)

(95)

18

234

Other provisions
Other provisions comprise provisions in respect of regulatory matters, litigation, reorganisation and restructuring. In view 
of the diverse nature of the matters provided for and the contingent nature of the matters to which they relate, the Group 
is unable to provide an accurate assessment of the term over which provisions are expected to be utilised.

32. OTHER LIABILITIES

US$m

Trade and other payables

Third-party interests in consolidated investment funds

Reinsurance payables

Total

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

3,958

1,225

705

5,888

2,980

1,239

504

4,723

Third-party  interests  in  consolidated  investment  funds  consist  of  third-party  unit  holders’  interests  in  consolidated 
investment funds which are reflected as a liability since they can be put back to the Group for cash.

Trade and other payables are generally expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the reporting period. The 
realisation  of  third-party  interests  in  investment  funds  cannot  be  predicted  with  accuracy  since  these  represent  the 
interests  of  third-party  unit  holders  in  consolidated  investment  funds  held  to  back  insurance  and  investment  contract 
liabilities and are subject to market risk and the actions of third-party investors.

215

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES33. SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Share capital

As at 30 November 2017

As at 30 November 2016

Million shares

US$m

Million shares

US$m

At beginning of the financial year

12,056

13,998

12,048

13,971

Shares issued under share option scheme 
  and agency share purchase plan

At end of the financial year

18

12,074

67

14,065

8

12,056

27

13,998

The Company issued 17,053,136 shares under share option scheme (2016: 7,174,665 shares) and 1,037,294 shares under 
agency share purchase plan (2016: 927,042 shares) during the year ended 30 November 2017.

The Company and its subsidiaries have not purchased, sold or redeemed any of the Company’s shares during the year 
ended 30 November 2017 with the exception of 1,395,132 shares (2016: 16,849,376 shares) of the Company purchased 
by and nil shares (2016: 276,401 shares) of the Company sold by the employee share-based trusts. These purchases were 
made by the relevant scheme trustees on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. These shares are held on trust for participants 
of the relevant schemes and therefore were not cancelled.

During  the  year  ended  30  November  2017,  15,730,944  shares  (2016:  13,664,506  shares)  were  transferred  to  eligible 
directors, officers and employees of the Group from the employee share-based trusts under share-based compensation 
plans as a result of vesting. As at 30 November 2017, 63,720,201 shares (2016: 78,056,013 shares) of the Company were 
held by the employee share-based trusts.

Reserves
Fair value reserve
The fair value reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of available for sale securities held at the end 
of the reporting period.

Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve comprises all foreign currency exchange differences arising from the translation 
of the financial statements of foreign operations.

Employee share-based trusts
Trusts have been established to acquire shares of the Company for distribution to participants in future periods through the 
share-based compensation plans. Those shares acquired by the trusts, to the extent not transferred to the participants 
upon vesting, are reported as “Employee share-based trusts”.

Property revaluation reserve
Property revaluation reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the revalued amount of property held for own use at 
the end of the reporting period. Property revaluation surplus is not considered to be a realised profit available for distribution 
to shareholders.

Other reserves
Other reserves mainly include the impact of merger accounting for business combinations under common control and 
share-based compensation.

216

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS34. NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

US$m

Equity shares in subsidiaries

Share of earnings

Share of other reserves

Total

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

64

310

4

378

59

257

10

326

35. GROUP CAPITAL STRUCTURE
Capital Management Approach
The Group’s capital management objectives focus on maintaining a strong capital base to support the development of its 
business, maintaining the ability to move capital freely and satisfying regulatory capital requirements at all times.

The Group’s capital management function oversees all capital-related activities of the Group and assists senior management 
in  making  capital  decisions.  The  capital  management  function  participates  in  decisions  concerning  asset-liability 
management, strategic asset allocation and ongoing solvency management. This includes ensuring capital considerations 
are paramount in the strategy and business planning processes and when determining the AIA’s capacity to pay dividends 
to shareholders.

Regulatory Solvency
The Group is in compliance with the solvency and capital adequacy requirements applied by its regulators. The Group’s 
primary insurance regulator at the AIA Company Limited (AIA Co.) and AIA International Limited (AIA International) levels 
is the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (HKIA), which requires that AIA Co. and AIA International meet the solvency margin 
requirements of the Hong Kong Insurance Ordinance (HKIO). The HKIO (among other matters) sets minimum solvency 
margin requirements that an insurer must meet in order to be authorised to carry on insurance business in or from Hong 
Kong. AIA has given an undertaking to the HKIA to maintain an excess of assets over liabilities for branches other than 
Hong Kong at no less than 100% of the Hong Kong statutory minimum solvency margin requirement in each of AIA Co. and 
AIA International.

The capital positions of the Group’s two principal operating companies as of 30 November 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

US$m

AIA Co.

AIA International

30 November 2017

30 November 2016

Total 
available 
capital

Regulatory 
minimum 
capital

8,248

7,826

1,862

2,431

Solvency 
ratio

443%

322%

Total 
available 
capital

Regulatory 
minimum 
capital

6,699

6,237

1,659

2,072

Solvency 
ratio

404%

301%

For these purposes, the Group defines total available capital as the amount of assets in excess of liabilities measured in 
accordance with the HKIO and “regulatory minimum capital” as the required minimum margin of solvency calculated in 
accordance with the HKIO. The solvency ratio is the ratio of total available capital to regulatory minimum capital.

The  Group’s  individual  branches  and  subsidiaries  are  also  subject  to  the  supervision  of  government  regulators  in  the 
jurisdictions in which those branches and subsidiaries and their parent entity operate and, in relation to subsidiaries, in 
which they are incorporated. The various regulators overseeing the Group actively monitor our local solvency positions. AIA 
Co. and AIA International submit annual filings to the HKIA of their solvency margin position based on their annual audited 
financial statements.

217

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES35. GROUP CAPITAL STRUCTURE (continued)
Regulatory Solvency (continued)
The ability of the Company to pay dividends to shareholders and to meet other obligations depends ultimately on dividends 
and  other  payments  being  received  from  its  operating  subsidiaries  and  branches,  which  are  subject  to  contractual, 
regulatory and other limitations. The various regulators overseeing the individual branches and subsidiaries of the Group 
have the discretion to impose additional restrictions on the ability of those regulated subsidiaries and branches to make 
payment of dividends or other distributions and payments to AIA Co., including increasing the required margin of solvency 
that an operating unit must maintain. For example, capital may not be remitted without the consent from regulators for 
certain individual branches or subsidiaries of the Group. The payment of dividends, distributions and other payments to 
shareholders is subject to the oversight of the HKIA.

Capital and Regulatory Orders Specific to the Group
As of 30 November 2017, the requirements and restrictions summarised below may be considered material to the Group 
and remain in effect unless otherwise stated.

Hong Kong Insurance Authority
AIA Group Limited has given to the Insurance Authority an undertaking that AIA Group Limited will:

(i)  ensure that (a) each of AIA Co. and AIA International will at all times maintain an excess of assets over liabilities of not 
less than the aggregate of 150% of the Hong Kong statutory minimum solvency margin requirement in respect of the 
Hong  Kong  branch  and  no  less  than  100%  of  the  Hong  Kong  statutory  minimum  solvency  margin  requirement  for 
branches other than Hong Kong (“minimum amount”); (b) it will not withdraw capital or transfer any funds or assets 
out of AIA Co. or AIA International that will cause the solvency ratio to fall below the minimum amounts specified in (a), 
except with, in either case, the prior written consent of the Insurance Authority; and (c) should the solvency ratio of 
either AIA Co. or AIA International fall below the respective minimum amounts, AIA Group Limited will take steps as 
soon as possible to restore it to at least the respective minimum amounts in a manner acceptable to the Insurance 
Authority;

(ii) notify  the  Insurance  Authority  in  writing  as  soon  as  the  Company  becomes  aware  of  any  person  (a)  becoming  a 
controller  (within  the  meaning  of  Section  9(1)(a)(iii)(B)  of  the  HKIO)  of  AIA  Co.  and  AIA  International  through  the 
acquisition of our shares traded on the HKSE; or (b) ceasing to be a controller (within the meaning of Section 9(1)(a)
(iii)(B) of the HKIO) of AIA Co. and AIA International through the disposal of our shares traded on the HKSE;

(iii) be subject to the supervision of the Insurance Authority and AIA Group Limited will be required to continually comply 
with the Insurance Authority’s guidance on the “fit and proper” standards of a controller pursuant to Section 8(2) of the 
HKIO. The Insurance Authority is empowered by the HKIO to raise objection if it appears to it that any person is not fit 
and proper to be a controller or director of an authorised insurer. These standards include the sufficiency of a holding 
company’s financial resources; the viability of a holding company’s business plan for its insurance subsidiaries which 
are regulated by the Insurance Authority; the clarity of the Group’s legal, managerial and operational structures; the 
identities of any other holding companies or major regulated subsidiaries; whether the holding company, its directors 
or controllers is subject to receivership, administration, liquidation or other similar proceedings or failed to satisfy any 
judgement debt under a court order or the subject of any criminal convictions or in breach of any statutory or regulatory 
requirements; the  soundness  of  the Group’s  corporate  governance; the soundness of the Group’s risk management 
framework; the receipt of information from its insurance subsidiaries which are regulated by the Insurance Authority to 
ensure that they are managed in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulation; and its role in overseeing and 
managing the operations of its insurance subsidiaries which are regulated by the Insurance Authority; and

(iv) fulfil all enhancements or improvements to the guidance referred to in subparagraph (iii) above, as well as administrative 
measures issued from time to time by the Insurance Authority or requirements that may be prescribed by the Insurance 
Authority in accordance with the HKIO, regulations under the HKIO or guidelines issued by the Insurance Authority 
from time to time.

218

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS36. RISK MANAGEMENT
Risk management framework
AIA recognises the importance of sound risk management in every aspect of our business and for all our stakeholders. The 
Risk  Management  Framework  (RMF)  provides  the  structure  for  identifying,  quantifying  and  mitigating  risk  across  the 
Group.  An  effective  RMF  is  the  key  to  avoiding  the  financial  and  reputational  damage  that  arises  from  inadequate  or 
ineffective control of the risks in the business.

Insurance risk
Insurance  risk  is  the  risk  arising  from  changes  in  claims  experience  as  well  as  more  general  exposure  relating  to  the 
acquisition and persistency of insurance business. This also includes changes to assumptions regarding future experience 
for these risks.

Lapse
Lapse risk is the risk that the rate of policy termination deviates from the Group’s expectation.

Ensuring customers buy products that meet their needs is central to the Group’s Operating Philosophy. Through effective 
implementation of the Business Quality Framework, comprehensive sales training programmes and active monitoring of 
sales  activities  and  persistency,  the  Group  seeks  to  ensure  that  appropriate  products  are  sold  by  qualified  sales 
representatives and that standards of service consistently meet our customers’ needs.

Expense
Expense risk is the risk that the cost of selling new business and of administering the in-force book exceeds the assumptions 
made in pricing and/or reserving.

Daily operations follow a disciplined budgeting and control process that allows for the management of expenses based on 
the Group’s very substantial experience within the markets in which we operate.

Morbidity and Mortality
Morbidity and mortality risk is the risk that the occurrence and/or amounts of medical/death claims are higher than the 
assumptions made in pricing and/or reserving.

The  Group  adheres  to  well-defined  market-oriented  underwriting  and  claims  guidelines  and  practices  that  have  been 
developed based on extensive historical experience and with the assistance of professional reinsurers.

The Group’s actuarial teams conduct regular experience studies of all the insurance risk factors in its in-force book. These 
internal studies together with external data are used to identify emerging trends which can then be used to inform product 
design, pricing, underwriting, claims management and reinsurance needs.

Through  monitoring  the  development  of  both  local  and  global  trends  in  medical  technology,  health  and  wellness,  the 
impact  of  legislation  and  general  social,  political  and  economic  conditions  the  Group  seeks  to  anticipate  and  respond 
promptly to potential adverse experience impacts on its products.

Reinsurance is used to reduce concentration and volatility risk, especially with large policies or new risks, and as protection 
against catastrophic events such as pandemics or natural disasters.

219

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES36. RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Investment and financial risks
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that third parties fail to meet their obligations to the Group when they fall due. Although the primary 
source of credit risk is the Group’s investment portfolio, such risk can also arise through reinsurance, procurement, and 
treasury activities.

The Group’s credit risk management oversight process is governed centrally, but provides for decentralised management 
and  accountability  by  our  lines  of  business.  A  key  to  AIA’s  credit  risk  management  is  adherence  to  a  well-controlled 
underwriting  process.  The  Group’s  credit  risk  management  starts  with  the  assignment  of  an  internal  rating  to  all 
counterparties.  A  detailed  analysis  of  each  counterparty  is  performed  and  a  rating  recommended  by  the  first  lines  of 
business.  The  Group’s  Risk  Management  function  manages  the  Group’s  internal  ratings  framework  and  reviews  these 
recommendations and make final decision on the assigned ratings. Measuring and monitoring of credit risk is an ongoing 
process and is designed to enable early identification of emerging risk.

Interest rate risk
The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk predominantly arises from any differences between the duration of the Group’s 
liabilities  and  assets.  Since  most  markets  do  not  have  assets  of  sufficient  tenor  to  match  life  insurance  liabilities,  an 
uncertainty arises around the reinvestment of maturing assets to match the Group’s insurance liabilities.

AIA manages interest rate risk primarily on an economic basis to determine the durations of both assets and liabilities. 
Interest rate risk on local solvency basis is also taken into consideration for business units where local solvency regimes 
deviate from economic basis. Furthermore, for products with discretionary benefits, additional modelling of interest rate 
risk is performed to guide determination of appropriate management actions. Management also takes into consideration 
the asymmetrical impact of interest rate movements when evaluating products with options and guarantees.

220

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS36. RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Investment and financial risks (continued)
Exposure to interest rate risk
The table below summarises the nature of the interest rate risk associated with financial assets and financial liabilities. In 
preparing this analysis, fixed rate interest bearing instruments that mature or reprice within 12 months of the reporting 
date have been disclosed as variable rate instruments.

US$m

30 November 2017

Financial assets

  Loans and deposits

  Other receivables

  Debt securities

  Equity securities

  Reinsurance receivables

  Accrued investment income

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Derivative financial instruments

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

  Borrowings

  Obligations under repurchase agreements

  Other liabilities

  Derivative financial instruments

Total financial liabilities

Variable 
interest rate

Fixed 
interest rate

Non-interest 
bearing

Total

1,045

1

6,919

–

8,392

122,776

–

–

–

2,001

–

–

–

–

–

–

9

1,898

–

36,716

506

1,541

288

363

7,973

1,899

131,168

36,716

506

1,541

2,289

363

11,439

129,695

41,321

182,455

–

–

1,883

92

–

–

3,958

–

–

–

1,975

3,958

8,082

–

–

5,796

361

14,239

8,082

3,958

1,883

5,888

361

20,172

221

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
36. RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Investment and financial risks (continued)
Exposure to interest rate risk (continued)

US$m

30 November 2016

Financial assets

  Loans and deposits

  Other receivables

  Debt securities

  Equity securities

  Reinsurance receivables

  Accrued investment income

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Derivative financial instruments

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

  Borrowings

  Obligations under repurchase agreements

  Other liabilities

  Derivative financial instruments

Total financial liabilities

Variable 
interest rate

Fixed 
interest rate

Non-interest 
bearing

Total

1,108

164

7,342

–

–

–

1,456

–

5,929

–

106,276

–

–

–

–

–

25

1,569

–

30,211

335

1,383

186

107

7,062

1,733

113,618

30,211

335

1,383

1,642

107

10,070

112,205

33,816

156,091

–

–

1,984

–

–

–

3,459

–

–

–

1,984

3,459

7,028

1

–

4,723

644

12,396

7,028

3,460

1,984

4,723

644

17,839

Equity price risk
Equity price risk arises from changes in the market value of equity securities. Investments in equity securities on a long-
term basis are expected to provide diversification benefits and enhance returns. The extent of exposure to equities at any 
time is subject to the terms of the Group’s strategic asset allocations.

Equity price risk is managed in the first instance through the individual investment mandates which define benchmarks 
and any tracking error targets. Equity limits are also applied to contain individual exposures. Equity exposures are included 
in the aggregate exposure reports on each individual counterparty to ensure concentrations are avoided.

222

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
36. RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Investment and financial risks (continued)
Equity price risk (continued)
Sensitivity analysis
Sensitivity analysis to the key variables affecting financial assets and liabilities is set out in the table below. Information 
relating to sensitivity of insurance and investment contracts with DPF is provided in note 27. The carrying values of other 
financial assets are not subject to changes in response to movements in interest rates or equity prices. In calculating the 
sensitivity of debt and equity instruments to changes in interest rates and equity prices, the Group has made assumptions 
about  the  corresponding  impact  of  asset  valuations  on  liabilities  to  policyholders.  Assets  held  to  support  unit-linked 
contracts have been excluded on the basis that changes in fair value are wholly borne by policyholders. Sensitivity analysis 
for assets held in participating funds has been calculated after allocation of returns to policyholders using the applicable 
minimum policyholders’ participation ratios described in note 2.

Information is presented to illustrate the estimated impact on profits and total equity arising from a change in a single 
variable before taking into account the effects of taxation.

The impact of any impairments of financial assets has been ignored for the purpose of illustrating the sensitivity of profit 
before tax and total equity before the effects of taxation to changes in interest rates and equity prices on the grounds that 
default  events  reflect  the  characteristics  of  individual  issuers.  As  the  Group’s  accounting  policies  lock  in  interest  rate 
assumptions on policy inception and the Group’s assumptions incorporate a provision for adverse deviations, the level of 
movement illustrated in this sensitivity analysis does not result in loss recognition and so there is not any corresponding 
effect on liabilities.

30 November 2017

30 November 2016

Impact 
on total 
equity 
(before 
the effects 
of taxation)

Impact 
on allocated 
equity 
(before the 
effects 
of taxation)

Impact 
on profit 
before tax

Impact 
on total 
equity 
(before 
the effects 
of taxation)

Impact 
on allocated 
equity 
(before the 
effects 
of taxation)

Impact 
on profit 
before tax

US$m

Equity price risk

10 per cent increase in equity prices

1,182

1,182

1,182

10 per cent decrease in equity prices

(1,182)

(1,182)

(1,182)

995

(995)

995

(995)

Interest rate risk

+ 50 basis points shift in yield curves

- 50 basis points shift in yield curves

(157)

169

(5,676)

6,272

(157)

169

(204)

219

(4,699)

5,179

995

(995)

(204)

219

223

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES36. RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Investment and financial risks (continued)
Foreign exchange rate risk
The Group’s foreign exchange rate risk arises mainly from the Group’s operations in multiple geographical markets in the 
Asia-Pacific region and the translation of multiple currencies to US dollar for financial reporting purposes. The balance 
sheet values of our operating units and subsidiaries are not hedged to the Group’s presentation currency, the US dollar.

However, assets, liabilities and local regulatory and stress capital in each business unit are generally currency matched 
with the exception of holdings of equities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency, or any expected 
capital movements due within one year which may be hedged. Bonds denominated in currencies other than the functional 
currency are commonly hedged with cross-currency swaps or foreign exchange forward contracts.

Foreign exchange rate net exposure

US$m

30 November 2017

United States 
Dollar

Hong Kong 
Dollar

Thai 
Baht

Singapore 
Dollar

Malaysian 
Ringgit

China 
Renminbi

Equity analysed by original currency

24,497

2,772

3,768

(2,356)

2,157

3,527

Net notional amounts of currency 
  derivative positions

Currency exposure

5% strengthening of original currency

Impact on profit before tax

Impact on other comprehensive income

Impact on total equity

5% strengthening of the US dollar

Impact on profit before tax

Impact on other comprehensive income

Impact on total equity

US$m

30 November 2016

(9,225)

15,272

597

3,369

2,535

6,303

3,005

649

–

8

2,157

3,535

164

(188)

(24)

164

(188)

(24)

3

133

136

30

(166)

(136)

(8)

323

315

9

(324)

(315)

21

12

33

(5)

(28)

(33)

4

104

108

(3)

(105)

(108)

19

158

177

(16)

(161)

(177)

United States 
Dollar

Hong Kong 
Dollar

Thai 
Baht

Singapore 
Dollar

Malaysian 
Ringgit

China 
Renminbi

Equity analysed by original currency

20,429

2,208

2,902

(2,786)

1,939

4,098

Net notional amounts of currency 
  derivative positions

Currency exposure

5% strengthening of original currency

Impact on profit before tax

Impact on other comprehensive income

Impact on total equity

5% strengthening of the US dollar

Impact on profit before tax

Impact on other comprehensive income

Impact on total equity

(7,104)

13,325

601

2,809

2,010

4,912

2,861

75

(187)

1,752

(122)

3,976

169

(184)

(15)

169

(184)

(15)

11

99

110

21

(131)

(110)

(7)

252

245

(6)

(239)

(245)

35

(31)

4

(20)

16

(4)

(6)

94

88

7

(95)

(88)

14

185

199

(10)

(189)

(199)

224

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS36. RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Investment and financial risks (continued)
Liquidity risk
AIA identifies liquidity risk as occurring in two ways, financial liquidity risk and investment liquidity risk. Financial liquidity 
risk is the risk that insufficient cash is available to meet payment obligations to counterparties as they fall due. One area of 
particular focus in the management of financial liquidity is collateral. AIA manages this exposure by determining limits for 
its activities in the derivatives and repurchase agreement markets based on the collateral available within the relevant 
fund or subsidiary to withstand extreme market events. More broadly AIA supports its liquidity through committed bank 
facilities, use of the bond repurchase markets and maintaining access to debt markets via the Company’s Global Medium-
term Note and Securities programme.

Investment liquidity risk occurs in relation to the Group’s ability to buy and sell investments. This is a function of the size of 
the Group’s holdings relative to the availability of counterparties willing to buy or sell these holdings at any given time. In 
times of stress, market losses will generally be compounded by forced sellers seeking unwilling buyers.

While life insurance companies are characterised by a relatively low need for liquidity to cover those of their liabilities 
which are directly linked to mortality and morbidity, this risk is nevertheless carefully managed by continuously assessing 
the relative liquidity of the Group’s assets and managing the size of individual holdings through limits.

US$m

30 November 2017

Financial assets (Policyholder and 
  shareholder investments)

  Loans and deposits

  Other receivables

  Debt securities

  Equity securities

  Reinsurance receivables

  Accrued investment income

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Derivative financial instruments

Due in 
one year 
or less

Due after 
one year 
through 
five years

Due after 
five years 
through 
ten years

Total

Due after 
ten years

No fixed 
maturity

7,866

1,727

126,464

17,763

506

1,494

1,833

352

1,427

1,617

3,834

–

506

1,486

1,833

76

919

59

399

6

2,392

2,729

–

17,553

31,334

73,743

–

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

142

122

–

–

–

–

12

45

–

17,763

–

7

–

–

Subtotal

158,005

10,779

18,674

31,861

76,147

20,544

Financial assets (Unit-linked contracts and 
  consolidated investment funds)

Total

Financial and insurance contract liabilities 

(Policyholder and shareholder investments)

Insurance and investment contract liabilities 
(net of deferred acquisition and origination 

24,450

–

–

–

–

182,455

10,779

18,674

31,861

76,147

24,450

44,994

  costs, and reinsurance)

109,900

2,609

10,420

11,404

85,467

  Borrowings

  Obligations under repurchase agreements

  Other liabilities

  Derivative financial instruments

3,958

1,883

4,445

361

500

1,883

3,314

170

499(1)

1,242

1,717

–

47

57

–

2

86

–

–

48

–

–

–

1,082

–

Subtotal

120,547

8,476

11,023

12,734

87,232

1,082

Financial and insurance contract liabilities 
(Unit-linked contracts and consolidated 
investment funds)

Total

Note:
(1)  No borrowings are due after 2 years through 5 years.

24,450

144,997

–

–

–

–

8,476

11,023

12,734

87,232

24,450

25,532

225

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36. RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Investment and financial risks (continued)
Liquidity risk (continued)

US$m

30 November 2016

Financial assets (Policyholders and 
  shareholder investments)

  Loans and deposits

  Other receivables

  Debt securities

  Equity securities

  Reinsurance receivables

  Accrued investment income

  Cash and cash equivalents

  Derivative financial instruments

Due in 
one year 
or less

Total

Due after 
one year 
through 
five years

Due after 
five years 
through 
ten years

Due after 
ten years

No fixed 
maturity

6,866

1,676

109,162

14,713

335

1,341

1,137

104

818

1,558

3,098

–

335

1,333

1,137

53

1,095

78

298

6

2,204

2,451

–

16,341

28,291

61,432

–

–

1

–

12

–

–

–

–

26

–

–

–

–

13

34

–

14,713

–

7

–

–

Subtotal

135,334

8,332

17,527

28,621

63,649

17,205

Financial assets (Unit-linked contracts and 
  consolidated investment funds)

Total

Financial and insurance contract liabilities 

(Policyholders and shareholder investments)

Insurance and investment contract liabilities 
(net of deferred acquisition and origination 

20,757

156,091

–

–

–

–

8,332

17,527

28,621

63,649

20,757

37,962

  costs, and reinsurance)

95,007

2,725

9,799

10,529

71,954

  Borrowings

  Obligations under repurchase agreements

  Other liabilities

  Derivative financial instruments

3,460

1,984

3,379

642

–

998(1)

1,241

1,221

1,984

2,354

93

–

47

208

–

2

313

–

13

28

Subtotal

104,472

7,156

11,052

12,085

73,216

–

–

–

963

–

963

Financial and insurance contract liabilities 
(Unit-linked contracts and consolidated 
investment funds)

Total

20,743

125,215

–

–

–

–

7,156

11,052

12,085

73,216

20,743

21,706

Note:
(1)  Includes amounts of US$498m falling due after 2 years through 5 years.

226

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Defined benefit plans
The Group operates funded and unfunded defined benefit plans that provide life and medical benefits for participating 
employees after retirement and a lump sum benefit on cessation of employment. The locations covered by these plans 
include Hong Kong, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, Korea, the Philippines, Sri Lanka, Taiwan and Vietnam. The 
latest  independent  actuarial  valuations  of  the  plans  were  at  30  November  2017  and  were  prepared  by  credentialed 
actuaries. All the actuaries are qualified members of professional actuarial organisations to render the actuarial opinions. 
The actuarial valuations indicate that the Group’s obligations under these defined benefit retirement plans are 44 per cent 
(2016: 33 per cent) covered by the plan assets held by the trustees. The fair value of plan assets as at year end at the date 
of  valuation  was  US$79m  (2016:  US$62m). The  total  expenses  relating  to  these  plans  recognised  in  the  consolidated 
income statement was US$7m (2016: US$11m).

Defined contribution plans
The  Group  operates  a  number  of  defined  contribution  pension  plans.  The  total  expense  relating  to  these  plans  in  the 
current  year  was  US$72m  (2016:  US$67m).  Employees  and  the  employer  are  required  to  make  monthly  contributions 
equal to 1 per cent to 22 per cent of the employees’ monthly basic salaries, depending on years of service and subject to 
any  applicable  caps  of  monthly  relevant  income  in  different  jurisdictions.  For  defined  contribution  pension  plans  with 
vesting conditions, any forfeited contributions by employers on behalf of employees who leave the scheme prior to vesting 
fully in such contributions are used by the employer to reduce any future contributions. The amount of forfeited contributions 
used to reduce the existing level of contributions is not material.

38. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
Share-based compensation plans
During the year ended 30 November 2017, the Group made further awards of share options, restricted share units (RSUs) 
and restricted stock purchase units (RSPUs) to certain directors, officers and employees of the Group under the Share 
Option Scheme (SO Scheme), the Restricted Share Unit Scheme (RSU Scheme) and the Employee Share Purchase Plan 
(ESPP). In addition, the Group made further awards of restricted stock subscription units (RSSUs) to eligible agents under 
the Agency Share Purchase Plan (ASPP).

RSU Scheme
Under  the  RSU  Scheme,  the  vesting  of  the  awarded  RSUs  is  conditional  upon  the  eligible  participants  remaining  in 
employment with the Group during the respective vesting periods. RSU awards are vested either entirely after a specific 
period of time or in tranches over the vesting period. For RSU awards that are vested in tranches, each vesting tranche is 
accounted for as a separate award for the purposes of recognising the expense over the vesting period. For certain RSUs, 
performance  conditions  are  also  attached  which  include  both  market  and  non-market  conditions.  RSUs  subject  to 
performance  conditions  are  released  to  the  participants  at  the  end  of  the  vesting  period  depending  on  the  actual 
achievement of the performance conditions. During the vesting period, the participants are not entitled to dividends of the 
underlying shares. Except in jurisdictions where restrictions apply, the awarded RSUs are expected to be settled in equity; 
awards that the Group has the legal or constructive obligation to settle in cash are insignificant to the Group. The maximum 
number of shares that can be awarded under this scheme is 301,100,000 (2016: 301,100,000), representing approximately 
2.5 per cent (2016: 2.5 per cent) of the number of shares in issue at 30 November 2017.

227

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES38. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)
Share-based compensation plans (continued)
RSU Scheme (continued)

Number of shares

Restricted Share Units

Outstanding at beginning of financial year

Awarded

Forfeited

Vested

Outstanding at end of financial year

Year ended 
30 November 
2017

Year ended 
30 November 
2016

49,337,302

53,650,778

16,003,902

18,964,022

(7,751,321)

(10,150,721)

(14,989,196)

(13,126,777)

42,600,687

49,337,302

SO Scheme
The objectives of the SO Scheme are to align eligible participants’ interests with those of the shareholders of the Company 
by allowing eligible participants to share in the value created at the point they exercise their options. Share option (SO) 
awards are vested either entirely after a specific period of time or in tranches over the vesting period approximately three 
to five years, during which, the eligible participants are required to remain in employment with the Group. For SO awards 
vested in tranches, each vesting tranche is accounted for as a separate award for the purposes of recognising the expense 
over the vesting period. The awarded share options expire 10 years from the date of grant and each share option entitles 
the eligible participant to subscribe for one ordinary share. Except in jurisdictions where restrictions apply, the awarded 
share options are expected to be settled in equity; awards that the Group has the legal or constructive obligation to settle 
in cash are insignificant to the Group. The total number of shares under options that can be awarded under the scheme is 
301,100,000 (2016: 301,100,000), representing approximately 2.5 per cent (2016: 2.5 per cent) of the number of shares 
in issue at 30 November 2017.

Information about share options outstanding and share options exercisable by the Group’s employees and directors as at 
the end of the reporting period is as follows:

Year ended 
30 November 2017

Year ended 
30 November 2016

Number of 
share options

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
(HK$)

Number of 
share options

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
(HK$)

Share options

Outstanding at beginning of financial year

Awarded

Exercised

Forfeited or expired

Outstanding at end of financial year

Share options exercisable at end of financial year

41,581,033

9,460,949

(17,053,136)

(4,876,612)

29,112,234

14,134,157

35.88

51.70

30.10

46.79

42.58

37.38

40,458,104

9,550,232

(7,174,665)

(1,252,638)

41,581,033

20,592,646

33.29

41.90

28.58

39.91

35.88

29.44

At the date the share option was exercised, the weighted average share price of the Company was HK$52.61 for the year 
ended 30 November 2017 (2016: HK$49.43).

228

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS38. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)
Share-based compensation plans (continued)
SO Scheme (continued)
The range of exercise prices for the share options outstanding as of 30 November 2017 and 2016 is summarised in the 
table below.

Year ended 
30 November 2017

Year ended 
30 November 2016

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual 
life
 (years)

Number of 
share options 
outstanding

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual 
life 
(years)

4.21

7.58

8.34

9.67

7.36

20,575,507

15,489,143

5,516,383

–

41,581,033

5.14

8.48

8.28

–

6.80

Number of 
share options 
outstanding

5,059,663

12,090,822

10,787,231

1,174,518

29,112,234

Range of exercise price
HK$26 – HK$35
HK$36 – HK$45
HK$46 – HK$55
HK$56 – HK$65
Outstanding at end of financial year

ESPP
Under the plan, eligible employees of the Group can purchase ordinary shares of the Company with qualified employee 
contributions and the Company will award one matching restricted stock purchase unit to them at the end of the vesting 
period for each two shares purchased through the qualified employee contributions (contribution shares). Contribution 
shares are purchased from the open market. During the vesting period, the eligible employees must hold the contribution 
shares purchased during the plan cycle and remain employed by the Group. The level of qualified employee contribution is 
limited  to  not  more  than  8  per  cent  of  the  annual  basic  salary  subject  to  a  maximum  of  HK$117,000  per  annum. The 
awarded matching restricted stock purchase units are expected to be settled in equity. For the year ended 30 November 
2017, eligible employees paid US$20m (2016: US$14m) to purchase 2,739,064 ordinary shares (2016: 2,436,497 ordinary 
shares) of the Company.

ASPP
The structure of the ASPP generally follows that of the ESPP, the key difference being that the eligible agents are required 
to pay a subscription price of US$1 to subscribe for each new share in the Company at the end of the vesting period. Under 
the plan, eligible agents of the Group can purchase ordinary shares of the Company with qualified agent contributions and 
the Company will award one matching restricted stock subscription unit to them at the end of the vesting period for each 
two  shares  purchased  through  the  qualified  agent  contributions  (agent  contribution  shares).  Each  restricted  stock 
subscription unit entitles eligible agents to subscribe for one new share of the Company. Agent contribution shares are 
purchased from the open market. During the vesting period, the eligible agents must hold the contribution shares purchased 
during the plan cycle and maintain their agent contracts with the Group. The awarded matching restricted stock subscription 
units are expected to be settled in equity. The level of qualified agent contribution is subject to a maximum of US$15,000 
per annum. For the year ended 30 November 2017, eligible agents paid US$20m (2016: US$17m) to purchase 2,708,018 
ordinary shares (2016: 2,792,549 ordinary shares) of the Company.

Valuation methodology
The Group utilises a binomial lattice model to calculate the fair value of the share option awards, a Monte-Carlo simulation 
model and/or discounted cash flow technique to calculate the fair value of the RSU, ESPP and ASPP awards, taking into 
account  the  terms  and  conditions  upon  which  the  awards  were  made. The  price  volatility  is  estimated  on  the  basis  of 
implied volatility of the Company’s shares which is based on an analysis of historical data since they are traded in the Hong 
Kong  Stock  Exchange. The  expected  life  of  the  share  options  is  derived  from  the  output  of  the  valuation  model  and  is 
calculated  based  on  an  analysis  of  expected  exercise  behaviour  of  the  Company’s  employees. The  estimate  of  market 
condition for performance-based RSUs is based on one-year historical data preceding the grant date. An allowance for 
forfeiture prior to vesting is not included in the valuation of the awards.

229

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES38. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)
Valuation methodology (continued)
The fair value calculated for share options is inherently subjective due to the assumptions made and the limitations of the 
model utilised.

Year ended 30 November 2017

Share 
options

Restricted 
share units

ESPP 
Restricted 
stock 
purchase 
units

ASPP 
Restricted 
stock 
subscription 
units

1.45% – 1.90% 0.83% – 1.29%* 0.68% – 1.29%

20%

1.8%

50.30 – 61.55

10

7.95 – 8.00

20%

1.8%

n/a

n/a

n/a

20%

1.8%

n/a

n/a

n/a

1.25%

20%

1.8%

n/a

n/a

n/a

Assumptions

Risk-free interest rate

Volatility

Dividend yield
Exercise price (HK$)
Share option life (in years)

Expected life (in years)

Weighted average fair value per option/unit 
  at measurement date (HK$)

10.47

39.95

58.25

45.81

Year ended 30 November 2016

Share 
options

Restricted 
share units

ESPP 
Restricted 
stock 
purchase 
units

ASPP 
Restricted 
stock 
subscription 
units

Assumptions

Risk-free interest rate

Volatility

Dividend yield
Exercise price (HK$)
Share option life (in years)

Expected life (in years)

Weighted average fair value per option/unit 
  at measurement date (HK$)

*  Applicable to RSU with market conditions.

1.25% 0.50% – 0.74%* 0.47% – 0.88%

20%

1.8%

41.90

10

8.03

7.74

20%

1.8%

n/a

n/a

n/a

20%

1.2% – 1.8%

n/a

n/a

n/a

0.91%

20%

1.8%

n/a

n/a

n/a

34.35

44.20

34.92

The weighted average share price for share option valuation for awards made during the year ended 30 November 2017 is 
HK$51.70 (2016: HK$41.60). The total fair value of share options awarded during the year ended 30 November 2017 is 
US$13m (2016: US$10m).

Recognised compensation cost
The total recognised compensation cost (net of expected forfeitures) related to various share-based compensation awards 
made under the RSU Scheme, SO Scheme, ESPP and ASPP by the Group for the year ended 30 November 2017 is US$79m 
(2016: US$84m).

230

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS39. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
Directors’ remuneration
The Executive Directors receive compensation in the form of salaries, bonuses, contributions to pension schemes, long-
term  incentives,  housing  and  other  allowances,  and  benefits  in  kind  subject  to  applicable  laws,  rules  and  regulations. 
Bonuses and long-term incentives represent the variable components in the Executive Director’s compensation and are 
linked to the performance of the Group and the Executive Director. Details of share-based payment schemes are described 
in note 38.

Salaries, 
allowances 
and benefits 

Share-based 

in kind(1)

Bonuses

payments(2)

Director’s 
fees

Pension 
scheme 
contribution

Other 
benefits(3)

Inducement 
fees

Total

US$

Year ended 30 November 2017

Executive Directors

Mr. Mark Edward Tucker(4)

– 1,135,952 4,824,000 8,336,772

70,949 1,154,706

Mr. Ng Keng Hooi(5)

–

749,333 1,504,110 1,375,587

44,788

–

– 1,885,285 6,328,110 9,712,359

115,737 1,154,706

– 15,522,379

–

3,673,818

– 19,196,197

Salaries, 
allowances 
and benefits 

Share-based 

in kind(1)

Bonuses

payments(2)

Director’s 
fees

Pension 
scheme 
contribution

Other 
benefits

Inducement 
fees

Total

Total

US$

Year ended 30 November 2016

Executive Director

Mr. Mark Edward Tucker(4)

– 2,212,482 4,636,000 8,107,671

137,417

Total

– 2,212,482 4,636,000 8,107,671

137,417

–

–

– 15,093,570

– 15,093,570

Notes:
(1)  Includes non-cash benefits for housing, medical and life insurance, children’s education, club and professional membership, company car and 

perquisites.

(2)  Includes SOs and RSUs awarded based upon the fair value at grant date.
(3)  Includes post-employment benefits received during garden leave and termination benefits.
(4)  Mr. Mark Edward Tucker receives his remuneration exclusively for his role as Group Chief Executive and President and receives no separate fees 
for his role as Director of the Company or for acting as a director of any subsidiary of the Company. Mr. Mark Edward Tucker retired as Group Chief 
Executive and President with effect from 1 June 2017.

(5)  Mr. Ng Keng Hooi was appointed as Group Chief Executive and President of the Company on 1 June 2017. He receives his remuneration exclusively 
for his role as Group Chief Executive and President and receives no separate fees for his role as Director of the Company or for acting as a director 
of any subsidiary of the Company.

231

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES39. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL (continued)
Directors’ remuneration (continued)
The remuneration of Non-executive Director and Independent Non-executive Directors of the Company at 30 November 
2017 and 2016 are included in the tables below:

US$

fees(1)

in kind(2)

Bonuses

Salaries, 
allowances 
and benefits 

Director’s 

Share-based 
payments

Pension 
scheme 
contribution

Other 
benefits

Inducement 
fees

Total

Year ended 30 November 2017

Non-executive Director

Mr. Mark Edward Tucker(3)

Independent Non-executive 
  Directors

–

–

Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse(4)

570,000

109,383

Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So

Mr. Chung-Kong Chow

Mr. John Barrie Harrison

Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo

Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya

260,000

220,000

260,000

245,000

205,000

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau

205,000

Ms. Swee-Lian Teo

Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee(5)

Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima(6)

205,000

265,000

43,630

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total

2,478,630

109,383

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

679,383

260,000

220,000

260,000

245,000

205,000

205,000

205,000

265,000

43,630

2,588,013

232

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS39. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL (continued)
Directors’ remuneration (continued)

US$

fees(1)

in kind(2)

Bonuses 

Salaries, 
allowances 
and benefits 

Director’s 

Share-based 
payments

Pension 
scheme 
contribution

Other 
benefits

Inducement 
fees

Total

Year ended 30 November 2016

Non-executive Director

Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

571,230

97,289

Independent Non-executive 
  Directors

Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So

Mr. Chung-Kong Chow

Mr. John Barrie Harrison

Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo

Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya

260,000

220,000

260,000

245,000

205,000

Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau

205,000

Ms. Swee-Lian Teo

Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee(5)

205,000

188,566

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total

2,359,796

97,289

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

668,519

260,000

220,000

260,000

245,000

205,000

205,000

205,000

188,566

2,457,085

Notes:
(1)  Saved as disclosed below, all Directors receive the fees for their role as a Director of the Company and not for acting as a director of any subsidiary 

of the Company.

(2)  Includes non-cash benefits for housing, club membership and medical insurance and company car.
(3)  Mr. Mark Edward Tucker was re-designated as Non-executive Director of the Company on 1 June 2017 and retired from the position on 1 September 

2017. He did not receive a director’s fee during his tenure of office as a Non-executive Director of the Company.

(4)  Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse was re-designated as Independent Non-executive Director of the Company on 23 March 2017.
(5)  Dr.  Narongchai  Akrasanee  was  appointed  as  Independent  Non-executive  Director  of  the  Company  on  15  January  2016.  US$50,000  which 
represents remuneration to Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee in respect of his services as Chairman of Advisory Board of AIA Thailand for the year ended 
30 November 2017 is included in his fees.

(6)  Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima was appointed as Independent Non-executive Director of the Company on 1 September 2017.

Remuneration of five highest-paid individuals
The aggregate remuneration of the five highest-paid individuals employed by the Group in each of the years ended 30 
November 2017 and 2016 is presented in the table below.

US$

Year ended

30 November 2017

30 November 2016

Salaries, 
allowances 
and benefits 

in kind(1)

Bonuses

Director’s 
fees

Share-based 

payments(2)

Pension 
scheme 
contribution

Other 
benefits(3)

Inducement 
fees

Total

–

–

5,098,393 10,523,042 15,462,857

247,032

2,458,727

6,148,230 10,114,000 15,870,944

299,748

–

– 33,790,051

– 32,432,922

Notes:
(1)  2017 and 2016 non-cash benefits include housing, medical and life insurance, medical check-up, children’s education, club and professional 

membership, company car and perquisites.

(2)  Includes SOs and RSUs awarded to the five highest-paid individuals based upon the fair value at grant date.
(3)  Includes post-employment benefits received during garden leave and termination benefits.

233

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES39. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL (continued)
Remuneration of five highest-paid individuals (continued)
The emoluments of the five individuals with the highest emoluments are within the following bands:

HK$

28,500,001 to 29,000,000

30,000,001 to 30,500,000

32,000,001 to 32,500,000

33,000,001 to 33,500,000

34,500,001 to 35,000,000

35,000,001 to 35,500,000

36,000,001 to 36,500,000

45,500,001 to 46,000,000

117,000,001 to 117,500,000

120,500,001 to 121,000,000

Year ended 
30 November 
2017

Year ended 
30 November 
2016

1

–

1

–

–

1

–

1

–

1

–

1

–

1

1

–

1

–

1

–

Key management personnel remuneration
Key management personnel have been identified as the members of the Group’s Executive Committee.

US$

Key management compensation and other expenses

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments(1)

Termination benefits

Total

Note:
(1)  Include SOs and RSUs awarded to the key management personnel based upon the fair value at grant date.

The emoluments of the key management personnel are within the following bands:

US$

Below 1,000,000

1,000,001 to 2,000,000

2,000,001 to 3,000,000

3,000,001 to 4,000,000

4,000,001 to 5,000,000

5,000,001 to 6,000,000

Over 7,000,000

234

Year ended 
30 November 
2017

Year ended 
30 November 
2016

27,287,043

26,994,421

3,731,580

568,687

18,646,971

21,144,940

3,078,510

–

52,744,104

48,708,048

Year ended 
30 November 
2017

Year ended 
30 November 
2016

4

5

1

3

2

1

1

2

1

3

3

3

–

1

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS40. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Remuneration of Directors and key management personnel is disclosed in note 39.

41. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Commitments under operating leases
Total future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

US$m

Properties and others expiring

Not later than one year

Later than one and not later than five years

Later than five years

Total

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

128

219

48

395

120

178

94

392

The Group is the lessee in respect of a number of properties and items of office equipment held under operating leases. 
The  leases  typically  run  for  an  initial  period  of  one  to  ten  years,  with  an  option  to  renew  the  lease  when  all  terms  are 
renegotiated. Lease payments are usually reviewed at the end of the lease term to reflect market rates. None of the leases 
include contingent rentals.

Investment and capital commitments

US$m

Not later than one year

Later than one and not later than five years

Total

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

1,231

6

1,237

682

10

692

Investment and capital commitments consist of commitments to invest in private equity partnerships and other assets.

Contingencies
The Group is subject to regulation in each of the geographical markets in which it operates from insurance, securities, 
capital markets, pension, data privacy and other regulators and is exposed to the risk of regulatory actions in response to 
perceived  or  actual  non-compliance  with  regulations  relating  to  suitability,  sales  or  underwriting  practices,  claims 
payments and procedures, product design, disclosure, administration, denial or delay of benefits and breaches of fiduciary 
or other duties. The Group believes that these matters have been adequately provided for in these financial statements.

The Group is exposed to legal proceedings, complaints and other actions from its activities including those arising from 
commercial activities, sales practices, suitability of products, policies and claims. The Group believes that these matters 
are adequately provided for in these financial statements.

The  Group  is  the  reinsurer  in  a  residential  mortgage  credit  reinsurance  agreement  covering  residential  mortgages  in 
Australia. The  Group  is  exposed  to  the  risk  of  losses  in  the  event  of  the  failure  of  the  retrocessionaire,  a  subsidiary  of 
American  International  Group,  Inc.,  to  honour  its  outstanding  obligations  which  is  mitigated  by  a  trust  agreement. The 
principal balance outstanding of mortgage loans to which the reinsurance agreement relates were approximately US$561m 
at  30  November  2017  (2016:  US$616m).  The  liabilities  and  related  reinsurance  assets,  which  totalled  US$2m  (2016: 
US$3m),  respectively,  arising  from  these  agreements  are  reflected  and  presented  on  a  gross  basis  in  these  financial 
statements in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. The Group expects to fully recover amounts outstanding at 
the reporting date under the terms of this agreement from the retrocessionaire.

235

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES42. SUBSIDIARIES
The principal subsidiary companies which materially contribute to the net income of the Group or hold a material element 
of its assets and liabilities are:

Place of 

incorporation 

As at 

As at 

30 November 2017

30 November 2016

Group’s 

NCI’s 

Group’s 

NCI’s 

Name of entity

and operation

Principal activity Issued share capital

interest %

interest %

interest %

interest %

AIA Company Limited(1)

Hong Kong

Insurance

1,151,049,861 ordinary shares 
for US$5,962,084,000 issued 

100%

  share capital

AIA International Limited

Bermuda

Insurance

AIA Australia Limited

Australia

Insurance

3,000,000 ordinary shares 
  of US$1.20 each

112,068,300 ordinary shares 
  of A$193,872,800 issued 
  share capital

AIA Pension and Trustee Co. Ltd.

British Virgin 
Islands

Trusteeship

19,500,000 ordinary shares 
  of US$1 each

AIA Bhd.

Malaysia

Insurance

AIA Singapore Private Limited

Singapore

Insurance

PT. AIA Financial

Indonesia

Insurance

767,438,174 ordinary shares 
  of RM1 each

1,374,000,001 ordinary shares 
  of S$1 each

1,910,844,140 ordinary shares 
  of Rp1,000 each

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

The Philippine American Life 
  and General Insurance 

(PHILAM LIFE) Company

Philippines

Insurance

199,560,671 ordinary shares of 
  PHP10 each and 439,329 

100%

treasury shares

AIA (Vietnam) Life Insurance 
  Company Limited

Vietnam

Insurance

Contributed capital of 
  VND1,264,300,000,000

100%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

AIA Insurance Lanka PLC

Sri Lanka

Insurance

Stated capital of 
  LKR511,921,836

97.16%

2.84%

97.16%

2.84%

Bayshore Development Group Limited

British Virgin 
Islands

Investment 
  holding 
  company

100 ordinary shares of 
  US$1 each

90%

10%

90%

10%

BPI-Philam Life Assurance 
(BPLAC) Corporation

Philippines

Insurance

749,993,979 ordinary shares 
  of PHP1 each and 6,000 

treasury shares

51%

49%

51%

49%

AIA Reinsurance Limited

Bermuda

Reinsurance 250,000 common shares of 
  US$1 each

100%

–

100%

–

Notes:

(1)  The Company’s subsidiary.

(2)  All of the above subsidiaries are audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers.

All  subsidiaries  are  unlisted  except AIA  Insurance  Lanka  PLC  which  is  listed  on  the  Main  Board  of  the  Colombo  Stock 
Exchange.

236

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
43. EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD
On 1 January 2018, AIA International completed the transfer of its insurance business in Korea from a branch to a wholly-
owned subsidiary, AIA Life Insurance Co. Ltd. This transfer was not expected to have any material financial impact on the 
Group consolidated financial statements.

In  September  2017,  the  Group  reached  an  agreement,  subject  to  securing  all  necessary  regulatory  and  governmental 
approvals, to acquire Commonwealth Bank of Australia’s (CBA) life insurance business in Australia and life and health 
insurance businesses in New Zealand. The transaction includes 20-year strategic bancassurance partnerships with CBA 
in Australia and ASB Bank Limited in New Zealand. The transaction will expand the Group’s distribution capabilities and 
customer reach in Australia and New Zealand markets. As announced on 21 September 2017, the gross consideration to 
be  paid  with  respect  to  the  proposed  transaction  is  expected  to  be  approximately  US$3.0  billion  payable  in  cash  on 
completion of the proposed transaction and subject to certain adjustments at completion. After taking into account the 
expected proceeds from reinsurance agreements and the expected free surplus of the acquired businesses, the final net 
cash outlay by AIA is expected to be approximately US$1.5 billion.

In December 2017, the Group entered into a 15-year extension of the existing exclusive regional bancassurance agreement 
with Public Bank Berhad, a leading Malaysian banking group, extending the partnership from 2023 to 2037.

The Board has resolved to change the Company’s financial year-end date from 30 November to 31 December. Accordingly, 
the next financial year-end date of the Company will be 31 December 2018 and the next audited financial statements of 
the Group will cover a 13-month period from 1 December 2017 to 31 December 2018.

On 27 February 2018, a Committee appointed by the Board of Directors proposed a final dividend of 74.38 Hong Kong 
cents per share (2016: 63.75 Hong Kong cents per share).

237

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES44. STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE COMPANY

US$m

Assets

Investment in subsidiaries
Available for sale – debt securities
At fair value through profit or loss – derivative financial instruments
Loans to/amounts due from subsidiaries
Other assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets

Liabilities

Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Other liabilities
Total liabilities

Equity
Share capital
Employee share-based trusts
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Amounts reflected in other comprehensive income
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity

Note:

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

15,750
2,442
37
3,554
17
5
21,805

4,420
125
43
4,588

14,065
(297)
199
3,315
(65)
17,217
21,805

15,745
1,544
–
2,903
44
4
20,240

3,777
–
70
3,847

13,998
(351)
185
2,620
(59)
16,393
20,240

(1)  The financial information of the Company should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

Approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 27 February 2018.

Ng Keng Hooi

Director

Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

Director

238

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS45. STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY OF THE COMPANY

US$m

Share 
capital

Employee 
share-based 
trusts

Other 
reserves

Retained 
earnings

Balance at 1 December 2016

13,998

(351)

185

Net profit

Cash flow hedges

Fair value losses on available for sale 

financial assets

Fair value losses on available for 
  sale financial assets transferred 

to income on disposal

Dividends

Shares issued under share option scheme 
  and agency share purchase plan

Share-based compensation

Purchase of shares held by employee 
  share-based trusts

Transfer of vested shares from employee 
  share-based trusts

–

–

–

–

–

67

–

–

–

Balance at 30 November 2017

14,065

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(10)

64

(297)

–

–

–

–

–

–

79

–

(64)

200

Amounts 
reflected 
in other 
comprehensive 
income

Total 
equity

(59)

16,393

–

(11)

(4)

8

–

–

–

–

–

2,071

(11)

(4)

8

(1,376)

67

79

(10)

–

2,620

2,071

–

–

–

(1,376)

–

–

–

–

3,315

(66)

17,217

US$m

Share 
capital

Employee 
share-based 
trusts

Other 
reserves

Retained 
earnings

Amounts 
reflected 
in other 
comprehensive 
income

Total 
equity

Balance at 1 December 2015

13,971

(321)

155

Net profit

Cash flow hedges

Fair value losses on available for sale 

financial assets

Fair value gains on available for 
  sale financial assets transferred 

to income on disposal

Dividends

Shares issued under share option scheme 
  and agency share purchase plan

Share-based compensation

Purchase of shares held by employee 
  share-based trusts

Transfer of vested shares from employee 
  share-based trusts

–

–

–

–

–

27

–

–

–

Balance at 30 November 2016

13,998

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(86)

56

(351)

–

–

–

–

–

–

86

–

(56)

185

2,785

959

–

–

–

(1,124)

–

–

–

–

(22)

16,568

–

(1)

959

(1)

(10)

(10)

(26)

–

–

–

–

–

(26)

(1,124)

27

86

(86)

–

2,620

(59)

16,393

239

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT  AUDITOR’S  REPORT  ON  THE  SUPPLEMENTARY  EMBEDDED  VALUE 
INFORMATION AS AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 NOVEMBER 2017
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF AIA GROUP LIMITED
(incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability)

Opinion
What we have audited
We have audited the Supplementary Embedded Value Information (the “EV Information”) of AIA 
Group Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) set out on pages 244 to 263, 
which comprises:

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

the consolidated EV results as at and for the year ended 30 November 2017;

the sensitivity analysis as at and for the year then ended; and

(cid:127)  a summary of significant methodology and assumptions and other explanatory notes.

Our opinion
In our opinion, the EV Information of the Group as at and for the year ended 30 November 2017 is 
prepared,  in  all  material  respects,  in  accordance  with  the  EV  basis  of  preparation  set  out  in 
Sections 4 and 5 of the EV Information.

Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with Hong Kong Standards on Auditing (“HKSAs”) issued 
by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“HKICPA”). Our responsibilities under 
those  standards  are  further  described  in  the  Auditor’s  Responsibilities  for  the  Audit  of  the  EV 
Information section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the HKICPA’s Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants (“the Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with the Code.

Emphasis of Matter – Basis of Preparation
We draw attention to Sections 4 and 5 of the EV Information, which describes the EV basis of 
preparation. As a result, the EV Information may not be suitable for another purpose. Our opinion 
is not modified in respect of this matter.

240

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT ON THE SUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTSOther Matter
The  EV  Information  includes  comparative  information.  The  comparative  information  for  the 
three-month periods ended 29 February 2016, 31 May 2016, 31 August 2016 and 30 November 
2016 has not been audited.

The Group has prepared a separate set of consolidated financial statements for the year ended 30 
November 2017 in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards (“HKFRSs”) issued 
by  the  HKICPA  and  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRSs”)  issued  by  the 
International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“IASB”),  on  which  we  issued  a  separate  auditor’s 
report to the shareholders of the Company dated 27 February 2018.

Other Information
The Directors of the Company are responsible for the other information. The other information 
comprises the Group Chief Executive and President’s Report, Financial Review, Business Review, 
Regulatory and International Developments, Consolidated Financial Statements and our auditor’s 
report thereon, and Glossary (but does not include the EV Information of AIA Group Limited and 
our auditor’s report thereon), which we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, and the 
Financial  Highlights,  Chairman’s  Statement,  Risk  Management,  Our  People,  Corporate  Social 
Responsibility, Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities, Board of Directors, Executive Committee, 
Report  of  the  Directors,  Corporate  Governance  Report,  Remuneration  Report,  Information  for 
Shareholders and Corporate Information, which are expected to be made available to us after that 
date.

Our opinion on the EV Information does not cover the other information and we do not and will not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In  connection  with  our  audit  of  the  EV  Information,  our  responsibility  is  to  read  the  other 
information identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the EV Information or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears 
to be materially misstated.

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the 
date  of  this  auditor’s  report,  we  conclude  that  there  is  a  material  misstatement  of  this  other 
information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

When  we  read  the  Financial  Highlights,  Chairman’s  Statement,  Risk  Management,  Our  People, 
Corporate  Social  Responsibility,  Statement  of  Directors’  Responsibilities,  Board  of  Directors, 
Executive  Committee,  Report  of  the  Directors,  Corporate  Governance  Report,  Remuneration 
Report, Information for Shareholders and Corporate Information, if we conclude that there is a 
material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with 
governance and take appropriate action considering our legal rights and obligations.

241

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT ON THE SUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATIONResponsibilities of Directors and Those Charged With Governance for the EV Information
The  Directors  of  the  Company  are  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  the  EV  Information  in 
accordance with the EV basis of preparation set out in Sections 4 and 5 of the EV Information and 
for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the 
EV Information that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the EV Information, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to 
continue  as  a  going  concern,  disclosing,  as  applicable,  matters  relating  to  going  concern  and 
using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the 
Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those  charged  with  governance  are  responsible  for  overseeing  the  Group’s  EV  Information 
reporting process.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the EV Information
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the EV Information as a whole 
is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report 
that includes our opinion. We report our opinion solely to you, as a body, and for no other purpose. 
We do not assume responsibility towards or accept liability to any other person for the contents 
of this report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with HKSAs will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users 
taken on the basis of this EV Information.

As part of an audit in accordance with HKSAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain 
professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

(cid:127) 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the EV Information, whether due to 
fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit 
evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from 
error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the 
override of internal control.

(cid:127)  Obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control  relevant  to  the  audit  in  order  to  design  audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.

242

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAuditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the EV Information (continued)
(cid:127)  Evaluate the appropriateness of the EV basis of preparation used and the reasonableness of 

accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the Directors.

(cid:127)  Conclude on the appropriateness of the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to 
events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going  concern.  If  we  conclude  that  a  material  uncertainty  exists,  we  are  required  to  draw 
attention  in  our  auditor’s  report  to  the  related  disclosures  in  the  EV  Information  or,  if  such 
disclosures  are  inadequate,  to  modify  our  opinion.  Our  conclusions  are  based  on  the  audit 
evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions 
may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.

(cid:127)  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the EV Information of the entities or 
business  activities  within  the  Group  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  EV  Information.  We  are 
responsible  for  the  direction,  supervision  and  performance  of  the  group  audit.  We  remain 
solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We  communicate  with  those  charged  with  governance  regarding,  among  other  matters,  the 
planned  scope  and  timing  of  the  audit  and  significant  audit  findings,  including  any  significant 
deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with 
relevant  ethical  requirements  regarding  independence,  and  to  communicate  with  them  all 
relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and 
where applicable, related safeguards.

The  engagement  partner  on  the  audit  resulting  in  this  independent  auditor’s  report  is  Lars 
Christian Jordy Nielsen.

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Certified Public Accountants

Hong Kong

27 February 2018

243

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT ON THE SUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATIONCAUTIONARY STATEMENTS CONCERNING SUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION
This report includes non-IFRS financial measures and should not be viewed as a substitute for IFRS financial measures.

The results shown in this report are not intended to represent an opinion of market value and should not be interpreted in 
that manner. This report does not purport to encompass all of the many factors that may bear upon a market value.

The results shown in this report are based on a series of assumptions as to the future. It should be recognised that actual 
future  results  may  differ  from  those  shown,  on  account  of  changes  in  the  operating  and  economic  environments  and 
natural  variations  in  experience.  The  results  shown  are  presented  at  the  valuation  dates  stated  in  this  report  and  no 
warranty is given by the Group that future experience after these valuation dates will be in line with the assumptions made.

244

SUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS1. HIGHLIGHTS
The embedded value (EV) is a measure of the value of shareholders’ interests in the earnings distributable from assets 
allocated to the in-force business after allowance for the aggregate risks in that business. The Group uses a traditional 
deterministic  discounted  cash  flow  methodology  for  determining  its  EV  and  value  of  new  business  (VONB).  This 
methodology makes an implicit overall level of allowance for risk including the cost of investment return guarantees and 
policyholder options, asset-liability mismatch risk, credit risk, the risk that actual experience in future years differs from 
that  assumed,  and  the  economic  cost  of  capital,  through  the  use  of  a  risk  discount  rate.  The  equity  attributable  to 
shareholders of the Company on the embedded value basis (EV Equity) is the total of EV, goodwill and other intangible 
assets  attributable  to  shareholders  of  the  Company.  More  details  of  the  EV  results,  methodology  and  assumptions  are 
covered in later sections of this report.

Summary of key metrics(1) (US$ millions)

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

Growth 
CER

Growth 
AER

Equity attributable to shareholders of the Company on 

51,775

43,650

the embedded value basis (EV Equity)

Embedded value (EV)

Adjusted net worth (ANW)

Value of in-force business (VIF)

Value of new business (VONB)

Annualised new premiums (ANP)

VONB margin

EV operating profit

Operating return on EV (Operating ROEV)

50,131

20,496

29,635

42,114

16,544

25,570

Year ended 
30 November 
2017

Year ended 
30 November 
2016

3,512

6,092

56.8%

6,997

16.6%

2,750

5,123

52.8%

5,887

15.4%

15%

16%

24%

11%

YoY 
CER

28%

19%

19%

19%

24%

16%

YoY 
AER

28%

19%

4.1 pps

19%

1.1 pps

4.0 pps

19%

1.2 pps

Note:
(1)  The results are after adjustment to reflect the consolidated reserving and capital requirements and the present value of future after-tax unallocated 

Group Office expenses.

245

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION 
2. EV RESULTS
2.1 Embedded Value by Business Unit
The EV as at 30 November 2017 is presented consistently with the segment information in the IFRS financial statements.

Summary of EV by Business Unit (US$ millions)

As at 30 November 2017

Business Unit

AIA Hong Kong

AIA Thailand

AIA Singapore

AIA Malaysia

AIA China

Other Markets

Group Corporate Centre

Subtotal

Adjustment to reflect consolidated 

ANW(1)

VIF before 
CoC

6,509

4,356

2,446

1,165

2,098

4,805

8,312

29,691

11,033

4,700

3,632

1,495

4,689

3,204

(117)

28,636

reserving and capital requirements(2)

(9,195)

5,640

After-tax value of unallocated Group 
  Office expenses

Total

–

20,496

(968)

33,308

CoC

897

787

706

216

–

983

–

3,589

84

–

3,673

As at 30 November 2016

Business Unit

AIA Hong Kong

AIA Thailand

AIA Singapore

AIA Malaysia

AIA China

Other Markets

Group Corporate Centre

Subtotal

Adjustment to reflect consolidated 

ANW(1)

VIF before 
CoC

4,685

3,880

2,084

1,071

2,732

4,252

7,273

25,977

9,731

3,488

3,286

1,229

2,753

2,827

(177)

23,137

reserving and capital requirements(2)

(9,433)

6,294

After-tax value of unallocated Group 
  Office expenses

Total

–

16,544

(964)

28,467

CoC

622

656

424

184

–

1,020

(1)

2,905

(8)

–

2,897

VIF after 
CoC

EV

10,136

16,645

3,913

2,926

1,279

4,689

2,221

(117)

25,047

8,269

5,372

2,444

6,787

7,026

8,195

54,738

5,556

(3,639)

(968)

29,635

(968)

50,131

VIF after 
CoC

9,109

2,832

2,862

1,045

2,753

1,807

(176)

20,232

EV

13,794

6,712

4,946

2,116

5,485

6,059

7,097

46,209

6,302

(3,131)

(964)

25,570

(964)

42,114

Notes:
(1)  ANW by Business Unit is after net capital flows between Business Units and Group Corporate Centre as reported in the IFRS financial statements.
(2)  Adjustment to reflect consolidated reserving and capital requirements as described in Section 4.4 of this report.

246

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
2. EV RESULTS (continued)
2.2 Reconciliation of ANW to IFRS Equity
Derivation of the consolidated ANW from IFRS equity (US$ millions)

IFRS equity attributable to shareholders of the Company

Elimination of IFRS deferred acquisition and origination costs assets

Difference between IFRS policy liabilities and local statutory policy liabilities

Difference between net IFRS policy liabilities and local statutory policy liabilities

Mark-to-market adjustment for property and mortgage loan investments, 
  net of amounts attributable to participating funds

Elimination of intangible assets

Recognition of deferred tax impacts of the above adjustments

Recognition of non-controlling interests impacts of the above adjustments

ANW (Business Unit)

Adjustment to reflect consolidated reserving requirements, net of tax

ANW (Consolidated)

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

41,994

(21,847)

9,116

(12,731)

348

(1,864)

1,891

53

29,691

(9,195)

20,496

34,984

(18,898)

9,646

(9,252)

336

(1,743)

1,602

50

25,977

(9,433)

16,544

2.3 Breakdown of ANW
The breakdown of the ANW for the Group between the required capital, as defined in Section 4.6 of this report, and the free 
surplus, which is the ANW in excess of the required capital, is set out below:

Free surplus and required capital for the Group (US$ millions)

Free surplus

Required capital

ANW

As at 30 November 2017

As at 30 November 2016

Business Unit

Consolidated

Business Unit

Consolidated

21,311

8,380

29,691

12,303

8,193

20,496

19,089

6,888

25,977

9,782

6,762

16,544

The Company’s subsidiaries, AIA Company Limited (AIA Co.) and AIA International Limited (AIA International), are both 
subject  to  the  Hong  Kong  reserving  and  capital  requirements.  In  addition,  AIA  International,  which  is  incorporated  in 
Bermuda,  is  subject  to  the  Bermuda  Monetary  Authority  (BMA)  reserving  and  capital  requirements  with  effect  from  1 
December  2016.  These  regulatory  and  other  consolidated  reserving  and  capital  requirements  apply  in  addition  to  the 
relevant local requirements applicable to our Business Units.

247

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION2. EV RESULTS (continued)
2.4 Earnings Profile
The tables below show how the after-tax distributable earnings from the assets backing the statutory reserves and required 
capital of the in-force business of the Group are projected to emerge over future years. The projected values reflect the 
consolidated reserving and capital requirements.

Profile of projected after-tax distributable earnings for the Group’s in-force business (US$ millions)

Expected period of emergence

1 – 5 years

6 – 10 years

11 – 15 years

16 – 20 years

21 years and thereafter

Total

Expected period of emergence

1 – 5 years

6 – 10 years

11 – 15 years

16 – 20 years

21 years and thereafter

Total

As at 30 November 2017

Undiscounted

Discounted

18,256

14,409

14,280

13,203

124,840

184,988

15,063

7,913

5,311

3,382

6,159

37,828

As at 30 November 2016

Undiscounted

Discounted

15,490

12,214

11,795

11,278

81,710

13,012

6,833

4,532

2,956

4,999

132,487

32,332

The profile of distributable earnings is shown on an undiscounted and discounted basis. The discounted value of after-tax 
distributable earnings of US$37,828 million (2016: US$32,332 million) plus the free surplus of US$12,303 million (2016: 
US$9,782 million) shown in Section 2.3 of this report is equal to the EV of US$50,131 million (2016: US$42,114 million) 
shown in Section 2.1 of this report.

248

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. EV RESULTS (continued)
2.5 Value of New Business
The VONB for the Group for the year ended 30 November 2017 is summarised in the table below. The VONB is defined as 
the present value, at the point of sale, of the projected after-tax statutory profits less the cost of required capital. Results 
are  presented  consistently  with  the  segment  information  in  the  IFRS  financial  statements.  Section  4.1  of  this  report 
contains a list of the entities included in this report and the mapping of these entities to Business Units for the purpose of 
this report.

The Group VONB for the year ended 30 November 2017 was US$3,512 million, an increase of US$762 million, or 28 per 
cent on actual exchange rates, from US$2,750 million for the year ended 30 November 2016.

Summary of VONB by Business Unit (US$ millions)

Business Unit

AIA Hong Kong

AIA Thailand

AIA Singapore

AIA Malaysia

AIA China

Other Markets

Total before unallocated Group Office 
  expenses (Business Unit)

Adjustment to reflect consolidated reserving 
  and capital requirements

Total before unallocated Group Office 
  expenses (Consolidated)

After-tax value of unallocated Group Office 
  expenses

Year ended 
30 November 2017

Year ended 
30 November 2016

VONB 
before CoC

CoC

VONB after 

CoC(1)

VONB 
before CoC

CoC

VONB after

 CoC(1)

1,708

149

1,559

1,464

303

1,161

434

358

239

899

480

53

47

19

71

72

381

311

220

828

408

427

355

217

592

385

43

39

19

56

64

384

316

198

536

321

4,118

411

3,707

3,440

524

2,916

(87)

(22)

(65)

(60)

(23)

(37)

4,031

389

3,642

3,380

501

2,879

(130)

–

(130)

(129)

–

(129)

Total

3,901

389

3,512

3,251

501

2,750

Note:
(1)  VONB for the Group is calculated before deducting the amount attributable to non-controlling interests. The amounts of VONB attributable to non-

controlling interests for the year ended 30 November 2017 and 30 November 2016 were US$22 million and US$19 million respectively.

249

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION2. EV RESULTS (continued)
2.5 Value of New Business (continued)
The table below shows the breakdown of the VONB, ANP, VONB margin, and the margin on a PVNBP basis (PVNBP margin) 
for the Group, by quarter, for business written in the year ended 30 November 2017.

The VONB margin and PVNBP margin are defined as VONB, excluding pension business, expressed as a percentage of ANP 
and PVNBP, respectively. The VONB for pension business is excluded from the margin calculation to be consistent with the 
definition of ANP and PVNBP.

The Group VONB margin for the year ended 30 November 2017 was 56.8 per cent compared with 52.8 per cent for the year 
ended 30 November 2016. The Group PVNBP margin for the year ended 30 November 2017 was 10 per cent compared 
with 9 per cent for the year ended 30 November 2016.

Breakdown of VONB, ANP, VONB margin and PVNBP margin (US$ millions)

VONB 
after CoC

ANP

VONB 
Margin

PVNBP 
Margin

Year

Values for 2017

12 months ended 30 November 2017

3,512

6,092

56.8%

Values for 2016

12 months ended 30 November 2016

2,750

5,123

52.8%

Quarter

Values for 2017

3 months ended 28 February 2017

3 months ended 31 May 2017

3 months ended 31 August 2017

3 months ended 30 November 2017

Values for 2016 (Unaudited)

3 months ended 29 February 2016

3 months ended 31 May 2016

3 months ended 31 August 2016

3 months ended 30 November 2016

884

869

824

935

578

682

689

801

1,779

1,417

1,367

1,529

1,103

1,252

1,333

1,435

49.2%

60.6%

59.1%

60.0%

51.6%

53.7%

50.7%

54.8%

10%

9%

9%

10%

10%

10%

9%

9%

9%

10%

250

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. EV RESULTS (continued)
2.5 Value of New Business (continued)
The table below shows the VONB (excluding pension business), ANP, and VONB margin by Business Unit.

Summary of VONB excluding pension, ANP and VONB margin by Business Unit (US$ millions)

Year ended 
30 November 2017

Year ended 
30 November 2016

VONB
 Excluding 
Pension

ANP

VONB 
Margin

VONB 
Excluding 
Pension

ANP

VONB 
Margin

1,515

2,849

381

311

218

828

401

518

433

348

968

976

53.2%

73.6%

71.8%

62.5%

85.5%

41.2%

1,120

2,294

384

316

195

536

319

471

427

341

621

969

48.8%

81.5%

74.1%

57.1%

86.4%

32.9%

3,654

6,092

60.0%

2,870

5,123

56.0%

(65)

–

(37)

–

3,589

6,092

58.9%

2,833

5,123 

55.3%

(130)

3,459

–

6,092

56.8%

(129)

2,704

–

5,123

52.8%

Business Unit

AIA Hong Kong

AIA Thailand

AIA Singapore

AIA Malaysia

AIA China

Other Markets

Total before unallocated Group Office 
  expenses (Business Unit)

Adjustment to reflect consolidated reserving 
  and capital requirements

Total before unallocated Group Office 
  expenses (Consolidated)

After-tax value of unallocated Group Office 
  expenses

Total

2.6 Analysis of EV Movement
Analysis of movement in EV (US$ millions)

Opening EV

Value of new business

Expected return on EV

Operating experience variances

Operating assumption changes

Finance costs

EV operating profit

Investment return variances

Effect of changes in 
  economic assumptions

Other non-operating variances

Total EV profit

Dividends

Other capital movements

Effect of changes in 
  exchange rates

Closing EV

Year ended 
30 November 2017

Year ended 
30 November 2016

ANW

VIF

EV

ANW

VIF

EV

16,544

(546)

4,023

313

(229)

(136)

3,425

1,242

(7)

420

5,080

(1,376)

134

25,570

4,058

(706)

72

148

–

3,572

275

(183)

(750)

2,914

42,114

15,189

3,512

3,317

385

(81)

(136)

6,997

1,517

(190)

(330)

7,994

(695)

3,440

303

26

(111)

2,963

(67)

6

(142)

2,760

–

–

(1,376)

(1,124)

134

(5)

23,009

3,445

(586)

62

3

–

2,924

30

(242)

120

2,832

–

–

38,198

2,750

2,854

365

29

(111)

5,887

(37)

(236)

(22)

5,592

(1,124)

(5)

114

1,151

20,496

29,635

1,265

50,131

(276)

(271)

(547)

16,544

25,570

42,114

YoY
AER

EV

10%

28%

16%

5%

n/m

23%

19%

n/m

(19)%

n/m

43%

22%

n/m

n/m

19%

251

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION2. EV RESULTS (continued)
2.6 Analysis of EV Movement (continued)
EV operating profit grew by 19 per cent on actual exchange rates to US$6,997 million (2016: US$5,887 million) compared 
with 2016. The growth reflected a combination of a higher VONB of US$3,512 million (2016: US$2,750 million) and a 
higher expected return on EV of US$3,317 million (2016: US$2,854 million). Overall operating experience variances and 
operating assumption changes were again positive at US$304 million (2016: US$394 million). Finance costs were US$136 
million (2016: US$111 million).

The VONB is calculated at the point of sale for business written during the year before deducting the amount attributable 
to non-controlling interests. The expected return on EV is the expected change in the EV over the year plus the expected 
return on the VONB from the point of sale to 30 November 2017 less the VONB attributable to non-controlling interests. 
Operating experience variances reflect the impact on the ANW and VIF from differences between the actual experience 
over the year and that expected based on the operating assumptions.

The main operating experience variances, net of tax, were US$385 million (2016: US$365 million), reflecting:

(cid:127)  Expense variances of US$54 million (2016: US$12 million);

(cid:127)  Mortality and morbidity claims variances of US$197 million (2016: US$200 million); and

(cid:127)  Persistency and other variances of US$134 million (2016: US$153 million).

The effect of changes in operating assumptions during the year was US$(81) million (2016: US$29 million).

The EV profit of US$7,994 million (2016: US$5,592 million) is the total of EV operating profit, investment return variances, 
the effect of changes in economic assumptions and other non-operating variances.

The investment return variances arise from the impact of differences between the actual investment returns in the year 
and the expected investment returns. This amounted to US$1,517 million (2016: US$(37) million) from the net effect of 
short-term  capital  market  movements  on  the  Group’s  investment  portfolio  and  statutory  reserves  compared  with  the 
expected returns.

The effect of changes in economic assumptions amounted to US$(190) million (2016: US$(236) million).

Other non-operating variances amounted to US$(330) million (2016: US$(22) million) which comprised a decrease in EV 
of  US$183  million  due  to  changes  in  regulatory  requirements,  including  the  strengthening  of  risk-based  capital 
requirements in Singapore and the newly published mortality tables in Thailand, and others including modelling-related 
enhancements.

The  Group  paid  total  shareholder  dividends  of  US$1,376  million  (2016:  US$1,124  million).  Other  capital  movements 
increased EV by US$134 million (2016: reduced EV by US$5 million).

Foreign exchange movements were US$1,265 million (2016: US$(547) million).

Operating ROEV (US$ millions)

Operating return on EV (Operating ROEV) is calculated as EV operating profit expressed as a percentage of the opening EV 
and was 16.6% (2016: 15.4%) for the year ended 30 November 2017.

Year ended 
30 November 
2017

Year ended 
30 November 
2016

YoY CER

YoY AER

6,997

42,114

16.6%

5,887

38,198

15.4%

19%

12%

19%

10%

1.1 pps

1.2 pps

EV operating profit

Opening EV

Operating ROEV

252

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. EV RESULTS (continued)
2.7 EV Equity
The EV Equity grew to US$51,775 million at 30 November 2017, an increase of 19 per cent on actual exchange rates from 
US$43,650 million as at 30 November 2016.

Derivation of EV Equity from EV (US$ millions)

EV

Goodwill and other intangible assets(1)

EV Equity

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

Growth 
CER

Growth 
AER

50,131

1,644

51,775

42,114

1,536

43,650

16%

4%

15%

19%

7%

19%

Note:
(1)  Consistent with the IFRS financial statements, net of tax, amounts attributable to participating funds and non-controlling interests.

3. SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
The EV as at 30 November 2017 and the VONB for the year ended 30 November 2017 have been recalculated to illustrate 
the sensitivity of the results to changes in certain central assumptions discussed in Section 5 of this report.

The sensitivities analysed were:

(cid:127)  Risk discount rates 200 basis points per annum higher than the central assumptions;

(cid:127)  Risk discount rates 200 basis points per annum lower than the central assumptions;

(cid:127) 

(cid:127) 

Interest rates 50 basis points per annum higher than the central assumptions;

Interest rates 50 basis points per annum lower than the central assumptions;

(cid:127)  The presentation currency (as explained below) appreciated by 5 per cent;

(cid:127)  The presentation currency depreciated by 5 per cent;

(cid:127)  Lapse  and  premium  discontinuance  rates  increased  proportionally  by  10  per  cent  (i.e.  110  per  cent  of  the  central 

assumptions);

(cid:127)  Lapse  and  premium  discontinuance  rates  decreased  proportionally  by  10  per  cent  (i.e.  90  per  cent  of  the  central 

assumptions);

(cid:127)  Mortality/morbidity rates increased proportionally by 10 per cent (i.e. 110 per cent of the central assumptions);

(cid:127)  Mortality/morbidity rates decreased proportionally by 10 per cent (i.e. 90 per cent of the central assumptions);

(cid:127)  Maintenance expenses 10 per cent lower (i.e. 90 per cent of the central assumptions); and

(cid:127)  Expense inflation set to 0 per cent.

The EV as at 30 November 2017 has been further analysed for the following sensitivities:

(cid:127)  Equity prices increased proportionally by 10 per cent (i.e. 110 per cent of the prices at 30 November 2017); and

(cid:127)  Equity prices decreased proportionally by 10 per cent (i.e. 90 per cent of the prices at 30 November 2017).

For the interest rate sensitivities, the investment return assumptions and the risk discount rates were changed by 50 basis 
points per annum; the projected bonus rates on participating business, the statutory reserving bases at 30 November 2017 
and  the  values  of  debt  instruments  held  at  30  November  2017  were  changed  to  be  consistent  with  the  interest  rate 
assumptions in the sensitivity analysis, while all the other assumptions were unchanged.

253

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION3. SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS (continued)
As  the  Group  operates  in  multiple  geographical  markets  in  the  Asia-Pacific  region,  the  EV  results  for  the  Group  are 
translated from multiple currencies to US dollar which is the Group’s presentation currency. In order to provide sensitivity 
results for EV and VONB of the impact of foreign currency movements, a change of 5 per cent to the US dollar is included.

For the equity price sensitivities, the projected bonus rates on participating business and the values of equity securities 
and  equity  funds  held  at  30  November  2017  were  changed  to  be  consistent  with  the  equity  price  assumptions  in  the 
sensitivity analysis, while all the other assumptions were unchanged.

For each of the remaining sensitivity analyses, the statutory reserving bases as at 30 November 2017 and the projected 
bonus rates on participating business were changed to be consistent with the sensitivity analysis assumptions, while all 
the other assumptions remain unchanged.

The sensitivities chosen do not represent the boundaries of possible outcomes, but instead illustrate how certain alternative 
assumptions would affect the results.

Sensitivity of EV (US$ millions)

Scenario

Central value

Impact of:

200 bps increase in risk discount rates

200 bps decrease in risk discount rates

10% increase in equity prices

10% decrease in equity prices

50 bps increase in interest rates

50 bps decrease in interest rates

5% appreciation in the presentation currency

5% depreciation in the presentation currency

10% increase in lapse/discontinuance rates

10% decrease in lapse/discontinuance rates

10% increase in mortality/morbidity rates

10% decrease in mortality/morbidity rates

10% decrease in maintenance expenses

Expense inflation set to 0%

As at 30 November 2017

As at 30 November 2016

EV

Ratio

EV

Ratio

50,131

42,114

(6,146)

9,884

719

(725)

29

(442)

(1,558)

1,558

(779)

889

(3,678)

3,607

555

581

(12.3)%

(5,193)

(12.3)%

19.7%

1.4%

(1.4)%

0.1%

(0.9)%

(3.1)%

3.1%

(1.6)%

1.8%

(7.3)%

7.2%

1.1%

1.2%

8,089

725

(734)

148

(378)

(1,081)

1,081

(678)

792

(3,445)

3,462

523

550

19.2%

1.7%

(1.7)%

0.4%

(0.9)%

(2.6)%

2.6%

(1.6)%

1.9%

(8.2)%

8.2%

1.2%

1.3%

254

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS3. SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS (continued)
Sensitivity of VONB (US$ millions)

Scenario

Central value

Impact of:

200 bps increase in risk discount rates

200 bps decrease in risk discount rates

50 bps increase in interest rates

50 bps decrease in interest rates

5% appreciation in the presentation currency

5% depreciation in the presentation currency

10% increase in lapse rates

10% decrease in lapse rates

10% increase in mortality/morbidity rates

10% decrease in mortality/morbidity rates

10% decrease in maintenance expenses

Expense inflation set to 0%

Year ended 30 November 2017

Year ended 30 November 2016

VONB

Ratio

VONB

Ratio

3,512

(988)

1,871

181

(250)

(106)

106

(186)

195

(343)

330

82

56

(28.1)%

53.3%

5.2%

(7.1)%

(3.0)%

3.0%

(5.3)%

5.6%

(9.8)%

9.4%

2.3%

1.6%

2,750

(796)

1,424

177

(226)

(82)

82

(134)

150

(336)

328

84

56

(28.9)%

51.8%

6.4%

(8.2)%

(3.0)%

3.0%

(4.9)%

5.5%

(12.2)%

11.9%

3.1%

2.0%

4. METHODOLOGY
4.1 Entities Included in This Report
The Group operates through a number of subsidiaries and branches. Its two main operating subsidiaries are AIA Co., a 
company incorporated in Hong Kong and a subsidiary of the Company, and AIA International, a company incorporated in 
Bermuda  and  an  indirect  subsidiary  of  the  Company.  Furthermore,  AIA  Co.  has  branches  located  in  Brunei,  China  and 
Thailand and AIA International has branches located in Hong Kong, Korea, Macau, New Zealand and Taiwan.

The following is a list of the entities and their mapping to Business Units included in this report.

(cid:127)  AIA Australia refers to AIA Australia Limited, a subsidiary of AIA Co., and the New Zealand branch of AIA International;

(cid:127)  AIA Cambodia refers to AIA (Cambodia) Life Insurance Plc., a subsidiary of AIA International;

(cid:127)  AIA China refers to the China branches of AIA Co.;

(cid:127)  AIA Hong Kong refers to the total of the following three entities:

– 

the Hong Kong and Macau branches of AIA International;

– 

the Hong Kong and Macau business written by AIA Co.; and

–  AIA Pension and Trustee Co. Ltd., a subsidiary of AIA Co.

(cid:127)  AIA Indonesia refers to PT. AIA Financial, a subsidiary of AIA International;

(cid:127)  AIA Korea refers to the Korea branch of AIA International;

(cid:127)  AIA Malaysia refers to AIA Bhd., a subsidiary of AIA Co. and AIA PUBLIC Takaful Bhd., a 70 per cent owned subsidiary 

of AIA Co.;

255

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION4. METHODOLOGY (continued)
4.1 Entities Included in This Report (continued)
(cid:127)  AIA Philippines refers to The Philippine American Life and General Insurance (PHILAM LIFE) Company, a subsidiary of 

AIA Co. and its 51 per cent owned subsidiary BPI-Philam Life Assurance Corporation;

(cid:127)  AIA Singapore refers to AIA Singapore Private Limited, a subsidiary of AIA Co., and the Brunei branch of AIA Co.;

(cid:127)  AIA Sri Lanka refers to AIA Insurance Lanka PLC, a 97.16 per cent owned subsidiary of AIA Co.;

(cid:127)  AIA Taiwan refers to the Taiwan branch of AIA International;

(cid:127)  AIA Thailand refers to the Thailand branches of AIA Co.; and

(cid:127)  AIA Vietnam refers to AIA (Vietnam) Life Insurance Company Limited, a subsidiary of AIA International.

In addition, the financial results from the entity Tata AIA Life Insurance Company Limited (Tata AIA), which is 49 per cent 
owned by AIA International, are accounted for using the equity method and have been included in the Group ANW presented 
in this report. For clarity, the Group’s ANP and VONB exclude any contribution from Tata AIA.

Results are presented consistently with the segment information in the IFRS financial statements. The summary of the EV 
of  the  Group  by  Business  Unit  in  this  report  also  includes  a  segment  for  “Group  Corporate  Centre”  results. The  results 
shown for this segment consist of the ANW for the Group’s corporate functions and the present value of remittance taxes 
payable on distributable profits to Hong Kong. The ANW has been derived as the IFRS equity for this segment plus mark-
to-market adjustments less the value of excluded intangible assets. For the VONB, “Other Markets” includes the present 
value of allowance for remittance taxes payable on distributable profits to Hong Kong.

4.2 Embedded Value and Value of New Business
The  Group  uses  a  traditional  deterministic  discounted  cash  flow  methodology  for  determining  its  EV  and  VONB.  This 
methodology makes an implicit overall level of allowance for risk including the cost of investment return guarantees and 
policyholder options, asset-liability mismatch risk, credit risk, the risk that actual experience in future years differs from 
that  assumed,  and  the  economic  cost  of  capital,  through  the  use  of  a  risk  discount  rate.  Typically,  the  higher  the  risk 
discount rate, the greater the allowance for these factors. This is a common methodology used by life insurance companies 
in Asia currently. Alternative valuation methodologies and approaches continue to emerge and may be considered by AIA.

The business included in the VIF and VONB calculations includes all life business written by the Business Units of the 
Group, plus other lines of business which may not be classified as life business but have similar characteristics. These 
include  accident  and  health,  group  and  pension  businesses.  The  projected  in-force  business  included  in  the  VIF  also 
incorporates expected renewals on short-term business with a term of one year or less.

The EV is the sum of the ANW and VIF. The ANW is the market value of assets in excess of the assets backing the policy 
reserves and other liabilities of the life (and similar) business of the Group, plus the IFRS equity value of other activities, 
such  as  general  insurance  business,  less  the  value  of  intangible  assets.  It  excludes  any  amounts  not  attributable  to 
shareholders  of  the  Company. The  market  value  of  investment  property  and  property  held  for  own  use  that  is  used  to 
determine the ANW is based on the fair value disclosed in the Group’s IFRS financial statements as at the valuation date. 
It is the Group’s policy to obtain external property valuations annually except in the case of a discrete event occurring in 
the interim that has a significant impact on the fair value of the properties.

256

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS4. METHODOLOGY (continued)
4.2 Embedded Value and Value of New Business (continued)
The VIF is the present value of projected after-tax statutory profits emerging in the future from the current in-force business 
less the cost arising from holding the required capital (CoC) to support the in-force business. CoC is calculated as the face 
value  of  the  required  capital  as  at  the  valuation  date  less  the  present  value  of  the  net-of-tax  investment  return  on  the 
shareholder  assets  backing  required  capital  and  the  present  value  of  projected  releases  from  the  assets  backing  the 
required capital. Where the required capital may be covered by policyholder assets such as surplus assets in a participating 
fund, there is no associated cost of capital included in the VIF or VONB.

EV Equity is the total of EV, goodwill and other intangible assets attributable to shareholders of the Company.

The VONB is the present value, measured at the point of sale, of projected after-tax statutory profits emerging in the future 
from new business sold in the period less the cost of holding required capital in excess of regulatory reserves to support 
this business. The VONB for the Group is calculated based on assumptions applicable at the point of measurement and 
before deducting the amount attributable to non-controlling interests. The VONB attributable to non-controlling interests 
was US$22 million for the year ended 30 November 2017 (2016: US$19 million).

A  deduction  has  been  made  from  the  EV  and  VONB  for  the  present  value  of  future  after-tax  unallocated  Group  Office 
expenses, representing the expenses incurred by the Group Office which are not allocated to the Business Units. These 
unallocated Group Office expenses have been allocated to acquisition and maintenance activities, and a deduction made 
from the VONB and VIF respectively.

4.3 Definition of New Business
New  business  includes  the  sale  of  new  contracts  during  the  period,  additional  single  premium  payments  on  recurrent 
single premium contracts and increments to existing contracts where these are not variations allowed for in the calculation 
of the VIF. The VONB also includes the present value of cash flows associated with new policies written during the reporting 
period but subsequently terminated before the valuation date.

For group renewable business including group yearly renewable term business, new business is composed of new schemes 
set  up  during  the  period  plus  any  premium  payable  on  existing  schemes  that  exceeds  the  prior  year’s  premiums.  For 
individually  significant  group  cases,  the  VONB  is  calculated  over  each  premium  rate  guarantee  period  entered  upon 
contract inception or renewal.

For  short-term  accident  and  health  business  with  a  term  of  one  year  or  less,  renewals  of  existing  contracts  are  not 
considered new business, and the value of expected renewals on this business is included in the VIF.

For pension business, sales of new contracts during the period and any new contributions, including assets transferred in, 
are considered as new business for the calculation of the VONB.

New business volumes shown in this report are measured using annualised new premiums (ANP), which is an internal 
measure of new business sales.

4.4 Consolidation of Branches and Subsidiaries of AIA Co. and AIA International
The Group’s subsidiaries, AIA Co. and AIA International, are both Hong Kong-regulated entities. AIA operates in a number 
of territories as branches and subsidiaries of these entities. In addition, AIA International, which is incorporated in Bermuda, 
is subject to the BMA reserving and capital requirements with effect from 1 December 2016. These regulatory and other 
consolidated  reserving  and  capital  requirements  apply  in  addition  to  the  relevant  local  requirements  applicable  to  our 
Business Units.

The EV and VONB results for the Group shown in Section 2 of this report have been adjusted to reflect the consolidated 
reserving and capital requirements. This approach was taken so as to reflect the distribution of profits from AIA Co. and AIA 
International  after  allowing  for  the  Hong  Kong,  BMA,  local  regulatory  and  other  reserving  and  capital  requirements  as 
applied by the Group. The EV and VONB for each Business Unit reflect the local reserving and capital requirements, as 
discussed in Section 4.6 of this report, before a Group-level adjustment to reflect the consolidated reserving and capital 
requirements.

257

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION4. METHODOLOGY (continued)
4.5 Valuation of Future Statutory Losses
For  certain  lines  of  business,  projected  future  statutory  profits  are  negative  due  to  the  local  statutory  reserves  being 
insufficient to meet the value of future policyholder cash flows. Within a traditional embedded value framework, there are 
a number of acceptable methods for determining the value of a combination of positive and negative statutory profits for 
different lines of business.

For  the  purposes  of  this  valuation,  future  projected  statutory  losses  have  been  valued  by  discounting  them  at  the  risk 
discount rate for the relevant Business Unit, with any negative VIF eliminated for each reported segment by reducing the 
ANW  and  EV. This  has  been  done  because  the  allowance  for  risk  in  the  range  of  selected  risk  discount  rates  for  each 
Business Unit has been set taking into account the presence of any such business lines with projected statutory losses. 
Also, the consolidated reserving and capital requirements have the effect of reducing the level of any future projected 
statutory losses. Based on the assumptions described in Section 5 of this report, and allowing for the consolidated statutory 
reserving and capital requirements, the overall projected annual distributable profits from the current in-force business 
and the assets backing the required capital of the Group are positive over the remaining lifetime of the business. Therefore, 
it is not considered necessary to change the discounting approach described above.

4.6 Required Capital
Each of the Business Units has a regulatory requirement to hold shareholder capital in addition to the assets backing the 
insurance liabilities. The Group’s assumed levels of required capital for each Business Unit are set out in the table below.

Required Capital by Business Unit

Business Unit

Required Capital

AIA Australia

AIA China

AIA Hong Kong

AIA Indonesia

AIA Korea

AIA Malaysia

AIA Philippines

AIA Singapore

AIA Sri Lanka

AIA Taiwan

AIA Thailand

AIA Vietnam

100% of regulatory capital adequacy requirement

100% of required capital as specified under the CAA EV assessment guidance(1)

150% of required minimum solvency margin

120% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement

150% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement

170% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement

100% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement

180% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement

120% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement

250% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement

140% of regulatory Risk-Based Capital requirement

100% of required minimum solvency margin

Note:
(1)  On 22 November 2016, the China Association of Actuaries (CAA) issued new guidance for embedded value calculations. The new guidance was 
applied to the EV calculations for AIA China with effect from 30 November 2016. Consistent with prior reporting periods, VONB is calculated as at 
the point of sale and therefore the new guidance is reflected in the VONB for AIA China with effect from 1 December 2016. The additional Hong 
Kong reserving and capital requirements continue to apply and therefore there is no material impact of this change to the Group’s overall results.

Capital Requirements on Consolidation
The Group has an undertaking to the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (HKIA) to maintain required capital not less than the 
aggregate of 150% of the Hong Kong statutory minimum solvency margin requirement in respect of AIA Hong Kong and 
no less than 100% of the Hong Kong statutory minimum solvency margin requirement for branches other than Hong Kong.

AIA International and its subsidiaries hold required capital at no less than 120% of the BMA regulatory capital requirements.

258

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS5. ASSUMPTIONS
5.1 Introduction
This section summarises the assumptions used by the Group to determine the EV as at 30 November 2017 and the VONB 
for the year ended 30 November 2017 and highlights certain differences in assumptions between the EV as at 30 November 
2016 and the EV as at 30 November 2017.

5.2 Economic Assumptions
Investment returns
The Group has set the assumed long-term future returns for fixed income assets to reflect its view of expected returns 
having regard to estimates of long-term forward rates from yields available on government bonds and current bond yields. 
In determining returns on fixed income assets the Group allows for the risk of default, and this allowance varies by the 
credit rating of the underlying asset.

Where long-term views of investment return assumptions differ from current market yields on existing fixed income assets 
such that there would be a significant impact on value, an adjustment was made to make allowance for the current market 
yields. In these cases, in calculating the VIF, adjustments have been made to the investment return assumptions such that 
the investment returns on existing fixed income assets were set consistently with the current market yield on these assets 
for their full remaining term, to be consistent with the valuation of the assets backing the policy liabilities.

The Group has set the equity return and property return assumptions by reference to the return on 10-year government 
bonds, allowing for an internal assessment of risk premia that vary by asset class and by territory.

For each Business Unit, the non-linked portfolio is divided into a number of distinct product groups, and the returns for 
each of these product groups have been derived by considering current and future targeted asset allocations and associated 
investment returns for major asset classes.

For unit-linked business, fund growth assumptions have been determined based on actual asset mix within the funds at 
the valuation date and expected long-term returns for major asset classes.

Risk discount rates
The risk discount rates can be considered as the sum of the appropriate risk-free interest rate, to reflect the time value of 
money, and a risk margin to make an implicit overall level of allowance for risk.

The table below summarises the current market 10-year government bond yields referenced in EV calculations.

Business Unit

AIA Australia

AIA China

AIA Hong Kong(1)

AIA Indonesia

AIA Korea

AIA Malaysia

AIA Philippines

AIA Singapore

AIA Sri Lanka

AIA Taiwan

AIA Thailand

AIA Vietnam

Current market 10-year government 
bond yields referenced in EV 
calculations (%)

As at 
30 Nov 2017

As at 
30 Nov 2016

2.50

3.90

2.44

6.52

2.48

3.91

5.56

2.13

10.31

1.00

2.55

5.45

2.72

2.95

2.38

8.14

2.15

4.41

4.52

2.30

14.11

1.12

2.69

6.30

Note:
(1)  The majority of AIA Hong Kong’s assets and liabilities are denominated in US dollars. The 10-year government bond yields shown above are those 

of US dollar-denominated bonds.

259

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION5. ASSUMPTIONS (continued)
5.2 Economic Assumptions (continued)
Risk discount rates (continued)
The table below summarises the risk discount rates and long-term investment returns assumed in EV calculations. The 
same risk discount rates were used for all the EV results shown in Section 1 and Section 2 of this report. The present value 
of unallocated Group Office expenses was calculated using the AIA Hong Kong risk discount rate. The investment returns 
on existing fixed income assets were set consistently with the market yields on these assets. Note that VONB results were 
calculated based on start-of-quarter economic assumptions consistent with the measurement at the point of sale. The 
investment returns shown are gross of tax and investment expenses.

Business Unit

AIA Australia

AIA China

AIA Hong Kong(1)

AIA Indonesia

AIA Korea

AIA Malaysia

AIA Philippines

AIA Singapore

AIA Sri Lanka

AIA Taiwan

AIA Thailand

AIA Vietnam

Risk discount rates 
assumed in EV 
calculations (%)

Long-term investment returns assumed in 
EV calculations (%)

10-year government bonds

Local equities

As at 
30 Nov 
2017

As at 
30 Nov 
2016

As at 
30 Nov 
2017

As at 
30 Nov 
2016

As at 
30 Nov 
2017

As at 
30 Nov 
2016

7.35

9.75

7.30

13.00

8.60

8.75

11.30

6.90

15.70

7.85

8.60

12.30

7.35

9.55

7.00

13.50

8.60

8.75

11.00

6.90

15.70

7.85

8.60

12.80

3.00

3.70

2.80

7.50

2.70

4.20

4.80

2.50

3.00

3.50

2.50

8.00

2.70

4.20

4.50

2.50

10.00

10.00

1.60

3.20

6.50

1.60

3.20

7.00

7.50

9.30

7.60

12.00

7.20

8.80

10.00

7.00

12.00

6.60

9.00

11.80

7.50

9.30

7.60

12.50

7.20

8.80

9.70

7.00

12.00

6.60

9.00

12.30

Note:
(1)  The majority of AIA Hong Kong’s assets and liabilities are denominated in US dollars. The 10-year government bond assumptions shown above are 

those of US dollar-denominated bonds.

5.3 Persistency
Persistency covers the assumptions required, where relevant, for policy lapse (including surrender), premium persistency, 
premium holidays, partial withdrawals and retirement rates for pension products.

Assumptions have been developed by each of the Business Units based on their recent historical experience, and their best 
estimate expectations of current and expected future experience. Persistency assumptions vary by policy year and product 
type with different rates for regular and single premium products.

Where experience for a particular product was not credible enough to allow any meaningful analysis to be performed, 
experience for similar products was used as a basis for future persistency experience assumptions.

In the case of surrenders, the valuation assumes that current surrender value bases will continue to apply in the future.

260

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS5. ASSUMPTIONS (continued)
5.4 Expenses
The expense assumptions have been set based on the most recent expense analysis. The purpose of the expense analysis 
is to allocate total expenses between acquisition and maintenance activities, and then to allocate these acquisition and 
maintenance expenses to various product categories to derive unit cost assumptions.

Where the expenses associated with certain activities have been identified as being one-off, these expenses have been 
excluded from the expense analysis.

Expense assumptions have been determined for acquisition and maintenance activities, split by product type, and unit 
costs expressed as a percentage of premiums, sum assured and an amount per policy. Where relevant, expense assumptions 
have been calculated per distribution channel.

Expense  assumptions  do  not  make  allowance  for  any  anticipated  future  expense  savings  as  a  result  of  any  strategic 
initiatives aimed at improving policy administration and claims handling efficiency.

Assumptions for commission rates and other sales-related payments have been set in line with actual experience.

Group Office expenses
Group Office expense assumptions have been set, after excluding non-operating expenses, based on actual acquisition 
and  maintenance  expenses  in  the  year  ended  30  November  2017.  The  Group  Office  acquisition  expenses  have  been 
deducted from the VONB. The present value of the projected future Group Office maintenance expenses has been deducted 
from  the  Group  EV.  The  maintenance  expense  assumptions  in  the  VONB  also  allow  for  the  allocation  of  Group  Office 
expenses.

5.5 Expense Inflation
The assumed expense inflation rates are based on expectations of long-term consumer price and salary inflation.

Expense inflation assumptions by Business Unit (%)

Business Unit

AIA Australia

AIA China

AIA Hong Kong

AIA Indonesia

AIA Korea

AIA Malaysia

AIA Philippines

AIA Singapore

AIA Sri Lanka

AIA Taiwan

AIA Thailand

AIA Vietnam

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

3.0

2.0

2.0

6.0

3.5

3.0

3.5

2.0

6.5

1.2

2.0

5.0

3.0

2.0

2.0

6.0

3.5

3.0

3.5

2.0

6.5

1.2

2.0

5.0

Unallocated Group Office expenses are assumed to inflate by the weighted average of the Business Unit expense inflation 
rates.

261

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATION5. ASSUMPTIONS (continued)
5.6 Mortality
Assumptions have been developed by each Business Unit based on their recent historical experience, and their expectations 
of current and expected future experience. Where historical experience is not credible, reference has been made to pricing 
assumptions supplemented by market data, where available.

Mortality  assumptions  have  been  expressed  as  a  percentage  of  either  standard  industry  experience  tables  or,  where 
experience is sufficiently credible, as a percentage of tables that have been developed internally by the Group.

For  products  that  are  exposed  to  longevity  risk,  an  allowance  has  been  made  for  expected  improvements  in  mortality; 
otherwise no allowance has been made for mortality improvements.

5.7 Morbidity
Assumptions have been developed by each Business Unit based on their recent historical experience, and their expectations 
of current and expected future experience. Morbidity rate assumptions have been expressed as a percentage of standard 
industry experience tables or as expected claims ratios.

5.8 Reinsurance
Reinsurance assumptions have been developed by each Business Unit based on the reinsurance arrangements in force as 
at the valuation date and the recent historical and expected future experience.

5.9 Policyholder Dividends, Profit Sharing and Interest Crediting
The projected policyholder dividends, profit sharing and interest crediting assumptions set by each Business Unit that 
have  been  used  in  calculating  the  EV  results  presented  in  this  report,  reflect  contractual  and  regulatory  requirements, 
policyholders’ reasonable expectations (where clearly defined) and each Business Unit’s best estimate of future policies, 
strategies and operations consistent with the investment return assumptions used in the EV results.

Participating fund surpluses have been assumed to be distributed between policyholders and shareholders via future final 
bonuses or at the end of the projection period so that there are no residual assets at the end of the projection period.

5.10 Taxation
The projections of distributable earnings underlying the values presented in this report are net of corporate income tax, 
based on current taxation legislation and corporate income tax rates. The projected amount of tax payable in any year 
allows, where relevant, for the benefits arising from any tax loss carried forward.

The local corporate income tax rates used by each Business Unit are set out below:

Local corporate income tax rates by Business Unit (%)

Business Unit

AIA Australia

AIA China

AIA Hong Kong

AIA Indonesia

AIA Korea

AIA Malaysia

AIA Philippines

AIA Singapore

AIA Sri Lanka

AIA Taiwan

AIA Thailand

AIA Vietnam

262

As at 
30 November 
2017

As at 
30 November 
2016

30.0

25.0

16.5

25.0

24.2

24.0

30.0

17.0

28.0

17.0

20.0

20.0

30.0

25.0

16.5

25.0

24.2

24.0

30.0

17.0

28.0

17.0

20.0

20.0

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDFINANCIAL STATEMENTS5. ASSUMPTIONS (continued)
5.10 Taxation (continued)
The tax assumptions used in the valuation reflect the local corporate income tax rates set out above. Where applicable, tax 
payable on investment income has been reflected in projected investment returns.

The EV of the Group as at 30 November 2017 is calculated after deducting any remittance taxes payable on the anticipated 
distribution of both the ANW and VIF.

5.11 Statutory Valuation Bases
The projection of regulatory liabilities at future points in time assumes the continuation of the reserving methodologies 
used to value policyholder liabilities as at the valuation date.

On  22  November  2016,  the  CAA  issued  new  guidance  for  embedded  value  calculations.  The  new  guidance  has  been 
applied to the EV calculations for AIA China with effect from 30 November 2016. Consistent with prior reporting periods, 
VONB is calculated as at the point of sale and the new guidance is reflected in the VONB for AIA China with effect from 1 
December 2016.

5.12 Product Charges
Management fees and product charges reflected in the VIF and VONB have been assumed to follow existing scales.

5.13 Foreign Exchange
The EV as at 30 November 2017 and 30 November 2016 have been translated into US dollars using exchange rates as at 
each valuation date. The VONB results shown in this report have been translated into US dollars using the corresponding 
average exchange rates for each quarter. The other components of the EV profit shown in the analysis of movement in EV 
have been translated using average exchange rates for the period.

6. EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD
On 1 January 2018, AIA International completed the transfer of its insurance business in Korea from a branch to a wholly-
owned subsidiary, AIA Life Insurance Co. Ltd.

In  September  2017,  the  Group  reached  an  agreement,  subject  to  securing  all  necessary  regulatory  and  governmental 
approvals, to acquire Commonwealth Bank of Australia’s (CBA) life insurance business in Australia and life and health 
insurance businesses in New Zealand. The transaction includes 20-year strategic bancassurance partnerships with CBA 
in Australia and ASB Bank Limited in New Zealand. The transaction will expand the Group’s distribution capabilities and 
customer reach in Australia and New Zealand markets. As announced on 21 September 2017, the gross consideration to 
be  paid  with  respect  to  the  proposed  transaction  is  expected  to  be  approximately  US$3.0  billion  payable  in  cash  on 
completion of the proposed transaction and subject to certain adjustments at completion. After taking into account the 
expected proceeds from reinsurance agreements and the expected free surplus of the acquired businesses, the final net 
cash outlay by AIA is expected to be approximately US$1.5 billion.

In December 2017, the Group entered into a 15-year extension of the existing exclusive regional bancassurance agreement 
with Public Bank Berhad, a leading Malaysian banking group, extending the partnership from 2023 to 2037.

The Board has resolved to change the Company’s financial year-end date from 30 November to 31 December. Accordingly, 
the next financial year-end date of the Company will be 31 December 2018. The next audited Supplementary Embedded 
Value Information will cover a 12-month period from 1 January 2018 to 31 December 2018.

On 27 February 2018, a Committee appointed by the Board of Directors proposed a final dividend of 74.38 Hong Kong 
cents per share (2016: 63.75 Hong Kong cents per share).

263

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSUPPLEMENTARY EMBEDDED VALUE INFORMATIONANALYSIS OF REGISTERED SHAREHOLDER ACCOUNTS

Size of registered shareholding

1,000 shares or below

1,001 – 5,000 shares

5,001 – 10,000 shares

10,001 – 100,000 shares

100,001 shares or above

30 November 2017

Number of 
shareholder 
accounts

% of total number 
of shareholder 
accounts

Number of 
shares

% of total number 
of shares

16,637

3,630

409

232

9

79.54

17.35

1.96

1.11

0.04

6,333,355

8,277,331

3,155,600

5,441,761

12,051,333,409

20,917

100.00

12,074,541,456

0.05

0.07

0.03

0.05

99.80

100.00

FINANCIAL CALENDAR
Announcement of 2017 Full Year Results

Book Close Period for the AGM

Date of the AGM

Announcement of 2018 Interim Results

27 February 2018

15 May 2018 to 18 May 2018 (both days inclusive)

18 May 2018

24 August 2018

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The AGM will be held at 11:00 a.m. (Hong Kong time) on Friday, 18 May 2018 at the Grand Ballroom, 2/F, New World 
Millennium  Hong  Kong  Hotel,  72  Mody  Road,  Tsim  Sha  Tsui  East,  Kowloon,  Hong  Kong.  Details  of  the  business  to  be 
transacted at the AGM are set out in the circular to the shareholders of the Company to be sent together with this Annual 
Report.

Details of voting results at the AGM can be found on the websites of both the Hong Kong Stock Exchange at www.hkex.com.hk 
and the Company at www.aia.com on Friday, 18 May 2018 after the AGM.

FINAL DIVIDEND
The Board has recommended a final dividend of 74.38 Hong Kong cents per share (2016: 63.75 Hong Kong cents per 
share) for the year ended 30 November 2017. If approved, the proposed final dividend together with the interim dividend 
will represent a total dividend of 100.00 Hong Kong cents per share (2016: 85.65 Hong Kong cents per share) for the year 
ended 30 November 2017.

Subject to shareholders’ approval at the AGM, the final dividend will be payable on Friday, 8 June 2018 to shareholders 
whose names appear on the register of members of the Company at the close of business on Thursday, 24 May 2018.

Relevant Dates for the Final Dividend
23 May 2018
Ex-dividend date

Record date

Payment date

24 May 2018

8 June 2018

264

INFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLDERS| AIA GROUP LIMITEDADDITIONAL INFORMATIONANNUAL STATEMENT ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE OFFSHORE FUND TAX EXEMPTION REGIME IN SINGAPORE
An indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, AIA Investment Management Private Limited, was incorporated in 
Singapore on 15 June 2016. Its businesses include the management of certain assets of the Company and its subsidiaries 
and  branches,  and  it  is  required  by  the  Income  Tax  (Exemption  of  Income  of  Prescribed  Persons  Arising  from  Funds 
Managed  by  Fund  Manager  in  Singapore)  Regulations  2010  to  issue  an  annual  statement  to  each  shareholder  of  the 
Company. To comply with the above legal requirement in Singapore, an annual statement containing the profit and market 
capitalisation information of the Company is available on the Company’s website. You may visit the Company’s website by 
clicking “Annual Statement issued pursuant to The Offshore Fund Tax Exemption Regime In Singapore” under the sub-
section headed “Shareholder Centre” in the section headed “Investor Relations” to view the annual statement.

SHARE REGISTRAR
If you have any enquiries relating to your shareholding, please contact the Company’s share registrar with the contact 
details set out below:

Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited
17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong
Telephone:  +852 2862 8555
Email: 

hkinfo@computershare.com.hk (for general enquiries)
aia.ecom@computershare.com.hk (for printed copies of the Company’s corporate communications)

Website:  www.computershare.com

ANNUAL REPORT
This Annual Report is printed in English and Chinese and is available on the website of the Company. If you would like to 
have a printed version of this Annual Report, please contact the Company’s share registrar using the contact details given 
above.

The Company makes every effort to ensure consistency between the Chinese and English versions of this Annual Report. 
In the event of any inconsistency, however, the English version shall prevail.

For environmental and cost reasons, shareholders are encouraged to elect to receive shareholder documents electronically. 
You  may  at  any  time  send  written  notice  to  the  Company  c/o  the  Company’s  share  registrar  or  via  email  at 
aia.ecom@computershare.com.hk specifying your name, address and request to change your choice of language or means 
of receipt of all shareholder documents.

INVESTMENT COMMUNITY AND NEWS MEDIA
Enquiries may be directed to:

Investment Community

Lance Burbidge

Feon Lee

Rachel Poon

+852 2832 1398

+852 2832 4704

+852 2832 4792

News Media

Stephen Thomas

Allister Fowler

Emerald Ng

+852 2832 6178

+852 2832 1978

+852 2832 4720

265

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONINFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLDERS 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document may contain certain forward-looking statements relating to the Group that are based on the beliefs of the 
Group’s management as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to the Group’s management. 
These forward-looking statements are, by their nature, subject to significant risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking 
statements include, without limitation, statements relating to the Group’s business prospects, future developments, trends 
and conditions in the industry and geographical markets in which the Group operates, its strategies, plans, objectives and 
goals, its ability to control costs, statements relating to prices, volumes, operations, margins, overall market trends, risk 
management and exchange rates.

When  used  in  this  document,  the  words  “anticipate”,  “believe”,  “could”,  “estimate”,  “expect”,  “going  forward”,  “intend”, 
“may”, “ought to”, “plan”, “project”, “seek”, “should”, “will”, “would” and similar expressions, as they relate to the Group or 
the Group’s management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements reflect 
the Group’s views as of the date hereof with respect to future events and are not a guarantee of future performance or 
developments. You are strongly cautioned that reliance on any forward-looking statements involves known and unknown 
risks and uncertainties. Actual results and events may differ materially from information contained in the forward-looking 
statements as a result of a number of factors, including any changes in the laws, rules and regulations relating to any 
aspects of the Group’s business operations, general economic, market and business conditions, including capital market 
developments,  changes  or  volatility  in  interest  rates,  foreign  exchange  rates,  equity  prices  or  other  rates  or  prices,  the 
actions  and  developments  of  the  Group’s  competitors  and  the  effects  of  competition  in  the  insurance  industry  on  the 
demand for, and price of, the Group’s products and services, various business opportunities that the Group may or may not 
pursue, changes in population growth and other demographic trends, including mortality, morbidity and longevity rates, 
persistency levels, the Group’s ability to identify, measure, monitor and control risks in the Group’s business, including its 
ability to manage and adapt its overall risk profile and risk management practices, its ability to properly price its products 
and services and establish reserves for future policy benefits and claims, seasonal fluctuations and factors beyond the 
Group’s control. Subject to the requirements of the Listing Rules, the Group does not intend to update or otherwise revise 
the forward-looking statements in this document, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. As a 
result of these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions, forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this 
document  might  not  occur  in  the  way  the  Group  expects,  or  at  all.  Accordingly,  you  should  not  place  reliance  on  any 
forward-looking information or statements. All forward-looking statements in this document are qualified by reference to 
the cautionary statements set forth in this section.

266

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDADDITIONAL INFORMATIONINFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLDERSBOARD OF DIRECTORS

Independent Non-executive Chairman and 
Independent Non-executive Director
Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

Executive Director, 
Group Chief Executive and President
Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

Independent Non-executive Directors
Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So
Mr. Chung-Kong Chow
Mr. John Barrie Harrison
Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo
Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya
Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau
Ms. Swee-Lian Teo
Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee
Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima

AUDIT COMMITTEE
Mr. John Barrie Harrison (Chairman)
Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So
Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo
Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee

NOMINATION COMMITTEE
Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse (Chairman)
Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So
Mr. Chung-Kong Chow
Mr. John Barrie Harrison
Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo
Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya
Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau
Ms. Swee-Lian Teo
Dr. Narongchai Akrasanee
Mr. Cesar Velasquez Purisima

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
Mr. Jack Chak-Kwong So (Chairman)
Mr. George Yong-Boon Yeo
Mr. Mohamed Azman Yahya
Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse

RISK COMMITTEE
Mr. Chung-Kong Chow (Chairman)
Mr. John Barrie Harrison
Professor Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau
Ms. Swee-Lian Teo
Mr. Edmund Sze-Wing Tse
Mr. Ng Keng Hooi

REGISTERED OFFICE
35/F, AIA Central
No. 1 Connaught Road Central
Hong Kong

WEBSITE
www.aia.com

COMPANY SECRETARY
Mr. Mitchell New

AUTHORISED REPRESENTATIVES
Mr. Ng Keng Hooi
Mr. Mitchell New

SHARE REGISTRAR
Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited
17M Floor
Hopewell Centre
183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai
Hong Kong

PRINCIPAL BANKERS
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
Citibank, N.A.
Standard Chartered Bank

AUDITOR
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Certified Public Accountants

267

CORPORATE INFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONADDITIONAL INFORMATIONactive agent

active market

adjusted net worth or ANW

AER

AGM

An agent who sells at least one policy per month.

the items traded within the market are homogeneous;

A market in which all the following conditions exist:
(cid:127) 
(cid:127)  willing buyers and sellers can normally be found at any time; and
(cid:127)  prices are available to the public.

A financial instrument is regarded as quoted in an active market if quoted 
prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, 
industry  group,  pricing  service  or  regulatory  agency,  and  those  prices 
represent  actual  and  regularly  occurring  market  transactions  on  an  arm’s 
length basis.

ANW is the market value of assets in excess of the assets backing the policy 
reserves and other liabilities of the life (and similar) business of AIA, plus 
the IFRS equity value of other activities, such as general insurance business, 
less the value of intangible assets. It excludes any amounts not attributable 
to shareholders of AIA Group Limited. ANW for AIA is stated after adjustment 
to  reflect  consolidated  reserving  requirements.  ANW  by  market  is  stated 
before  adjustment  to  reflect  consolidated  reserving  requirements,  and 
presented on a local statutory basis.

Actual exchange rates.

2018 Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held at 11:00 a.m. (Hong 
Kong time) on Friday, 18 May 2018.

AIA or the Group

AIA Group Limited and its subsidiaries.

AIA  Company  Limited,  a  company  incorporated  in  Hong  Kong  and  a 
subsidiary of the Company.

AIA  International  Limited,  a  company  incorporated  in  Bermuda  and  an 
indirect subsidiary of the Company.

A science-backed wellness programme that provides participants with the 
knowledge, tools and motivation to help them achieve their personal health 
goals. The programme is a partnership between AIA and Discovery Limited, 
a specialist insurer headquartered in South Africa.

American International Group, Inc.

American Life Insurance Company.

The amount at which the financial asset or financial liability is measured at 
initial recognition minus principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative 
amortisation using the effective interest method of any difference between 
the  initial  amount  and  the  maturity  amount,  and  minus  any  reduction  for 
impairment or uncollectibility.

AIA Co.

AIA International

AIA Vitality

AIG

ALICO

amortised cost

268

GLOSSARY| AIA GROUP LIMITEDADDITIONAL INFORMATIONannualised new premiums or ANP

ASPP

available for sale (AFS)

financial assets

ANP represents 100 per cent of annualised first year premiums and 10 per 
cent of single premiums, before reinsurance ceded. It is an internally used 
measure  of  new  business  sales  or  activity  for  all  entities  within  AIA.  ANP 
excludes  new  business  of  pension  business,  personal  lines  and  motor 
insurance.

Agency  Share  Purchase  Plan,  adopted  by  the  Company  on  23  February 
2012, a share purchase plan with matching offer to facilitate and encourage 
AIA share ownership by agents.

Financial assets that may be sold before maturity and that are used to back 
insurance and investment contract liabilities and shareholders’ equity, and 
which are not managed on a fair value basis. Non-derivative financial assets 
that are designated as available for sale or are not classified as loans and 
receivables  or  as  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss.  Available  for  sale 
financial  instruments  are  measured  at  fair  value,  with  movements  in  fair 
value recorded in other comprehensive income.

bancassurance

The  distribution  of  insurance  products  through  banks  or  other  financial 
institutions.

Board

CER

CIRC

Company

The board of Directors.

Constant exchange rates. Change on constant exchange rates is calculated 
using constant average exchange rates for the current year and for the prior 
year other than for balance sheet items that use constant exchange rates as 
at the end of the current year and as at the end of the prior year.

China Insurance Regulatory Commission.

AIA  Group  Limited,  a  company  incorporated  in  Hong  Kong  with  limited 
liability, whose shares are listed on the Main Board of the Hong Kong Stock 
Exchange (stock code: 1299).

consolidated investment funds

Investment funds in which the Group has interests and power to direct their 
relevant activities that affect the return of the funds.

Corporate Governance Code

Corporate Governance Code set out in Appendix 14 to the Listing Rules.

cost of capital or CoC

CoC is calculated as the face value of the required capital as at the valuation 
date  less  the  present  value  of  the  net-of-tax  investment  return  on  the 
shareholder  assets  backing  the  required  capital  and  the  present  value  of 
projected releases from the assets backing the required capital. Where the 
required  capital  may  be  covered  by  policyholder  assets  such  as  surplus 
assets in participating funds, there is no associated cost of capital included 
in  the  VIF  or  VONB.  CoC  for  AIA  is  stated  after  adjustment  to  reflect 
consolidated capital requirements. CoC by market is stated before adjustment 
to  reflect  consolidated  capital  requirements,  and  presented  on  a  local 
statutory basis.

Dealing Policy

Directors’ and Chief Executives’ Dealing Policy of the Company.

269

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONGLOSSARY 
deferred acquisition costs or DAC

deferred origination costs or DOC

DAC are expenses of an insurer which are incurred in connection with the 
acquisition of new insurance contracts or the renewal of existing insurance 
contracts. They include commissions and other variable sales inducements 
and  the  direct  costs  of  issuing  the  policy,  such  as  underwriting  and  other 
policy  issue  expenses.  These  costs  are  deferred  and  expensed  to  the 
consolidated  income  statement  on  a  systematic  basis  over  the  life  of  the 
policy. DAC assets are tested for recoverability at least annually.

Origination  costs  are  expenses  which  are  incurred  in  connection  with  the 
origination of new investment contracts or the renewal of existing investment 
contracts. For contracts that involve the provision of investment management 
services,  these  include  commissions  and  other  incremental  expenses 
directly  related  to  the  issue  of  each  new  contract.  Origination  costs  on 
contracts with investment management services are deferred and recognised 
as an asset in the consolidated statement of financial position and expensed 
to the consolidated income statement on a systematic basis in line with the 
revenue generated by the investment management services provided. Such 
assets are tested for recoverability.

Director(s)

The director(s) of the Company.

embedded value or EV

An actuarially determined estimate of the economic value of a life insurance 
business based on a particular set of assumptions as to future experience, 
excluding  any  economic  value  attributable  to  future  new  business.  EV  for 
AIA is stated after adjustments to reflect consolidated reserving and capital 
requirements and the after-tax value of unallocated Group Office expenses. 
EV by market is stated before adjustments to reflect consolidated reserving 
and  capital  requirements  and  unallocated  Group  Office  expenses,  and 
presented on a local statutory basis.

EPS

Earnings per share.

equity attributable to
  shareholders of the
  Company on the embedded
  value basis or EV Equity

ESPP

ExCo

fair value through profit or

loss or FVTPL

EV  Equity  is  the  total  of  embedded  value,  goodwill  and  other  intangible 
assets attributable to shareholders of the Company.

Employee Share Purchase Plan, adopted by the Company on 25 July 2011 
(as  amended),  a  share  purchase  plan  with  matching  offer  to  facilitate  and 
encourage AIA share ownership by employees.

The Executive Committee of the Group.

Financial assets that are held to back unit-linked contracts and participating 
funds or financial assets and liabilities that are held for trading. A financial 
asset or financial liability that is measured at fair value in the statement of 
financial position with gains and losses arising from movements in fair value 
being  presented  in  the  consolidated  income  statement  as  a  component  of 
the profit or loss for the year.

first half

The six months from 1 December to 31 May.

270

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
first year premiums

First year premiums are the premiums received in the first year of a recurring 
premium  policy.  As  such,  they  provide  an  indication  of  the  volume  of  new 
policies sold.

FRC

free surplus

group insurance

Group Office

HKFRS

HKIA

HKICPA

Hong Kong

Financial Risk Committee.

ANW  in  excess  of  the  required  capital.  Free  surplus  for AIA  is  stated  after 
adjustment to reflect consolidated reserving and capital requirements.

An  insurance  scheme  whereby  individual  participants  are  covered  by  a 
master contract held by a single group or entity on their behalf.

Group Office includes the activities of the Group Corporate Centre segment 
consisting  of  the  Group’s  corporate  functions,  shared  services  and 
eliminations of intragroup transactions.

Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards.

Insurance  Authority  established  under 
Insurance  Companies 
(Amendment)  Ordinance  2015  or  prior  to  26  June  2017,  the  Office  of  the 
Commissioner of Insurance.

the 

Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC; in the context of 
our reportable segments, Hong Kong includes Macau.

Hong Kong Companies
  Ordinance

Companies Ordinance (Chapter 622 of the Laws of Hong Kong), as amended 
from time to time.

Hong Kong Insurance
  Ordinance or HKIO

Insurance Ordinance (Chapter 41 of the Laws of Hong Kong), as amended 
from  time  to  time.  It  provides  a  legislative  framework  for  the  prudential 
supervision of the insurance industry in Hong Kong.

Hong Kong Stock Exchange
  or HKSE

The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

IAIS

IAS

IASB

IFA

IFRS

International Association of Insurance Supervisors.

International Accounting Standards.

International Accounting Standards Board.

Independent financial adviser.

Standards and interpretations adopted by the IASB comprising:
(cid:127) 
(cid:127) 
(cid:127) 

International Financial Reporting Standards;
IAS; and
Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS 
IC) or the former Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC).

271

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONGLOSSARYING Malaysia

ING Management Holdings (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.

interactive Mobile Office or iMO

interactive Point of Sale or iPoS

iMO is a mobile office platform with a comprehensive suite of applications 
that allow agents and agency leaders to manage their daily activities from 
lead  generation,  sales  productivity  and  recruitment  activity  through  to 
development training and customer analytics.

iPoS is a secure, mobile point-of-sale technology that features a paperless 
sales  process  from  the  completion  of  the  customer’s  financial-needs 
analysis  to  proposal  generation  with  electronic  biometric  signature  of  life 
insurance applications on tablet devices. It is part of iMO.

investment experience

Realised  and  unrealised  investment  gains  and  losses  recognised  in  the 
consolidated income statement.

investment income

Investment income comprises interest income, dividend income and rental 
income.

investment return

Investment return consists of investment income plus investment experience.

IPO

Initial Public Offering.

An  assessment  of  whether  the  carrying  amount  of  an  insurance  liability 
needs to be increased or the carrying amount of related deferred acquisition 
and  origination  costs  or  related  intangible  assets  decreased  based  on  a 
review of future cash flows.

The  Rules  Governing  the  Listing  of  Securities  on  The  Stock  Exchange  of 
Hong Kong Limited.

MDRT  is  a  global  professional  trade  association  of  life  insurance  and 
financial  services  professionals 
recognises  significant  sales 
that 
achievements and high service standards.

Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers set out 
in Appendix 10 to the Listing Rules.

In  presenting  net  capital  in/(out)  flows  to  reportable  segments,  capital 
outflows consist of dividends and profit distributions to the Group Corporate 
Centre  segment  and  capital  inflows  consist  of  capital  injections  into 
reportable segments by the Group Corporate Centre segment. For the Group, 
net capital in/(out) flows reflect the net amount received from shareholders 
by way of capital contributions less amounts distributed by way of dividends.

Not available.

Not meaningful.

liability adequacy testing

Listing Rules

Million Dollar Round
  Table or MDRT

Model Code

net funds to Group
  Corporate Centre

n/a

n/m

272

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDADDITIONAL INFORMATIONoperating profit after tax or OPAT

Operating  profit  is  determined  using,  among  others,  expected  long-term 
investment  return  for  equities  and  real  estate.  Short-term  fluctuations 
between  expected  long-term  investment  return  and  actual  investment 
return  for  these  asset  classes  are  excluded  from  operating  profit.  The 
investment  return  assumptions  used  to  determine  expected  long-term 
investment return are based on the same assumptions used by the Group in 
determining  its  embedded  value  and  are  disclosed  in  the  Supplementary 
Embedded Value Information.

operating return on EV
  or operating ROEV

Operating return on EV is calculated as EV operating profit, expressed as a 
percentage of the opening embedded value.

operating return on
  shareholders’ allocated equity
  or operating ROE

Operating return on shareholders’ allocated equity is calculated as operating 
profit after tax attributable to shareholders of the Company, expressed as a 
percentage  of  the  simple  average  of  opening  and  closing  shareholders’ 
allocated equity.

ORC

OTC

participating funds

participating policies

persistency

Philam Life

Operational Risk Committee.

Over-the-counter.

Participating  funds  are  distinct  portfolios  where  the  policyholders  have  a 
contractual right to receive at the discretion of the insurer additional benefits 
based on factors such as the performance of a pool of assets held within the 
fund,  as  a  supplement  to  any  guaranteed  benefits.  The  Group  may  either 
have  discretion  as  to  the  timing  of  the  allocation  of  those  benefits  to 
participating policyholders or may have discretion as to the timing and the 
amount of the additional benefits.

Participating  policies  are  contracts  with  DPF.  Participating  policies  may 
either  be  written  within  participating  funds  or  may  be  written  within  the 
Company’s  general  account,  whereby  the  investment  performance  is 
determined  for  a  group  of  assets  or  contracts,  or  by  reference  to  the 
Company’s overall investment performance and other factors. The latter is 
referred  to  by  the  Group  as  “other  participating  business”.  Whether 
participating policies are written within a separate participating fund or not 
largely depends on matters of local practice and regulation.

The  percentage  of  insurance  policies  remaining  in  force  from  month  to 
month in the past 12 months, as measured by premiums.

The  Philippine  American  Life  and  General  Insurance  (PHILAM  LIFE) 
Company,  a  subsidiary  of  AIA  Co.;  in  the  context  of  the  Supplementary 
includes  BPI-Philam  Life 
Embedded  Value 
Assurance Corporation.

Information,  Philam  Life 

policyholder and shareholder

investments

Investments other than those held to back unit-linked contracts as well as 
assets from consolidated investment funds.

pps

PRC

Percentage points.

The People’s Republic of China.

273

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONGLOSSARY 
protection gap

puttable liabilities

PVNBP margin

The  difference  between  the  resources  needed  and  resources  available  to 
maintain dependants’ living standards after the death of the primary wage-
earner.

A puttable financial instrument is one in which the holder of the instrument 
has the right to put the instrument back to the issuer for cash (or another 
financial asset). Units in investment funds such as mutual funds and open-
ended  investment  companies  are  typically  puttable  instruments.  As  these 
can be put back to the issuer for cash, the non-controlling interests in any 
such  funds  which  have  to  be  consolidated  by  AlA  are  treated  as  financial 
liabilities.

VONB  excluding  pension  business,  expressed  as  a  percentage  of  present 
value of new business premiums (PVNBP). PVNBP margin for AIA is stated 
after adjustments to reflect consolidated reserving and capital requirements 
and the after-tax value of unallocated Group Office expenses.

RAS

Risk Appetite Statement.

regulatory minimum capital

Net assets held to meet the minimum solvency margin requirement set by 
the  HKIO  that  an  insurer  must  meet  in  order  to  be  authorised  to  carry  on 
insurance business in or from Hong Kong.

renewal premiums

Premiums receivable in subsequent years of a recurring premium policy.

rider

A  supplemental  plan  that  can  be  attached  to  a  basic  insurance  policy, 
typically with payment of additional premiums.

Risk-Based Capital or RBC

RBC represents an amount of capital based on an assessment of risks that a 
company should hold to protect customers against adverse developments.

RMF

RSPUs

RSSUs

RSU Scheme

Risk Management Framework.

Restricted stock purchase units.

Restricted stock subscription units.

Restricted Share Unit Scheme, adopted by the Company on 28 September 
2010 (as amended), under which the Company may award restricted share 
units  to  employees,  directors  (excluding 
independent  non-executive 
directors) or officers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

second half

The six months from 1 June to 30 November.

Securities and Futures Ordinance (Chapter 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), 
as amended from time to time.

For the Company, shall mean ordinary share(s) in the capital of the Company.

SFO

share(s)

274

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDADDITIONAL INFORMATIONshareholders’ allocated equity

Shareholders’ allocated equity is total equity attributable to shareholders of 
the Company less fair value reserve.

Singapore

The  Republic  of  Singapore;  in  the  context  of  our  reportable  segments, 
Singapore includes Brunei.

single premium

A single payment that covers the entire cost of an insurance policy.

SME

SO Scheme

solvency

solvency ratio

takaful

Tata AIA

Small-and-medium sized enterprise.

Share Option Scheme, adopted by the Company on 28 September 2010 (as 
amended), under which the Company may award share options to employees, 
directors (excluding independent non-executive directors) or officers of the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries.

The ability of an insurance company to satisfy its policyholder benefits and 
claims obligations.

The  ratio  of  the  total  available  capital  to  the  regulatory  minimum  capital 
applicable to the insurer pursuant to relevant regulations.

Islamic insurance which is based on the principles of mutual assistance and 
risk sharing.

Tata AIA Life Insurance Company Limited.

total weighted premium

income or TWPI

TWPI  consists  of  100  per  cent  of  renewal  premiums,  100  per  cent  of  first 
year  premiums  and  10  per  cent  of  single  premiums,  before  reinsurance 
ceded.  As  such  it  provides  an  indication  of  AIA’s  longer-term  business 
volumes as it smoothes the peaks and troughs in single premiums.

unit-linked investments

Financial investments held to back unit-linked contracts.

unit-linked products

universal life

Unit-linked products are insurance products where the policy value is linked 
to  the  value  of  underlying  investments  (such  as  collective  investment 
schemes, internal investment pools or other property) or fluctuations in the 
value of underlying investment or indices. Investment risk associated with 
the  product  is  usually  borne  by  the  policyholder.  Insurance  coverage, 
investment and administration services are provided for which the charges 
are deducted from the investment fund assets. Benefits payable will depend 
on  the  price  of  the  units  prevailing  at  the  time  of  death  of  the  insured  or 
surrender or maturity of the policy, subject to surrender charges.

A  type  of  insurance  product  where  the  customer  pays  flexible  premiums, 
subject  to  specified  limits,  which  are  accumulated  in  an  account  balance 
which are credited with interest at a rate either set by the insurer or reflecting 
returns  on  a  pool  of  matching  assets.  The  customer  may  vary  the  death 
benefit  and  the  contract  may  permit  the  policyholder  to  withdraw  the 
account balance, typically subject to a surrender charge.

275

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 | OVERVIEWFINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONGLOSSARY 
value of business acquired
  or VOBA

value of in-force business or VIF

value of new business or VONB

VONB margin

VOBA  in  respect  of  a  portfolio  of  long-term  insurance  and  investment 
contracts  acquired  is  recognised  as  an  asset,  calculated  using  discounted 
cash flow techniques, reflecting all future cash flows expected to be realised 
from the portfolio. VOBA is amortised over the estimated life of the contracts 
in  the  acquired  portfolio  on  a  systematic  basis.  The  rate  of  amortisation 
reflects  the  profile  of  the  additional  value  of  the  business  acquired.  The 
carrying  value  of  VOBA  is  reviewed  annually  for  impairment  and  any 
impairment is charged to the consolidated income statement.

VIF is the present value of projected after-tax statutory profits emerging in 
the  future  from  the  current  in-force  business  less  the  cost  arising  from 
holding the required capital (CoC) to support the in-force business. VIF for 
AIA is stated after adjustments to reflect consolidated reserving and capital 
requirements and the after-tax value of unallocated Group Office expenses. 
VIF by market is stated before adjustments to reflect consolidated reserving 
and  capital  requirements  and  unallocated  Group  Office  expenses,  and 
presented on a local statutory basis.

VONB is the present value, measured at the point of sale, of projected after-
tax  statutory  profits  emerging  in  the  future  from  new  business  sold  in  the 
period less the cost of holding the required capital in excess of regulatory 
reserves to support this business. VONB for AIA is stated after adjustments 
to reflect consolidated reserving and capital requirements and the after-tax 
value of unallocated Group Office expenses. VONB by market is stated before 
adjustments to reflect consolidated reserving and capital requirements and 
unallocated Group Office expenses, and presented on a local statutory basis.

VONB excluding pension business, expressed as a percentage of ANP. VONB 
margin for AIA is stated after adjustments to reflect consolidated reserving 
and capital requirements and the after-tax value of unallocated Group Office 
expenses.  VONB  margin  by  market  is  stated  before  adjustments  to  reflect 
consolidated  reserving  and  capital  requirements  and  unallocated  Group 
Office expenses, and presented on a local statutory basis.

working capital

Working  capital  comprises  debt  and  equity  securities,  deposits  and  cash 
and cash equivalents held at the Group Corporate Centre. These liquid assets 
are available to invest in building the Group’s business operations.

276

| AIA GROUP LIMITEDADDITIONAL INFORMATIONGLOSSARYA

I

A

G
R
O
U
P

L
I

M

I
T
E
D

友
邦
保
險
控
股
有
限
公
司

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
7

AIA.COM